ML072470394: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(One intermediate revision by the same user not shown)
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Final Report on Implication of Wolf Creek Indications -
{{#Wiki_filter:Final Report on Implication of Wolf Creek Indications -
Final Report to   Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington DC  
Final Report to Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington DC by D. Rudland, D.-J. Shim, T. Zhang, and G. Wilkowski Engineering Mechanics Corporation of Columbus 3518 Riverside Drive Suite 202 Columbus, OH 43221 Phone/Fax (614) 459-3200/-6800 August 2007


by D. Rudland, D.-J. Shim, T. Zhang, and G. Wilkowski Engineering Mechanics Corporation of Columbus 3518 Riverside Drive Suite 202 Columbus, OH  43221 Phone/Fax  (614) 459-3200/-6800
Table of Contents Table of Contents............................................................................................................................ ii List of Figures ................................................................................................................................ iv List of Tables ................................................................................................................................. vi
: 1. Introduction............................................................................................................................ 1
: 2. Description of Confirmatory Analyses .................................................................................. 1 2.1 Development and Description of PipeFracCAE .............................................................. 1 2.1.1 Mesh Generation.................................................................................................. 2 2.1.2 Crack Growth Modeling ...................................................................................... 5 2.1.3 Crack Shape Transition........................................................................................ 5 2.1.4 Limitations ........................................................................................................... 7 2.2 Critical crack size calculation .......................................................................................... 8 2.2.1 Technical basis document for critical crack size determination .......................... 8 2.2.2 Assumptions and methodologies used for this study........................................... 9 2.3 Leak rate modeling ........................................................................................................ 11 2.3.1 The Henry-Fauske flow model in SQUIRT....................................................... 11 2.3.2 Other thermodynamic flow models ................................................................... 11 2.3.3 Crack size assumptions ...................................................................................... 12 2.3.4 Crack morphology parameters........................................................................... 14
: 3. K-Verification and Model Convergence Results................................................................. 16 3.1 Description of Analyses................................................................................................. 16 3.2 K-Verification ................................................................................................................ 16 3.2.1 Semi-elliptical surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure..... 16 3.2.2 Semi-elliptical surface crack under tension, bending, internal pressure, and welding residual stress ....................................................................................... 20 3.2.3 Arbitrary surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure.............. 24 3.3 Model Convergence ....................................................................................................... 26
: 4. Welding Residual Stress Results ......................................................................................... 27 4.1 Description of Cases ...................................................................................................... 27 4.2 Description of Emc2 analysis procedures ...................................................................... 28 4.3 Modeling assumptions ................................................................................................... 30 4.4 Relief nozzle results....................................................................................................... 30 4.5 Surge nozzle results ....................................................................................................... 34 4.6 EU report validation....................................................................................................... 41
: 5. Confirmatory Results ........................................................................................................... 41 5.1 Phase I results ................................................................................................................ 42 5.2 Description of Phase II cases analyzed.......................................................................... 47 5.3 Phase II results ............................................................................................................... 51 5.3.1 Direct confirmatory results ................................................................................ 54 5.3.2 Other cases ......................................................................................................... 58 5.4 Discussion ...................................................................................................................... 60
: 6. Applicability of Analysis Methodology............................................................................... 61 6.1 Improvements over Standard Analyses ......................................................................... 61 6.1.1 Removal of idealized crack shape assumption .................................................. 61 ii


August 2007 ii Table of Contents Table of Contents............................................................................................................................ii List of Figures................................................................................................................................iv List of Tables.................................................................................................................................vi 1. Introduction............................................................................................................................1 2. Description of Confirmatory Analyses..................................................................................1 2.1 Development and Description of PipeFracCAE..............................................................1 2.1.1 Mesh Generation..................................................................................................2 2.1.2 Crack Growth Modeling......................................................................................5 2.1.3 Crack Shape Transition........................................................................................5 2.1.4 Limitations...........................................................................................................7 2.2 Critical crack size calculation..........................................................................................8 2.2.1 Technical basis document for critical crack size determination..........................8 2.2.2 Assumptions and methodologies used for this study...........................................9 2.3 Leak rate modeling........................................................................................................1 1 2.3.1 The Henry-Fauske flow model in SQUIRT.......................................................11 2.3.2 Other thermodynamic flow models...................................................................11 2.3.3 Crack size assumptions......................................................................................12 2.3.4 Crack morphology parameters...........................................................................14 3. K-Verification and Model Convergence Results.................................................................16 3.1 Description of Analyses.................................................................................................16 3.2 K-Verification................................................................................................................16 3.2.1 Semi-elliptical surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure.....16 3.2.2 Semi-elliptical surface crack under te nsion, bending, internal pressure, and welding residual stress.......................................................................................20 3.2.3 Arbitrary surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure..............24 3.3 Model Convergence.......................................................................................................26 4. Welding Residual Stress Results.........................................................................................27 4.1 Description of Cases......................................................................................................2 7 4.2 Description of Emc 2 analysis procedures......................................................................28 4.3 Modeling assumptions...................................................................................................30 4.4 Relief nozzle results.......................................................................................................30 4.5 Surge nozzle results.......................................................................................................
6.1.2 Detailed WRS solutions..................................................................................... 62 6.1.3 Predictions of leak rate using FE calculated COD............................................. 62 6.1.4 Sensitivity analyses............................................................................................ 62 6.2 Conservatisms ................................................................................................................ 62 6.2.1 Use of stainless steel base metal flow strength properties in critical crack size calculations ........................................................................................................ 62 6.2.2 Secondary stress relief ....................................................................................... 63 6.2.3 No credit taken for transition time to leaking TWC .......................................... 64 6.2.4 Initial flaw size................................................................................................... 64 6.3 Uncertainties .................................................................................................................. 65 6.3.1 Leak-rate calculations ........................................................................................ 65 6.3.2 Welding residual stress ...................................................................................... 65 6.3.3 Crack growth predictions................................................................................... 66 6.3.4 Critical crack size............................................................................................... 67 6.3.5 Crack path .......................................................................................................... 67 6.4 Applicability of Methodology........................................................................................ 67
34 4.6 EU report validation.......................................................................................................
: 7. Summary .............................................................................................................................. 68
41 5. Confirmatory Results...........................................................................................................41 5.1 Phase I results................................................................................................................42 5.2 Description of Phase II cases analyzed..........................................................................47 5.3 Phase II results...............................................................................................................51 5.3.1 Direct confirmatory results................................................................................54 5.3.2 Other cases.........................................................................................................58 5.4 Discussion......................................................................................................................60 6. Applicability of Analysis Methodology...............................................................................61 6.1 Improvements over Standard Analyses.........................................................................61 6.1.1 Removal of idealized crack shape assumption..................................................61 iii6.1.2 Detailed WRS solutions.....................................................................................62 6.1.3 Predictions of leak rate using FE calculated COD.............................................62 6.1.4 Sensitivity analyses............................................................................................62 6.2 Conservatisms................................................................................................................62 6.2.1 Use of stainless steel base metal flow st rength properties in critical crack size calculations........................................................................................................62 6.2.2 Secondary stress relief.......................................................................................63 6.2.3 No credit taken for transition time to leaking TWC..........................................64 6.2.4 Initial flaw size...................................................................................................64 6.3 Uncertainties..................................................................................................................65 6.3.1 Leak-rate calculations........................................................................................65 6.3.2 Welding residual stress......................................................................................65 6.3.3 Crack growth predictions...................................................................................66 6.3.4 Critical crack size...............................................................................................67 6.3.5 Crack path..........................................................................................................67 6.4 Applicability of Methodology........................................................................................67 7. Summary..............................................................................................................................68 8. References............................................................................................................................68 9. Appendix A - EU Welding Residual Stress Validation Results........................................A-1 10. Appendix B - Margin and Leak Rate Results from Emc 2 Confirmatory Analyses............B-1 iv List of Figures Figure 1  Screen shot from PipeFracCAE....................................................................................2 Figure 2  Typical FE mesh generated from PipeFracCAE...........................................................3 Figure 3  Example mesh of (a) semi-elliptical surface crack, (b) rectangular (constant depth) surface crack, (c) idealized through-wall crack, (d) idealized complex crack..............3 Figure 4  Example mesh of (a) arbitrary fini te length surface crack, (b) 360 degree, arbitrary surface crack, (c) arbitrary complex crack....................................................................4 Figure 5  Definition of crack front using 40 points along the crack front....................................5 Figure 6  Transition from (a) arbitrary part circumferential surf ace crack to (b) arbitrary full circumferential surface crack........................................................................................6 Figure 7  Transition from (a) full circumferential surface crack to (b) full complex crack.........7 Figure 8  Illustration showing how the complex crack front is defined from growth of a surface crack..............................................................................................................................7 Figure 9  Fictitious crack added to part circumferential surface crack due to meshing  limitations.....................................................................................................................8 Figure 10  Plot of critical pres sure ratio as a function of crack depth to hydraulic diameter ratio showing when the leak rate models in SQUIRT are valid [16]..................................12 Figure 11  Normalized half crack opening displacement for Case 6...........................................13 Figure 12  Crack length approximations for SQUIRT calculations.............................................14 Figure 13  Effect of COD on crack morphology parameters.......................................................15 Figure 14  Example of FE mesh empl oyed in the present study (Case18)..................................18 Figure 15  Calculated K values along the crack front..................................................................19 Figure 16  Extrapolation of K value at the surface point.............................................................20 Figure 17  FE model used for K-verification of semi-elliptical surface crack under complex stress field...................................................................................................................
: 8. References............................................................................................................................ 68
21 Figure 18  Welding residual stress field at the crack plane..........................................................22 Figure 19  Comparison of DEI and Emc 2 K-solution for semi-elliptical surface crack in relief nozzle..........................................................................................................................23 Figure 20  Comparison of K-solution at free surface...................................................................23 Figure 21  Effects of residual stress redistribution.......................................................................24 Figure 22  Crack fronts suggestged for the K-verification study.................................................25 Figure 23  Crack front shapes on Wolf Creek Relief nozzle geometry.......................................25 Figure 24  Comparison of Emc 2 and DEI K-solutions for K-verification study..........................26 Figure 25  Time increment comparison for Phase I calculations.................................................27 Figure 26  True stress-strain curves for Alloy 182 weld metal....................................................29 Figure 27  Comparison of DEI (a) and Emc 2 (b) WRS mesh for surge line illustrating weld bead geometry.....................................................................................................................30 Figure 28  Geometry for the relief nozzle WRS analyses............................................................31 Figure 29  Emc 2 relief nozzle mesh..............................................................................................31 Figure 30  Emc 2 relief nozzle weld mesh details.........................................................................32 Figure 31  Axial stress for relief nozzle case wi thout stainless steel we ld at 653F (Arrow is maximum stress path).................................................................................................33 Figure 32  Comparison of axial stress results for relief nozzle case (Triangle symbols = Emc 2 , diamond symbols = DEI)............................................................................................33 Figure 33  Geometry for the surge nozzle WRS analyses............................................................34 vFigure 34  Emc 2 surge nozzle finite element model.....................................................................34 Figure 35  Emc 2 surge nozzle weld details...................................................................................35 Figure 36  Axial stress for surge nozzle case wit hout stainless steel weld at 644F with left-to-right weld sequence and no repair.  (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material).......................................................................................................36 Figure 37  Axial stress for surge nozzle case wit hout stainless steel weld at 644F with right-to-left weld sequence and no repair. (Arrow i ndicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material).............................................................................................................36 Figure 38  Axial stress for surge nozzle case with weld repair but without stainless steel weld at 644F. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material)................37 Figure 39  Comparison of surge nozzle WRS (left-to-right weld sequence) with no repairs with and without stainless steel safe-end weld at operating temperature (Solid symbols = Emc 2, open symbols = DEI).......................................................................................38 Figure 40  Comparison of surge nozzle WRS (left-to-right weld sequence) with repair and with and without the stainless steel safe-end weld at operating temperature.....................38 Figure 41  Effect of fill-in weld sequence for surge nozzle WRS at operating temperature (Triangle symbols  = Emc 2, diamond symbols = DEI)...............................................39 Figure 42  Location of section for direct comparison of surge nozzle results.............................40 Figure 43  Comparison of surge nozzle axial residual stresses before fill-in weld......................40 Figure 44  Comparison of surge nozzle axial residual stress with no safe end weld, and no repair along path described in Figure 42 at operating temperature.......................................41 Figure 45  Through-thickness weld residual stress profile used in Phase I calculations.............43 Figure 46  Axial extent of welding residual stress assumed in Phase I calculations...................43 Figure 47  Crack profiles from the Emc 2 Phase I calculations using Emc 2 WRS fit...................44 Figure 48  Crack profiles from the Emc 2 Phase I calculations using DEI WRS fit.....................44 Figure 49  Comparison of crack profile prior to leakage.............................................................45 Figure 50  Comparison of semi-elliptical and natural forming crack shape................................46 Figure 51  Margin and leak rate re sults for the Phase I calculations............................................47 Figure 52  Welding residual stress field used for surge nozzle analyses.....................................49 Figure 53  Comparison of resultant stress fields for ID repair case.............................................49 Figure 54  Comparison of Emc 2 and DEI results for Case 6 (6c) (NO = Normal operating stresses).......................................................................................................................55 Figure 55  Comparison of DEI and Emc 2 results for Case 6-4 (35) (NO = Normal operating stresses).......................................................................................................................56 Figure 56  Comparison of leak rates for Case 6...........................................................................56 Figure 57  Comparison of leak rates calculated with COD values from Emc 2 elastic FE analysis and GE/EPRI (elastic-plastic) for Case 6....................................................................57 Figure 58  Comparison of crack length as a function of time for Case 6 (6c) and 6-4 (35)........58 Figure 59  Comparison of results for Case 17-10 with a modified flow stress............................63
: 9. Appendix A - EU Welding Residual Stress Validation Results........................................ A-1
: 10. Appendix B - Margin and Leak Rate Results from Emc2 Confirmatory Analyses ............B-1 iii


vi List of Tables Table 1   Mean values of crack morphology parameters used in SQUIRT (from Ref. 20).......15 Table 2  Crack geometries of four cases considered for validation...........................................16 Table 3    Comparison of K I values at surface and deepest points...............................................20 Table 4  Mechanical properties for Emc 2 weld analyses at 315C..............................................29 Table 5  Confirmatory analyses matrix......................................................................................51 Table 6  Loads, welding residua l stress profiles and initial crack shapes for the confirmatory analyses........................................................................................................................52 Table 7  Phase II confirmatory results........................................................................................
List of Figures Figure 1 Screen shot from PipeFracCAE .................................................................................... 2 Figure 2  Typical FE mesh generated from PipeFracCAE........................................................... 3 Figure 3  Example mesh of (a) semi-elliptical surface crack, (b) rectangular (constant depth) surface crack, (c) idealized through-wall crack, (d) idealized complex crack.............. 3 Figure 4  Example mesh of (a) arbitrary finite length surface crack, (b) 360 degree, arbitrary surface crack, (c) arbitrary complex crack.................................................................... 4 Figure 5  Definition of crack front using 40 points along the crack front.................................... 5 Figure 6  Transition from (a) arbitrary part circumferential surface crack to (b) arbitrary full circumferential surface crack........................................................................................ 6 Figure 7  Transition from (a) full circumferential surface crack to (b) full complex crack......... 7 Figure 8  Illustration showing how the complex crack front is defined from growth of a surface crack.............................................................................................................................. 7 Figure 9  Fictitious crack added to part circumferential surface crack due to meshing limitations ..................................................................................................................... 8 Figure 10 Plot of critical pressure ratio as a function of crack depth to hydraulic diameter ratio showing when the leak rate models in SQUIRT are valid [16] .................................. 12 Figure 11 Normalized half crack opening displacement for Case 6 ........................................... 13 Figure 12 Crack length approximations for SQUIRT calculations............................................. 14 Figure 13 Effect of COD on crack morphology parameters ....................................................... 15 Figure 14 Example of FE mesh employed in the present study (Case18) .................................. 18 Figure 15 Calculated K values along the crack front .................................................................. 19 Figure 16 Extrapolation of K value at the surface point ............................................................. 20 Figure 17 FE model used for K-verification of semi-elliptical surface crack under complex stress field ................................................................................................................... 21 Figure 18 Welding residual stress field at the crack plane.......................................................... 22 Figure 19 Comparison of DEI and Emc2 K-solution for semi-elliptical surface crack in relief nozzle .......................................................................................................................... 23 Figure 20 Comparison of K-solution at free surface................................................................... 23 Figure 21 Effects of residual stress redistribution....................................................................... 24 Figure 22 Crack fronts suggestged for the K-verification study ................................................. 25 Figure 23 Crack front shapes on Wolf Creek Relief nozzle geometry ....................................... 25 Figure 24 Comparison of Emc2 and DEI K-solutions for K-verification study.......................... 26 Figure 25 Time increment comparison for Phase I calculations ................................................. 27 Figure 26 True stress-strain curves for Alloy 182 weld metal .................................................... 29 Figure 27 Comparison of DEI (a) and Emc2 (b) WRS mesh for surge line illustrating weld bead geometry ..................................................................................................................... 30 Figure 28 Geometry for the relief nozzle WRS analyses............................................................ 31 Figure 29 Emc2 relief nozzle mesh.............................................................................................. 31 Figure 30 Emc2 relief nozzle weld mesh details ......................................................................... 32 Figure 31 Axial stress for relief nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 653F (Arrow is maximum stress path) ................................................................................................. 33 Figure 32 Comparison of axial stress results for relief nozzle case (Triangle symbols = Emc2, diamond symbols = DEI) ............................................................................................ 33 Figure 33 Geometry for the surge nozzle WRS analyses............................................................ 34 iv
53 Table 8  Comparison of Emc 2 and DEI results...........................................................................54 Table 9  Case 6 sensitivity cases................................................................................................59 Table 10  Case 17 Sensitivity Cases.............................................................................................60 1 1. Introduction In October 2006, NRC-RES informed Emc 2 of circumferential indicati ons that had been located by ultrasonic testing (UT) in three of the pressurizer nozzle dissimilar metal (DM) welds at the Wolf Creek nuclear power plant. The NRC staff tasked Emc 2 with analyzing these defects. Using ASME Section XI type analyses, Emc 2 estimated the times to both leakage and rupture for each indication. The results indicated that under certain conditions, no margin between leakage and rupture existed [1]. The results from these analyses led the NRC staff to request that the inspection/mitigation program currently in place for the pressurizer nozzles be accelerated. This acceleration affected nine PWR plants in the current US fleet. In response, the industry embarked on a short-term technical program aimed at refining the crack growth analyses conducted by Emc
: 2. The main emphasis of the industry program was to use advanced finite element (FE) methods to remove the semi-elliptical flaw assumption that is typical in ASME Section XI type analyses. In addition, detailed sensitivity analyses were conducted to demonstrate that sufficient margins exist for the pressurizer nozzles that would be affected by the accelerated inspection request.  


The purpose of this report is two fold.
Figure 34 Emc2 surge nozzle finite element model..................................................................... 34 Figure 35 Emc2 surge nozzle weld details................................................................................... 35 Figure 36 Axial stress for surge nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 644F with left-to-right weld sequence and no repair. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material) ....................................................................................................... 36 Figure 37 Axial stress for surge nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 644F with right-to-left weld sequence and no repair. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material) ............................................................................................................. 36 Figure 38 Axial stress for surge nozzle case with weld repair but without stainless steel weld at 644F. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material)................ 37 Figure 39 Comparison of surge nozzle WRS (left-to-right weld sequence) with no repairs with and without stainless steel safe-end weld at operating temperature (Solid symbols =
First, using similar techniques, confirmatory analyses were conducted by Emc 2 in order to verify the calculations conducted by the industry [2]. Since both Emc 2 and the NRC staff worked very closely with the industry during the program, many of the technical issues have been discussed and agreed upon. The majority of this report presents the confirmatory results for the stress intensity factor (K) solutions, the welding residual stress, and the leak/rupture margin analyses. Sec ondly, the applicability of this methodology for predicting leak/rupture margins is addressed by discussing the improvements to the standard methodology, the conservatisms and uncertainties associated with this analysis.  
Emc2, open symbols = DEI) ....................................................................................... 38 Figure 40 Comparison of surge nozzle WRS (left-to-right weld sequence) with repair and with and without the stainless steel safe-end weld at operating temperature ..................... 38 Figure 41 Effect of fill-in weld sequence for surge nozzle WRS at operating temperature (Triangle symbols = Emc2, diamond symbols = DEI)............................................... 39 Figure 42 Location of section for direct comparison of surge nozzle results ............................. 40 Figure 43 Comparison of surge nozzle axial residual stresses before fill-in weld...................... 40 Figure 44 Comparison of surge nozzle axial residual stress with no safe end weld, and no repair along path described in Figure 42 at operating temperature....................................... 41 Figure 45 Through-thickness weld residual stress profile used in Phase I calculations ............. 43 Figure 46 Axial extent of welding residual stress assumed in Phase I calculations ................... 43 Figure 47 Crack profiles from the Emc2 Phase I calculations using Emc2 WRS fit ................... 44 Figure 48 Crack profiles from the Emc2 Phase I calculations using DEI WRS fit ..................... 44 Figure 49 Comparison of crack profile prior to leakage ............................................................. 45 Figure 50 Comparison of semi-elliptical and natural forming crack shape ................................ 46 Figure 51 Margin and leak rate results for the Phase I calculations............................................ 47 Figure 52 Welding residual stress field used for surge nozzle analyses ..................................... 49 Figure 53 Comparison of resultant stress fields for ID repair case ............................................. 49 Figure 54 Comparison of Emc2 and DEI results for Case 6 (6c) (NO = Normal operating stresses) ....................................................................................................................... 55 Figure 55 Comparison of DEI and Emc2 results for Case 6-4 (35) (NO = Normal operating stresses) ....................................................................................................................... 56 Figure 56 Comparison of leak rates for Case 6 ........................................................................... 56 Figure 57 Comparison of leak rates calculated with COD values from Emc2 elastic FE analysis and GE/EPRI (elastic-plastic) for Case 6.................................................................... 57 Figure 58 Comparison of crack length as a function of time for Case 6 (6c) and 6-4 (35) ........ 58 Figure 59 Comparison of results for Case 17-10 with a modified flow stress............................ 63 v


The purpose of this report is not to make an overall judgment of acceptability of these results and their implication to the plants that may be affected by the accelerated inspection request, since that decision requires not only technical but also regulat ory insight. The purpose is to verify the industry's results and highlight some of the technical issues that may warrant additional consideration.
List of Tables Table 1  Mean values of crack morphology parameters used in SQUIRT (from Ref. 20) ....... 15 Table 2  Crack geometries of four cases considered for validation ........................................... 16 Table 3  Comparison of KI values at surface and deepest points ............................................... 20 Table 4  Mechanical properties for Emc2 weld analyses at 315C .............................................. 29 Table 5  Confirmatory analyses matrix ...................................................................................... 51 Table 6  Loads, welding residual stress profiles and initial crack shapes for the confirmatory analyses ........................................................................................................................ 52 Table 7 Phase II confirmatory results........................................................................................ 53 Table 8 Comparison of Emc2 and DEI results........................................................................... 54 Table 9 Case 6 sensitivity cases ................................................................................................ 59 Table 10 Case 17 Sensitivity Cases............................................................................................. 60 vi
: 2. Description of Confirmatory Analyses 2.1 Development and Description of PipeFracCAE PipeFracCAE is a FE mesh generator developed by Emc 2 which can be employed to generate three-dimensional FE mesh for a cracked pipe an d plate with and without a weld. The FE model generated from PipeFracCAE can be used as a direct input for the commercial FE code ABAQUS* [3]. During this effort, PipeFracCAE has been updated with a semi-automated process to handle subcritical crack growth analyses. The key features and limitations of PipeFracCAE are described in the following subsections. Figure 1 shows a screen shot from PipeFracCAE.
: 1. Introduction In October 2006, NRC-RES informed Emc2 of circumferential indications that had been located by ultrasonic testing (UT) in three of the pressurizer nozzle dissimilar metal (DM) welds at the Wolf Creek nuclear power plant. The NRC staff tasked Emc2 with analyzing these defects.
* PipeFracCAE output for Warp3D and ANSYS are under development.
Using ASME Section XI type analyses, Emc2 estimated the times to both leakage and rupture for each indication. The results indicated that under certain conditions, no margin between leakage and rupture existed [1]. The results from these analyses led the NRC staff to request that the inspection/mitigation program currently in place for the pressurizer nozzles be accelerated. This acceleration affected nine PWR plants in the current US fleet. In response, the industry embarked on a short-term technical program aimed at refining the crack growth analyses conducted by Emc2. The main emphasis of the industry program was to use advanced finite element (FE) methods to remove the semi-elliptical flaw assumption that is typical in ASME Section XI type analyses. In addition, detailed sensitivity analyses were conducted to demonstrate that sufficient margins exist for the pressurizer nozzles that would be affected by the accelerated inspection request.
2 Figure 1  Screen shot from PipeFracCAE 2.1.1 Mesh Generation Figure 2 shows a typical FE mesh generated from PipeFracCAE. As shown in this figure, the FE model is a quarter symmetric, three-dimensional model. The weld geometry is simplified by assuming a zero bevel angle. Note that in the current version of the crack growth module in PipeFracCAE, the center of the crack must be located on the symmetry plane. 
The purpose of this report is two fold. First, using similar techniques, confirmatory analyses were conducted by Emc2 in order to verify the calculations conducted by the industry [2]. Since both Emc2 and the NRC staff worked very closely with the industry during the program, many of the technical issues have been discussed and agreed upon. The majority of this report presents the confirmatory results for the stress intensity factor (K) solutions, the welding residual stress, and the leak/rupture margin analyses. Secondly, the applicability of this methodology for predicting leak/rupture margins is addressed by discussing the improvements to the standard methodology, the conservatisms and uncertainties associated with this analysis.
The purpose of this report is not to make an overall judgment of acceptability of these results and their implication to the plants that may be affected by the accelerated inspection request, since that decision requires not only technical but also regulatory insight. The purpose is to verify the industrys results and highlight some of the technical issues that may warrant additional consideration.
: 2. Description of Confirmatory Analyses 2.1 Development and Description of PipeFracCAE PipeFracCAE is a FE mesh generator developed by Emc2 which can be employed to generate three-dimensional FE mesh for a cracked pipe and plate with and without a weld. The FE model generated from PipeFracCAE can be used as a direct input for the commercial FE code ABAQUS* [3]. During this effort, PipeFracCAE has been updated with a semi-automated process to handle subcritical crack growth analyses. The key features and limitations of PipeFracCAE are described in the following subsections. Figure 1 shows a screen shot from PipeFracCAE.
PipeFracCAE output for Warp3D and ANSYS are under development.
1


PipeFracCAE is capable of generating a FE mesh with eith er 8-noded or 20-noded brick elements. For the present effort, 20-node brick elements f were employed. Moreover, collapsed crack-tip elements were used for modeling the crack tip with the midside nodes moved to the quarter-point location to generate the r(-1/2) singularity at the crack ti
Figure 1 Screen shot from PipeFracCAE 2.1.1        Mesh Generation Figure 2 shows a typical FE mesh generated from PipeFracCAE. As shown in this figure, the FE model is a quarter symmetric, three-dimensional model. The weld geometry is simplified by assuming a zero bevel angle. Note that in the current version of the crack growth module in PipeFracCAE, the center of the crack must be located on the symmetry plane.
: p. As shown in Figure 2, concentric rings of elements were used near the crack-tip to calculate the stress intensity factor values.
PipeFracCAE is capable of generating a FE mesh with either 8-noded or 20-noded brick elements. For the present effort, 20-node brick elements were employed. Moreover, collapsed crack-tip elements were used for modeling the crack tip with the midside nodes moved to the quarter-point location to generate the r(-1/2) singularity at the crack tip. As shown in Figure 2, concentric rings of elements were used near the crack-tip to calculate the stress intensity factor values.
The internal pressure was applied to the inner surface of the pipe and also 100% of the internal pressure was applied to the crack face to simulate crack-face pressure loading. Axial tension and bending moment were applied at the end of the pipe as a pressure loading.
In order to impose a welding residual stress on the crack plane, an appropriate temperature distribution varying in the thickness and circumferential direction was applied to the weld region.
This produced simulated welding residual stress on the crack plane. Since the welding residual


The internal pressure was applied to the inner surface of the pipe and also 100% of the internal pressure was applied to the crack face to simulate crack-face pressure loading. Axial tension and bending moment were applied at the end of the pipe as a pressure loading.  
Sensitivity studies between 8- and 20-noded elements were conducted and due to the 8-noded mesh density needed for accurate K values, 20-noded elements were used.
2


In order to impose a welding residual stress on the crack plane, an appropriate temperature distribution varying in the thickness and circumferential direction was applied to the weld region. This produced simulated welding residual stress on the crack plane. Sinc e the welding residual
stress was imposed through applied displacements, the redistribution of the residual stress was properly captured during the crack growth.
Symmetry planes Figure 2 Typical FE mesh generated from PipeFracCAE The meshing capabilities of PipeFracCAE previous to the current effort were limited to the idealized surface crack, idealized through-wall crack, and idealized complex crack in the circumferential and axial direction. An idealized surface crack is defined by the crack depth and length where the crack shape can be either semi-elliptical or rectangular (constant depth). An idealized through-wall crack assumes a crack front parallel to the pipe radius. For idealized complex cracks, the crack is defined by a constant depth surface crack with two curvatures at both ends. Example meshes for these idealized cracks are shown in Figure 3.
(a)                          (b)                    (c)                      (d)
Figure 3 Example mesh of (a) semi-elliptical surface crack, (b) rectangular (constant depth) surface crack, (c) idealized through-wall crack, (d) idealized complex crack


f Sensitivity studies between 8- and 20-noded elements were conducted and due to the 8-noded mesh density needed for accurate K values, 20-noded elements were used.
An equilibrated initial stress field could have been used instead of the thermal gradient to approximate the welding residual stress; however this approach was taken to verify the industrys analyses.
3stress was imposed through applied displacements, the redistribution of th e residual stress was properly captured during the crack growth
3
. Symmetry planes Figure 2  Typical FE mesh generated from PipeFracCAE The meshing capabilities of PipeFracCAE previous to the current effort were limited to the idealized surface crack, idealized through-wall crack, and idealized complex crack in the circumferential and axial direction. An idealized surface crack is defined by the crack depth and length where the crack shape can be either semi-e lliptical or rectangular (constant depth). An idealized through-wall crack assume s a crack front parallel to the pipe radius. For idealized complex cracks, the crack is defined by a constant depth surface crack with two curvatures at both ends. Example meshes for these id ealized cracks are shown in Figure 3.
(a)                              (b)                          (c)                              (d) Figure 3  Example mesh of (a) semi-elliptical surface crack, (b) rectangular (constant depth) surface crack, (c) idealized through-wall crack, (d) idealized complex crack An equilibrated initial stress field could have been used instead of the thermal gradient to approximate the welding residual stress; however this approach was taken to verify the industry's analyses.
4In this project, the amount of crack growth at each location along the crack front was based on the stress intensity factor at that point. Since the stress intensity factor is known to vary along the crack front, it was expected that the crack grows in an arbitrary manner. So the first task in the present effort was to extend the capability of PipeFracCAE to handle ar bitrary crack shapes.
For this purpose, PipeFracCAE was modified so that the crack fr ont can be defined by the user-defined coordinates. As a trial, 20 points were used to define the arbitrary crack shape.
However, it was shown that 20 points were not suffi cient to smoothly define the crack front for a semi-elliptical crack. Based on this study, PipeFracCAE was modified and 40 points
§ were used to define the arbitrary crack front. Another exte nsion that was incorporated to PipeFracCAE is the full circumferential surface crack. In some cases, a part circumferential surface crack can grow significantly in the circumferential direction while the growth in the thickness direction is limited. In this case, the crack grows to form a full circumferential surface crack. PipeFracCAE was modified to cover this type of crack shape where the crack front is also defined by the 40 points. The final extension that was incorporated to PipeFracCAE is the arbitrary full complex crack, where the crack has a 360 degree crack length on the ID surface and part circumferential crack length on the OD surface. Figure 4 shows some examples of arbitrary shaped cracks generated from PipeFracCAE, where the orange color symbols are the 40 points used to define the crack front. As shown in Figure 5, the crack front nodes are distribut ed along the crack front defined by the 40 points (the crack front node do es not have to be defined on one of the 40 points). 
 
(a)                                            (b)                                            (c)
Figure 4  Example mesh of (a) arbitrary finite length surface crack, (b) 360 degree, arbitrary surface crack, (c) arbitrary complex crack


In this project, the amount of crack growth at each location along the crack front was based on the stress intensity factor at that point. Since the stress intensity factor is known to vary along the crack front, it was expected that the crack grows in an arbitrary manner. So the first task in the present effort was to extend the capability of PipeFracCAE to handle arbitrary crack shapes.
For this purpose, PipeFracCAE was modified so that the crack front can be defined by the user-defined coordinates. As a trial, 20 points were used to define the arbitrary crack shape.
However, it was shown that 20 points were not sufficient to smoothly define the crack front for a semi-elliptical crack. Based on this study, PipeFracCAE was modified and 40 points§ were used to define the arbitrary crack front. Another extension that was incorporated to PipeFracCAE is the full circumferential surface crack. In some cases, a part circumferential surface crack can grow significantly in the circumferential direction while the growth in the thickness direction is limited. In this case, the crack grows to form a full circumferential surface crack. PipeFracCAE was modified to cover this type of crack shape where the crack front is also defined by the 40 points. The final extension that was incorporated to PipeFracCAE is the arbitrary full complex crack, where the crack has a 360 degree crack length on the ID surface and part circumferential crack length on the OD surface. Figure 4 shows some examples of arbitrary shaped cracks generated from PipeFracCAE, where the orange color symbols are the 40 points used to define the crack front. As shown in Figure 5, the crack front nodes are distributed along the crack front defined by the 40 points (the crack front node does not have to be defined on one of the 40 points).
(a)                                  (b)                                  (c)
Figure 4 Example mesh of (a) arbitrary finite length surface crack, (b) 360 degree, arbitrary surface crack, (c) arbitrary complex crack
  § The user-defined crack front points are used to generate the crack front nodes, but are not necessarily identical to the nodes.
  § The user-defined crack front points are used to generate the crack front nodes, but are not necessarily identical to the nodes.
5 Figure 5  Definition of crack front using 40 points along the crack front 2.1.2 Crack Growth Modeling In the present effort, ABAQUS is employed to calculate the K values at each node along the crack front. These results are then used to determine the amount of crack growth at each location (i.e. each crack front node). The crack growth direction is defined as the direction normal to the crack front at each nodal location. The MRP-115 [4] crack growth rate (75 th percentile) for Alloy 182, which is a function of K and temperatur e, is adopted in the present effort. In PipeFracCAE, the crack growth is controlled by two parameters, i.e., time increment and maximum crack growth length. The time increment, along with the crack growth rate, is used to calculate the amount of crack growth at each crack front node. However, if there is any node point where the amount of crack growth exceeds the maximum crack growth length set by the user, the time increment is automatically reduced so that the maximum crack growth along the crack front does not exceed the maximum crack growth length. This method was employed to ensure that there was no unrealistic jump in the crack growth calculations. 
4
 
The procedure described above has been incorporated in PipeFracCAE as a semi-automated process. The FE model generated from PipeFrac CAE is sent to ABAQUS, which calculates the K values along the crack front. This informati on is passed back to PipeFracCAE for the crack growth calculation and definition of the new crack front. This process is continued while also considering crack shape transition.
2.1.3 Crack Shape Transition If the initial crack is defined as a part circumferential surface crack and the crack growth in the thickness direction is limited due to compressive welding residual stress, the crack can grow into a full circumferential surface crack. Figure 6 shows an example of a crack front transition from an arbitrary part circumferential surface crack to an arbitrary fu ll circumferential surface crack. As shown in Figure 6, the transition is made smoothly without any discontinuity. 
 
6 (a)                                                                      (b) Figure 6  Transition from (a) arbitrary part circumferential surface crack to (b) arbitrary full circumferential surface crack If the initial crack is defined as a full circumferential surface crack or if a full circumferential surface crack is formed from a part circumferential surface crack, subsequent crack growth can cause the crack to penetrate through the wall thickness and form a complex crack. Figure 7 shows an example of a crack front transition from arbitrary full circumferential surface crack to arbitrary full complex crack. Figure 8 shows how the complex crack front is defined from the last surface crack front. As described earlier, the crack growth direction at each node is normal to the crack front. As shown in Figure 8, the new crack front is calculated from the surface crack. The intersection of the new crack front and the OD surface is defined as the crack-tip location of the complex crack on the OD surface. So if a small time increment (or small maximum crack growth length) is used in PipeFracCAE, the crack profile just before or after wall penetration can be captured. If the intersection between th e new crack front and the OD was sharp, meshing issues occurred. In this case, any ligament less than 5-10% of the wall thickness was eliminated as illustrated in Figure 8.
 
7 (a)                                                                      (b)
Figure 7  Transition from (a) full circumferential surface crack to (b) full complex crack Figure 8  Illustration showing how the complex crack front is defined from growth of a surface crack 2.1.4 Limitations In some of the cases considered in the present effort, the part circumferential surface crack grew into a through-wall crack before growing into a full circumferential surface crack. For this type of crack, an arbitrary through-wall crack modul e was needed. The need for the arbitrary through-wall crack module arose in the mid-stage of the project. Due to limited time schedule, it was not possible to update PipeFracCAE. As an alternative method, as shown in Figure 9, a fictitious crack was added to extend the part circumferential surface crack into a full circumferential surface crack. Subsequent crack growth was based on the full circumferential surface crack, which grew into a full complex crack. This assumption is conservative in both critical crack size margin and leak rate.
 
8Part circumferential surface crackFull circumferentialsurface crackFull  complex crack Figure 9  Fictitious crack added to part circumferential surface crack due to meshing limitations 2.2 Critical crack size calculation Accurate determination of the critical crack size is very important to the prediction of the margin between leakage and rupture. The determination of critical circumferentia l flaw sizes has been extensively investigated in experimental and analytical efforts since the 1970's for nuclear piping. Much of that work was summarized in Re ference 5. The evaluation of cracks in nuclear piping for in-service flaw evalua tion procedures is incorporat ed for nuclear piping in ASME Section XI Articles IWB-3600 as well as Appendix C [6] and H [7]. This flaw evaluation procedure incorporated safety fact ors on stress that vary for service level. There are criterion for circumferential flaws in stainless steel piping and their welds, ferri tic piping and their welds, but not yet for high nickel alloy welds like Alloy 82/182. Currently the crite rion for Alloy 82/182 is under development [8].
2.2.1 Technical basis document for critical crack size determination In order to fully document the past work on the calculation of critical crack size, Emc 2 developed a technical basis document on this subject [9]. This technical basis document was meant as a reference to document the relevant experimental and analytical results for accurately predicting the critical size of both surface and through-wall cracks. It was not meant as a comprehensive review of all of the technical issues pertaining to the criticality of these cracks, but more as a reference document that the reader can use as a guide to finding more technical detail if desired. The issues discussed in this document included:
 
The behavior of surface, complex, and through-wall cracks,  The use of limit-load versus elastic-plastic fracture mechanics,  Proper material properties to use for accurate failure predictions, and  Role of secondary stresses. Small fictitious crack applied 9 This document was used as a basis for the calcul ation of critical crack size in this effort.
2.2.2 Assumptions and methodologies used for this study This section of the report describes the methodologies for the calc ulation of critical crack size used as part of this effort. The methodology used in this effort was developed from the documentation in Reference 9 and much discussion between the NRC staff and the industry in many of the public meetings that were held in the spring and early summer of 2007. The methodology used was not meant to be generic, but specific for this n eed and only applicable because further research and development was not possible in the time frame of the program.
Surface cracks For non-idealized surface cracks, the calculation of critical crack size was determined using the NSC criteria for arbitrary surface cracks developed by Rahman [10]. In this approach, the integration of the cracked area is balanced with the uncracked area and the membrane and bending load required to reach the flow stress is calculated. Extensive past research [9] for cracks in similar metal welds suggest that for limit-load conditions, the base metal flow properties control the behavior. For DM welds, numerical anal yses suggest that the lower strength base metal flow properties would produce the limiting results. If the crack in the DM weld is near the center of the weld, a combina tion of the carbon steel and stainless steel flow stress would control. However, in this effort, since these postulated defects can occur at any location in the weld or butter, the stainless steel flow strength wa s used conservatively.
 
Note that in Reference 9, some experimental da ta were developed which suggest that for deep surface flaws, the NSC predictions were non-conservative, i.e., the experimental loads at failure were much less than predicted by the NSC criteria. However, since further research on this topic
 
was not possible, it was agreed to ignore this effect.
Complex cracks The analyses conducted in the Phase I effort (S ection 5) suggested that once these arbitrary surface cracks break the surface, they would become complex cracks. A complex crack is a combination of a surface and through-wall crack. Limited research has been performed on complex cracks, but the data and analyses presented in Reference 9 (which is based only on base metal experiments), suggests that NSC may be appropriate for these flaws when the Dimensionless Plastic Zone Parameter (DPZP) is greater than 1.0. However, there has been limited research on complex cracks that suggests that the tearing resistance is much lower than a through-wall crack with the same OD crack le ngth, and therefore the appropriate apparent fracture toughness must be used in calculating the DPZP parameter. When the DPZP parameter is less than 1.0, it has been shown that EPFM conditions exist. In those cases, it is appropriate to estimate the load-ca rrying capacity by the use of the Z-factor, as is done in ASME Section XI analyses. Z-factors have not been developed for complex cracks in Alloy 82/182 materials, but have been suggested for TWC in these materials [8]. Therefore, due to the lack of experimental data on complex cracks in DM welds, it was deci ded that these flaws would be analyzed using the NSC equations for an arbitrary crack and applying the Z factors per Reference 8 for all cases including those where DPZP>1. 
 
10 Secondary stresses The role of displacement-controlled secondary stresses in the critical crack size determination is a hotly debated topic. To understand the role of secondary stresses, the NRC staff
** conducted pipe system experiments (mid 1990s and early 2000) with typical and elevated levels of thermal expansion stresses [11 and 12]. The details of these experiments are discussed in Reference 9. In summary, the experimental results showed that the secondary stre ss in this pipe system test acted as a primary stress from a fracture viewpoi nt due to the size of the surface flaw (a/t  0.65 and /  0.5), which localized the plasticity at the crack plane and allowed negligible plasticity in the uncracked pipe loop. The rotations due to the surface crack (up to maximum load) are very small compared to the pipe rotations that can occur due to the thermal expansion stress. 
 
Due to the limited experimental results, it was de cided that for the analyses in this study the displacement-controlled thermal expansion st resses (which include the normal thermal stratifications stresses) would be included in the critical crack size determination. All other displacement-controlled stresses, such as the transient thermal stratification stresses, were assumed to be relieved for complex crack evaluations. 
 
The industry conducted two separate analyses to demonstrate the effect of secondary loads on cracked pipe [2]. In the first industry analysis (Appendix B of Ref. 2), an elastic surge line piping analysis was conducted with the appropriate displacement-controlled stresses. The rotational degrees of freedom rest raints at the surge nozzle DM weld node were removed and the equivalent rotation at that loca tion approached 2 degrees. It was argued that since the limited experimental results on complex cracks showed slightly more than 2 degrees of crack rotation at maximum load, all of the displacement-controlled stresses would be relieved before the complex crack reached a critical state. However, the 2-degree rotation (from the displacement-controlled stresses) would displace the complex cracked pipe to a near critical state. Therefore engineering judgment dictates that the displacement-controlled loads must have an impact on the critical crack size, since rotation from these loads occur. In addition, not all complex cracks will fail at 2 degrees of crack rotation. Since no experimental data for complex cracks in Alloy 82/182 exists, the rotation at failure is unknown for these types of flaws. 
 
In their second analyses (Appendix C of Ref. 2), detailed elastic and elastic-plastic finite element analyses were conducted on through-w all cracks in straight pipe of different lengths. The loads were applied with both bending moments and equivalent rotations. The comparison of the reaction moment (from the rotation runs) with the applied moment s gave an indication of how much of the displacement-controlled bending moment was relieved by the compliance of the pipe. These results show that for a through-wa ll crack of 50% of the circumference with a simulated pipe system compliance equal to 60 feet of straight pipe, one half of bending moment was relieved. In addition, it was shown that at this point, the crack driving force was reduced significantly (still slightly above J Ic, but still below critical). These results show that for the cases analyzed, the displacement-controlled stresses are relieved, but actual magnitude is dependent on the crack size and pipe system compliance.
 
** These data were generated through the international group programs, BINP and IPIRG, where participants other than the NRC funded this work 11 2.3 Leak rate modeling The leak-rate calculations performed in the confirmatory calculations were conducted using the SQUIRT leak rate code.
SQUIRT, which stands for S eepage Q uantification of U psets I n Reactor Tubes, is a computer program that predicts the leakage rates for cracked pipes in nuclear power plants. The development of the SQUIRT computer model enables li censing authorities and industry users to conduct the leak-rate evaluations for leak-before-break applications in a more efficient manner. The SQUIRT code also includes technical advances that are not available in other computer codes currently used for leak-rate estimation. The SQUIRT code has been benchmarked against other leak-rate codes and validated against experi mental results [13,14].
2.3.1 The Henry-Fauske flow model in SQUIRT A review [15] of existing thermal-hydraulic models indicated that the Henry-Fauske model was the best currently available representation of two-phase fluid flow th rough tight cracks in a piping system. This model allows for non-equilibrium vapor generation ra tes as the fluid flows through the crack. The rate at which vapor is formed approaches the equilibrium value using an exponential relaxation correlation, with the correlation coefficients determined from the experimental data of Henry. In addition to th e uncertainty associated with specifying the non-equilibrium vapor generation rate, other uncertainties in the analysis arise due to incomplete knowledge of the flow path loss es, the friction factors for tight cracks, and the potential for particulate plugging.
2.3.2 Other thermodynamic flow models The SQUIRT code has three different thermal-hydraulic flow models depending on the thermodynamic state of the fluid inside the pipe. The default model is the Henry-Fauske two-phase model for tight cracks for subcooled liquid as described above. The other two models are as follows.
: 1. Single-phase liquid model. A model was added to predict the leakage rate through a pipe crack when the fluid inside the pipe is under pressure, but the fluid temperature is below the saturation temperature corresponding to the ambient pressure outside of the pipe. In this case the fluid remains a liquid as it flows through the pipe crack and as it is discharged. This model solves the flow e quations associated with non-compressible fluid flow. 2. Superheated single-phase steam model. A model was added to predict the leakage rate through a pipe crack when the fluid inside the pipe is superheated steam. By definition, superheated steam has a steam quality of 100%. In this case, the fluid remains a gas as it flows through the pipe crack and as it is discharged. This module solves the flow equations associated with compressible gas flow.
 
If the temperature of the fluid insi de the pipe is less than or equal to the saturation temperature of the fluid at the ambient pressure, then the single-phase liquid flow model can be used to calculate a leakage rate. Alternatively, if the crack depth (pipe wall thickness) to hydraulic diameter ratio is less than 0.5, then the single-phase liquid model can also be used because the fluid is assumed to pass through the crack as a liquid before it has time to flash to a two-phase mixture.
 
12If the temperature of the fluid inside the pipe is greater than the saturation temperature of water at the pipe operating pressure, then the superheated steam fluid flow model may be used to calculate the leakage rate. Under these circumstances, the steam quality is assumed to be 100% throughout the crack depth, and the fluid is m odeled as a single-pha se compressible flow.
 
Finally, if the crack depth (pipe wall thickness) to hydraulic-diam eter ratio is greater than 15 (tight crack) and the fluid inside the pipe is a liquid, the fluid will flash to a two-phase mixture at the ambient pressure, and the Henry-Fauske two-phase flow model in SQUIRT may be used to calculate the flow rate. Figure 10 shows the critical pressure ra tio as a function of the crack depth (pipe wall thickness) to hydraulic diameter ratio for two-phase flow. This figure also shows the region on the plot where the Henry-Fauske model is valid. Likewise, the figure also shows the region on the plot where the single-phase liquid model may be used to approximate the leakage rate. Finally, the current version of SQUIRT does not have a transitional two-phase flow model to handle pipe cracks with depth (pipe wall thickness) to hydraulic diameter ratios between 0.5 and 15. A sensitivity study was done in a previous study [14] and it was determined that at L/D=15, the single-phase model overpredi cted the two-phase flow model by 30% for both large and small leak rates. This is within the normal scatter of leak rate data where the scatter was a factor of 2 (except at very low leak rates). Therefore, it was decided that for conditions where L/D<15, the all-liquid model should be used but the results should be scaled by a factor that would range linearly from 0.7 (at L/D=15) to 1 (at L/D=1).
00.10.20.3 0.4 0.5 0.605101520Crack Depth to Hydraulic Diameter RatioCritical Pressure RatioHenry/Fauske Two-Phase Flow Model for Ti ght CracksOrifice Flow -- Can be approximated with single-phase liquid modelSQUIRT currently does not have a two-phase flow model to simulate this region Figure 10  Plot of critical pre ssure ratio as a function of cra ck depth to hydraulic diameter ratio showing when the leak rate models in SQUIRT are valid [
16] 2.3.3 Crack size assumptions The SQUIRT code has two modules. SQUIRT2 cal culates the leakage rate from a crack given the crack length, crack opening displacement (COD) and thermodynamic conditions. SQUIRT4 uses an iterative approach to calculate the crack length given the thermodynamic conditions, the material properties, and the leak rate. This iterative process uses typical J-estimation schemes to 13 predict the COD at a given conditi on. In this effort, since deta iled FE analyses were conducted for each time step, the COD from those analyses were used with the SQUIRT2 module. In addition, SQUIRT2 allows the input of both the ID and OD crack length and COD. According to the SQUIRT user's manual [13], SQUIRT assumes that the behavior in both crack length and COD is linear between the OD and ID.
 
Since SQUIRT assumes that the be havior between the ID and the OD is linear, the results from the FE analyses can be used to determine the accuracy of this assumption. Figure 11 shows the normalized half COD (normalized by the half COD at the OD) for the relief nozzle geometry (Case 6, see Section 6 for details). In this figure, two different crack lengths are shown, and the results suggest that for the shorter OD crack le ngths, the trend of CO D through the thickness is not linear. However, as the OD cr ack length increases, the trend becomes linear. For the shorter crack lengths, the COD values are slightly less than the linear approximation, suggesting that the linear approximation would yield higher leak rates.   
 
00.2 0.4 0.60.8 11.200.20.40.60.811.2Distance from OD, inchHalf Crack opening displacementOD=2.7"OD=7.8"Solid line is linear approximation Figure 11  Normalized half crack opening displacement for Case 6 A much larger effect is seen when an approximation of the ID crack length is made. As described in Section 5 of this report, for most of these analyses, the resulting leaking crack was complex in shape in that the ID length extended completely around the circumference, and the OD crack length was limited in circumferential extent. An example of the profile for a leaking crack in Case 6 is shown in Figure 12a. In this figure, which shows half of the crack profile, the solid red line represents the leaking crack front with an OD crack length of approximately 3 inches. The purple dashed line represents the linear approxima tion in crack depth from the OD length to the full ID length. The blue dashed li ne represents the approximation that the ID crack length is equal to the OD crack length. In addi tion, Figure 12b shows the COD profile for this same crack. These figures suggest that the approximation of the ID crack length eq ual to the ID circumference is overly conservative for full extent complex cracks, i.e., too large of a flow path 14is assumed, while the approximation that the ID and OD crack length being equal may be too restrictive. Since there is no available complex crack leak rate experimental data that can be used to verify these predictions, it can only be assumed that the actual leak rate will fall between these two bounds. Therefore, for the purposes of these analyses, leak rates at both conditions were calculated and averaged.
 
4-3-2-1 0 1 2 3 4 5012345      (a)  Crack shape      (b) Numerical COD            Scale = inch Figure 12  Crack length approximations for SQUIRT calculations 2.3.4 Crack morphology parameters The SQUIRT code contains a COD-dependent crack morphology model for leak-rate calculations. This model is described in detail in References 17 and 18. In essence, this model assumes that the pressure drops that occur as the fluid passes over the crack morphology are dependent on the opening of the crack. The effect is simply illustrated in Figure 13. For large values of COD, the fluid passes directly acro ss the global roughness, whic h induces the pressure drops. However, if the COD is small, the fl uid must weave around the grain boundaries and the pressure drops are dominated by the change in fl ow path and local grain surface roughness. The relationships between these effects are given in detail in Reference 18 and are fully encoded in the current version of SQUIRT. Even though th is procedure has not been fully validated experimentally, computational fluid mechanics work [19] suggests that this procedure is appropriate for modeling the pressure loss across tortuous crack morphologies.
15 Figure 13  Effect of COD on crack morphology parameters Within the current version of SQUIRT, the key crack morphology parameters are:
 
&#xb5;L -  Local roughness, &#xb5;G -  Global roughness, n tL -  Number of turns in flow path when the crack is tight (/ G <0.1), K G -  Global path deviation factor, ratio of flow path to pipe thickness, and K G+L -  Local path deviation factor, rati o of flow path to pipe thickness.
 
The SQUIRT code has three types of cracking mechanisms:
 
IGSCC -  Intergranular stress corrosion crack, Fatigue -  Fatigue crack, and PWSCC  -  Primary water stress corrosion crack.
 
Table 1 gives the mean values of the crack morphology parameters for the three different crack mechanisms as determined from cracks removed from service. For the analyses conducted in this effort, the PWSCC crack morphology paramete rs with the COD-dependence behavior were used. 
 
Table 1  Mean values of crack morphology pa rameters used in SQUIRT (from Ref. 20 ) Crack Morphology Variable IGSCC Fatigue PWSCC ff &#xb5;L, &#xb5;m 4.699 8.814 16.86
&#xb5;G, &#xb5;m 80.010 40.513 113.9 n tL , mm-1 28.2 6.73 5.94 K G 1.07 1.017 1.009 K G+L 1.33 1.06 1.243
 
ff For PWSCC these values are for cracks that are traveling parallel to the dendritic grain structure, see Reference 20 16 3. K-Verification and Model Convergence Results 3.1 Description of Analyses As described in Section 2 of this report, the subcritical crack growth that is calculated in this effort is driven by the stress intensity factors at every crack tip (nodal) location along the crack front. The same basic procedure is used in bot h PipeFracCAE and the in dustry code FEACrack. Therefore, it is essential to verify the K-solutions from both the Emc 2 and DEI computer codes. In the present effort, three different cases were considered. First, a semi-elliptical (idealized) surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure was considered. The Emc 2 and DEI K-solutions were compared and these solutions were also compared w ith the Anderson [21] solution. In addition, a semi-elliptical surface crack under tension, bending, internal pressure, and welding residual stress was considered. As a final step, an arbitr ary (non-idealized) surface crack under tension, bending, and inte rnal pressure was considered. 


In addition to the K-verification, model converg ence studies were conducte
Figure 5 Definition of crack front using 40 points along the crack front 2.1.2      Crack Growth Modeling In the present effort, ABAQUS is employed to calculate the K values at each node along the crack front. These results are then used to determine the amount of crack growth at each location (i.e. each crack front node). The crack growth direction is defined as the direction normal to the crack front at each nodal location. The MRP-115 [4] crack growth rate (75th percentile) for Alloy 182, which is a function of K and temperature, is adopted in the present effort. In PipeFracCAE, the crack growth is controlled by two parameters, i.e., time increment and maximum crack growth length. The time increment, along with the crack growth rate, is used to calculate the amount of crack growth at each crack front node. However, if there is any node point where the amount of crack growth exceeds the maximum crack growth length set by the user, the time increment is automatically reduced so that the maximum crack growth along the crack front does not exceed the maximum crack growth length. This method was employed to ensure that there was no unrealistic jump in the crack growth calculations.
: d. For this study, the time increment was varied for the crack growth analyses. The time and crack shape at leakage was compared.
The procedure described above has been incorporated in PipeFracCAE as a semi-automated process. The FE model generated from PipeFracCAE is sent to ABAQUS, which calculates the K values along the crack front. This information is passed back to PipeFracCAE for the crack growth calculation and definition of the new crack front. This process is continued while also considering crack shape transition.
3.2 K-Verification 3.2.1 Semi-elliptical surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure In order to verify the stress intensity solutions along the crack front for semi-elliptical surface cracks, FE analyses were performed for models only with internal pre ssure, axial tension, and bending moment (no WRS). These results were compared with the Anderson [21] solution and the results provided by DEI in their Phase I effort [22].
2.1.3      Crack Shape Transition If the initial crack is defined as a part circumferential surface crack and the crack growth in the thickness direction is limited due to compressive welding residual stress, the crack can grow into a full circumferential surface crack. Figure 6 shows an example of a crack front transition from an arbitrary part circumferential surface crack to an arbitrary full circumferential surface crack.
As shown in Figure 6, the transition is made smoothly without any discontinuity.
5


Table 2 lists the four cases considered in this effort, where the outer pipe diameter, D o = 7.75 inches and the wall thickness, t = 1.29 inches. These cases were selected from a subset of the 36 DEI analyses that most closely matched conditions for the Wolf Creek cases considered.  
(a)                                              (b)
Figure 6 Transition from (a) arbitrary part circumferential surface crack to (b) arbitrary full circumferential surface crack If the initial crack is defined as a full circumferential surface crack or if a full circumferential surface crack is formed from a part circumferential surface crack, subsequent crack growth can cause the crack to penetrate through the wall thickness and form a complex crack. Figure 7 shows an example of a crack front transition from arbitrary full circumferential surface crack to arbitrary full complex crack. Figure 8 shows how the complex crack front is defined from the last surface crack front. As described earlier, the crack growth direction at each node is normal to the crack front. As shown in Figure 8, the new crack front is calculated from the surface crack.
The intersection of the new crack front and the OD surface is defined as the crack-tip location of the complex crack on the OD surface. So if a small time increment (or small maximum crack growth length) is used in PipeFracCAE, the crack profile just before or after wall penetration can be captured. If the intersection between the new crack front and the OD was sharp, meshing issues occurred. In this case, any ligament less than 5-10% of the wall thickness was eliminated as illustrated in Figure 8.
6


The mesh generator developed by Emc 2, PipeFracCAE, was employed to generate the FE model. Figure 14 shows an example mesh generated from PipeFracCAE. A quarter symmetric model was used. Twenty-noded brick elements were used for the model. The crack tip elements were collapsed at the crack front and the midside nodes nearest the crack tip were moved to the quarter point location to generate the r(-1/2) singularity at the crack tip. Table 2  Crack geometries of four cases considered for validation Case R i/t a/t a 2 c i/a 2(deg) 3 2.004 0.1 0.129 15 42.9 15 2.004 0.3 0.387 5 42.9 18 2.004 0.3 0.387 21 180.1 20 2.004 0.3 0.387 30 257.3 Below are the loading conditions used in this effort:
(a)                                            (b)
Figure 7 Transition from (a) full circumferential surface crack to (b) full complex crack Figure 8 Illustration showing how the complex crack front is defined from growth of a surface crack 2.1.4      Limitations In some of the cases considered in the present effort, the part circumferential surface crack grew into a through-wall crack before growing into a full circumferential surface crack. For this type of crack, an arbitrary through-wall crack module was needed. The need for the arbitrary through-wall crack module arose in the mid-stage of the project. Due to limited time schedule, it was not possible to update PipeFracCAE. As an alternative method, as shown in Figure 9, a fictitious crack was added to extend the part circumferential surface crack into a full circumferential surface crack. Subsequent crack growth was based on the full circumferential surface crack, which grew into a full complex crack. This assumption is conservative in both critical crack size margin and leak rate.
7


17- internal pressure : 2.235 ksi
Small fictitious crack applied Part circumferential surface crack Full circumferential surface crack  Full complex crack Figure 9 Fictitious crack added to part circumferential surface crack due to meshing limitations 2.2 Critical crack size calculation Accurate determination of the critical crack size is very important to the prediction of the margin between leakage and rupture. The determination of critical circumferential flaw sizes has been extensively investigated in experimental and analytical efforts since the 1970s for nuclear piping. Much of that work was summarized in Reference 5. The evaluation of cracks in nuclear piping for in-service flaw evaluation procedures is incorporated for nuclear piping in ASME Section XI Articles IWB-3600 as well as Appendix C [6] and H [7]. This flaw evaluation procedure incorporated safety factors on stress that vary for service level. There are criterion for circumferential flaws in stainless steel piping and their welds, ferritic piping and their welds, but not yet for high nickel alloy welds like Alloy 82/182. Currently the criterion for Alloy 82/182 is under development [8].
- axial tension : 2.0 ksi
2.2.1        Technical basis document for critical crack size determination In order to fully document the past work on the calculation of critical crack size, Emc2 developed a technical basis document on this subject [9]. This technical basis document was meant as a reference to document the relevant experimental and analytical results for accurately predicting the critical size of both surface and through-wall cracks. It was not meant as a comprehensive review of all of the technical issues pertaining to the criticality of these cracks, but more as a reference document that the reader can use as a guide to finding more technical detail if desired.
- effective global bending moment : 277.5 in-kips
The issues discussed in this document included:
* The behavior of surface, complex, and through-wall cracks,
* The use of limit-load versus elastic-plastic fracture mechanics,
* Proper material properties to use for accurate failure predictions, and
* Role of secondary stresses.
8


The internal pressure was applied to the inner surface of the pipe and also 100% of the internal pressure was applied to the crack face to simulate crack-face pressure loading. Axial tension and a bending moment were applie d at the end of the pipe as a pressure loading.  
This document was used as a basis for the calculation of critical crack size in this effort.
2.2.2      Assumptions and methodologies used for this study This section of the report describes the methodologies for the calculation of critical crack size used as part of this effort. The methodology used in this effort was developed from the documentation in Reference 9 and much discussion between the NRC staff and the industry in many of the public meetings that were held in the spring and early summer of 2007. The methodology used was not meant to be generic, but specific for this need and only applicable because further research and development was not possible in the time frame of the program.
Surface cracks For non-idealized surface cracks, the calculation of critical crack size was determined using the NSC criteria for arbitrary surface cracks developed by Rahman [10]. In this approach, the integration of the cracked area is balanced with the uncracked area and the membrane and bending load required to reach the flow stress is calculated. Extensive past research [9] for cracks in similar metal welds suggest that for limit-load conditions, the base metal flow properties control the behavior. For DM welds, numerical analyses suggest that the lower strength base metal flow properties would produce the limiting results. If the crack in the DM weld is near the center of the weld, a combination of the carbon steel and stainless steel flow stress would control. However, in this effort, since these postulated defects can occur at any location in the weld or butter, the stainless steel flow strength was used conservatively.
Note that in Reference 9, some experimental data were developed which suggest that for deep surface flaws, the NSC predictions were non-conservative, i.e., the experimental loads at failure were much less than predicted by the NSC criteria. However, since further research on this topic was not possible, it was agreed to ignore this effect.
Complex cracks The analyses conducted in the Phase I effort (Section 5) suggested that once these arbitrary surface cracks break the surface, they would become complex cracks. A complex crack is a combination of a surface and through-wall crack. Limited research has been performed on complex cracks, but the data and analyses presented in Reference 9 (which is based only on base metal experiments), suggests that NSC may be appropriate for these flaws when the Dimensionless Plastic Zone Parameter (DPZP) is greater than 1.0. However, there has been limited research on complex cracks that suggests that the tearing resistance is much lower than a through-wall crack with the same OD crack length, and therefore the appropriate apparent fracture toughness must be used in calculating the DPZP parameter. When the DPZP parameter is less than 1.0, it has been shown that EPFM conditions exist. In those cases, it is appropriate to estimate the load-carrying capacity by the use of the Z-factor, as is done in ASME Section XI analyses. Z-factors have not been developed for complex cracks in Alloy 82/182 materials, but have been suggested for TWC in these materials [8]. Therefore, due to the lack of experimental data on complex cracks in DM welds, it was decided that these flaws would be analyzed using the NSC equations for an arbitrary crack and applying the Z factors per Reference 8 for all cases including those where DPZP>1.
9


The elastic modulus and the Poi sson's ratio were set to 30x10 6 psi and 0.3, respectively.
Secondary stresses The role of displacement-controlled secondary stresses in the critical crack size determination is a hotly debated topic. To understand the role of secondary stresses, the NRC staff** conducted pipe system experiments (mid 1990s and early 2000) with typical and elevated levels of thermal expansion stresses [11 and 12]. The details of these experiments are discussed in Reference 9.
In summary, the experimental results showed that the secondary stress in this pipe system test acted as a primary stress from a fracture viewpoint due to the size of the surface flaw (a/t  0.65 and /  0.5), which localized the plasticity at the crack plane and allowed negligible plasticity in the uncracked pipe loop. The rotations due to the surface crack (up to maximum load) are very small compared to the pipe rotations that can occur due to the thermal expansion stress.
Due to the limited experimental results, it was decided that for the analyses in this study the displacement-controlled thermal expansion stresses (which include the normal thermal stratifications stresses) would be included in the critical crack size determination. All other displacement-controlled stresses, such as the transient thermal stratification stresses, were assumed to be relieved for complex crack evaluations.
The industry conducted two separate analyses to demonstrate the effect of secondary loads on cracked pipe [2]. In the first industry analysis (Appendix B of Ref. 2), an elastic surge line piping analysis was conducted with the appropriate displacement-controlled stresses. The rotational degrees of freedom restraints at the surge nozzle DM weld node were removed and the equivalent rotation at that location approached 2 degrees. It was argued that since the limited experimental results on complex cracks showed slightly more than 2 degrees of crack rotation at maximum load, all of the displacement-controlled stresses would be relieved before the complex crack reached a critical state. However, the 2-degree rotation (from the displacement-controlled stresses) would displace the complex cracked pipe to a near critical state. Therefore engineering judgment dictates that the displacement-controlled loads must have an impact on the critical crack size, since rotation from these loads occur. In addition, not all complex cracks will fail at 2 degrees of crack rotation. Since no experimental data for complex cracks in Alloy 82/182 exists, the rotation at failure is unknown for these types of flaws.
In their second analyses (Appendix C of Ref. 2), detailed elastic and elastic-plastic finite element analyses were conducted on through-wall cracks in straight pipe of different lengths. The loads were applied with both bending moments and equivalent rotations. The comparison of the reaction moment (from the rotation runs) with the applied moments gave an indication of how much of the displacement-controlled bending moment was relieved by the compliance of the pipe. These results show that for a through-wall crack of 50% of the circumference with a simulated pipe system compliance equal to 60 feet of straight pipe, one half of bending moment was relieved. In addition, it was shown that at this point, the crack driving force was reduced significantly (still slightly above JIc, but still below critical). These results show that for the cases analyzed, the displacement-controlled stresses are relieved, but actual magnitude is dependent on the crack size and pipe system compliance.
These data were generated through the international group programs, BINP and IPIRG, where participants other than the NRC funded this work 10


The stress intensity factor, K, was directly obtained from ABAQUS. In ABAQUS, the interaction integral method [23] is used to extract the K values. The K I value was determined as the mean value of the 2 nd to 5 th contours along the crack front.
2.3 Leak rate modeling The leak-rate calculations performed in the confirmatory calculations were conducted using the SQUIRT leak rate code. SQUIRT, which stands for Seepage Quantification of Upsets In Reactor Tubes, is a computer program that predicts the leakage rates for cracked pipes in nuclear power plants. The development of the SQUIRT computer model enables licensing authorities and industry users to conduct the leak-rate evaluations for leak-before-break applications in a more efficient manner. The SQUIRT code also includes technical advances that are not available in other computer codes currently used for leak-rate estimation. The SQUIRT code has been benchmarked against other leak-rate codes and validated against experimental results [13,14].
2.3.1      The Henry-Fauske flow model in SQUIRT A review [15] of existing thermal-hydraulic models indicated that the Henry-Fauske model was the best currently available representation of two-phase fluid flow through tight cracks in a piping system. This model allows for non-equilibrium vapor generation rates as the fluid flows through the crack. The rate at which vapor is formed approaches the equilibrium value using an exponential relaxation correlation, with the correlation coefficients determined from the experimental data of Henry. In addition to the uncertainty associated with specifying the non-equilibrium vapor generation rate, other uncertainties in the analysis arise due to incomplete knowledge of the flow path losses, the friction factors for tight cracks, and the potential for particulate plugging.
2.3.2      Other thermodynamic flow models The SQUIRT code has three different thermal-hydraulic flow models depending on the thermodynamic state of the fluid inside the pipe. The default model is the Henry-Fauske two-phase model for tight cracks for subcooled liquid as described above. The other two models are as follows.
: 1. Single-phase liquid model. A model was added to predict the leakage rate through a pipe crack when the fluid inside the pipe is under pressure, but the fluid temperature is below the saturation temperature corresponding to the ambient pressure outside of the pipe. In this case the fluid remains a liquid as it flows through the pipe crack and as it is discharged. This model solves the flow equations associated with non-compressible fluid flow.
: 2. Superheated single-phase steam model. A model was added to predict the leakage rate through a pipe crack when the fluid inside the pipe is superheated steam. By definition, superheated steam has a steam quality of 100%. In this case, the fluid remains a gas as it flows through the pipe crack and as it is discharged. This module solves the flow equations associated with compressible gas flow.
If the temperature of the fluid inside the pipe is less than or equal to the saturation temperature of the fluid at the ambient pressure, then the single-phase liquid flow model can be used to calculate a leakage rate. Alternatively, if the crack depth (pipe wall thickness) to hydraulic diameter ratio is less than 0.5, then the single-phase liquid model can also be used because the fluid is assumed to pass through the crack as a liquid before it has time to flash to a two-phase mixture.
11


Figure 15 shows the K values along the crack front for the four cases considered in this effort. In this figure, results provided by DEI are also plotted for comparison. As shown in Figure 15, the two results match well along the crack front except near the free surface. Since it is difficult to numerically calculate the K value at the free surface point, the K value is typically extrapolated from the K values near the free surface. In their Phase I effort, DEI linearly extrapolated the path independent J-integral values near the free surface for the points where the path dependence was high. These results are shown in Figure 16. As shown in this figure, the extrapolated K values do not follow the trends of the previous K values along the crack front. Figure 16 also shows the K values calculated by Emc 2 , where the J-integral path independence wa s valid very close to the free surface (difference was less than 5%). This was possibly due to the fine mesh used near the free surface [see Figure 14(c)]. The K value at the surface point was extrapolated by using a 4 th order polynomial fit. Table 3 compares the K values at the free surface and the deepest points calculated by DEI and Emc 2 and also these values are compar ed with the Anderson solution. As summarized in Table 3, the K values agree well at the deepes t point whereas the values at the free surface location show some difference. Such difference is due to the different extrapolation method used to estimate the K value at the free surface.
If the temperature of the fluid inside the pipe is greater than the saturation temperature of water at the pipe operating pressure, then the superheated steam fluid flow model may be used to calculate the leakage rate. Under these circumstances, the steam quality is assumed to be 100%
18 (a) Overall view (b) Close-up view near crack front              (c) Close-up view near surface point Figure 14  Example of FE mesh empl oyed in the present study (Case18)  
throughout the crack depth, and the fluid is modeled as a single-phase compressible flow.
Finally, if the crack depth (pipe wall thickness) to hydraulic-diameter ratio is greater than 15 (tight crack) and the fluid inside the pipe is a liquid, the fluid will flash to a two-phase mixture at the ambient pressure, and the Henry-Fauske two-phase flow model in SQUIRT may be used to calculate the flow rate. Figure 10 shows the critical pressure ratio as a function of the crack depth (pipe wall thickness) to hydraulic diameter ratio for two-phase flow. This figure also shows the region on the plot where the Henry-Fauske model is valid. Likewise, the figure also shows the region on the plot where the single-phase liquid model may be used to approximate the leakage rate. Finally, the current version of SQUIRT does not have a transitional two-phase flow model to handle pipe cracks with depth (pipe wall thickness) to hydraulic diameter ratios between 0.5 and 15. A sensitivity study was done in a previous study [14] and it was determined that at L/D=15, the single-phase model overpredicted the two-phase flow model by 30% for both large and small leak rates. This is within the normal scatter of leak rate data where the scatter was a factor of 2 (except at very low leak rates). Therefore, it was decided that for conditions where L/D<15, the all-liquid model should be used but the results should be scaled by a factor that would range linearly from 0.7 (at L/D=15) to 1 (at L/D=1).
0.6 Orifice Flow -- Can be 0.5      approximated with single-phase liquid model Critical Pressure Ratio Henry/Fauske Two-0.4                                                                                  Phase Flow Model for Tight Cracks 0.3 0.2 SQUIRT currently does not have a two-phase 0.1 flow model to simulate this region 0
0                          5                            10              15                          20 Crack Depth to Hydraulic Diameter Ratio Figure 10 Plot of critical pressure ratio as a function of crack depth to hydraulic diameter ratio showing when the leak rate models in SQUIRT are valid [16]
2.3.3      Crack size assumptions The SQUIRT code has two modules. SQUIRT2 calculates the leakage rate from a crack given the crack length, crack opening displacement (COD) and thermodynamic conditions. SQUIRT4 uses an iterative approach to calculate the crack length given the thermodynamic conditions, the material properties, and the leak rate. This iterative process uses typical J-estimation schemes to 12


19 0 2 4 6 8 1000.20.40.60.81 2/ K I (ksi-in0.5)EMC2DEICASE3 0 3 6 9 12 1500.20.40.60.81 2/ K I (ksi-in0.5)EMC2DEICASE15 (a) Case 3                                                               (b) Case 15
predict the COD at a given condition. In this effort, since detailed FE analyses were conducted for each time step, the COD from those analyses were used with the SQUIRT2 module. In addition, SQUIRT2 allows the input of both the ID and OD crack length and COD. According to the SQUIRT users manual [13], SQUIRT assumes that the behavior in both crack length and COD is linear between the OD and ID.
Since SQUIRT assumes that the behavior between the ID and the OD is linear, the results from the FE analyses can be used to determine the accuracy of this assumption. Figure 11 shows the normalized half COD (normalized by the half COD at the OD) for the relief nozzle geometry (Case 6, see Section 6 for details). In this figure, two different crack lengths are shown, and the results suggest that for the shorter OD crack lengths, the trend of COD through the thickness is not linear. However, as the OD crack length increases, the trend becomes linear. For the shorter crack lengths, the COD values are slightly less than the linear approximation, suggesting that the linear approximation would yield higher leak rates.
1.2 Solid line is linear approximation 1
Half Crack opening displacement 0.8 0.6 OD=2.7" OD=7.8" 0.4 0.2 0
0  0.0.4        0.6            0.8              1    1.2 Distance from OD, inch Figure 11 Normalized half crack opening displacement for Case 6 A much larger effect is seen when an approximation of the ID crack length is made. As described in Section 5 of this report, for most of these analyses, the resulting leaking crack was complex in shape in that the ID length extended completely around the circumference, and the OD crack length was limited in circumferential extent. An example of the profile for a leaking crack in Case 6 is shown in Figure 12a. In this figure, which shows half of the crack profile, the solid red line represents the leaking crack front with an OD crack length of approximately 3 inches. The purple dashed line represents the linear approximation in crack depth from the OD length to the full ID length. The blue dashed line represents the approximation that the ID crack length is equal to the OD crack length. In addition, Figure 12b shows the COD profile for this same crack. These figures suggest that the approximation of the ID crack length equal to the ID circumference is overly conservative for full extent complex cracks, i.e., too large of a flow path 13


0 3 6 9 12 1500.20.40.60.81 2/ K I (ksi-in0.5)EMC2 DEICASE18 0 3 6 9 12 1500.20.40.60.81 2/ K I (ksi-in0.5)EMC2DEICASE20 (c) Case 18                                                               (d) Case 20
is assumed, while the approximation that the ID and OD crack length being equal may be too restrictive. Since there is no available complex crack leak rate experimental data that can be used to verify these predictions, it can only be assumed that the actual leak rate will fall between these two bounds. Therefore, for the purposes of these analyses, leak rates at both conditions were calculated and averaged.
5 4
3 2
1 0
0    1    2      3      4    5
            -1
            -2
            -3
            -4
            -5 (a) Crack shape                (b) Numerical COD Scale = inch Figure 12 Crack length approximations for SQUIRT calculations 2.3.4      Crack morphology parameters The SQUIRT code contains a COD-dependent crack morphology model for leak-rate calculations. This model is described in detail in References 17 and 18. In essence, this model assumes that the pressure drops that occur as the fluid passes over the crack morphology are dependent on the opening of the crack. The effect is simply illustrated in Figure 13. For large values of COD, the fluid passes directly across the global roughness, which induces the pressure drops. However, if the COD is small, the fluid must weave around the grain boundaries and the pressure drops are dominated by the change in flow path and local grain surface roughness. The relationships between these effects are given in detail in Reference 18 and are fully encoded in the current version of SQUIRT. Even though this procedure has not been fully validated experimentally, computational fluid mechanics work [19] suggests that this procedure is appropriate for modeling the pressure loss across tortuous crack morphologies.
14


(e) Definition of angle ( ) along the crack front Figure 15  Calculated K values along the crack front
Figure 13 Effect of COD on crack morphology parameters Within the current version of SQUIRT, the key crack morphology parameters are:
&#xb5;L      -  Local roughness,
&#xb5;G      -  Global roughness, ntL      -  Number of turns in flow path when the crack is tight (/&#xb5;G <0.1),
KG      -  Global path deviation factor, ratio of flow path to pipe thickness, and KG+L    -  Local path deviation factor, ratio of flow path to pipe thickness.
The SQUIRT code has three types of cracking mechanisms:
IGSCC - Intergranular stress corrosion crack, Fatigue - Fatigue crack, and PWSCC - Primary water stress corrosion crack.
Table 1 gives the mean values of the crack morphology parameters for the three different crack mechanisms as determined from cracks removed from service. For the analyses conducted in this effort, the PWSCC crack morphology parameters with the COD-dependence behavior were used.
Table 1 Mean values of crack morphology parameters used in SQUIRT (from Ref. 20 )
Crack Morphology Variable                      IGSCC                            Fatigue                        PWSCC
        &#xb5;L, &#xb5;m                        4.699                            8.814                            16.86
        &#xb5;G, &#xb5;m                        80.010                          40.513                            113.9 ntL, mm-1                      28.2                              6.73                            5.94 KG                          1.07                            1.017                            1.009 KG+L                          1.33                              1.06                            1.243


20y = 1277.2x 4 - 755.18x 3 + 157.22x 2 - 5.2869x + 2.3291 R 2 = 0.9998 0 1 2 3 4 500.050.10.150.2 2/ K I (ksi-in0.5)EMC2DEIPoly. (EMC2)CASE3y = 354.23x 4 - 242.93x 3 + 83.125x 2 - 10.256x + 7.0177 R 2 = 0.9999 0 3 6 9 1200.050.10.150.2 2/ K I (ksi-in0.5)EMC2DEIPoly. (EMC2)CASE15 (a)                                                              (b) y = 1435.6x 4 - 787.02x 3 + 155.61x 2 - 3.1039x + 1.8376 R 2 = 1 0 1 2 3 400.050.10.150.2 2/ K I (ksi-in 0.5)EMC2DEIPoly. (EMC2)CASE18y = 585.46x 4 - 270.62x 3 + 49.406x 2 + 0.1258x + 0.4062 R 2 = 0.9999 00.5 11.5 200.050.10.150.2 2/ K I (ksi-in 0.5)EMC2DEIPoly. (EMC2)CASE20 (c)                                                                (d)
For PWSCC these values are for cracks that are traveling parallel to the dendritic grain structure, see Reference 20 15
Figure 16  Extrapolation of K value at the surface point Table 3  Comparison of K I values at surface and deepest points Anderson (ksi-in0.5) DEI (ksi-in0.5) Emc 2 (ksi-in0.5)  K surf K deep K surf K deep K surf K deep Case3 2.6 6.2 2.9 6.4 2.33 6.35 Case15 7.2 9.9 7.8 10.1 7.02 10.05 Case18 2.4 12.2 2.3 12.1 1.84 12.01 Case20 1.5 13 0.6 12.2 0.41 12.14 3.2.2 Semi-elliptical surf ace crack under tension, bending, in ternal pressure, and welding residual stress As part of the K-verification, FE analysis wa s conducted for the indi cation found in the Wolf Creek relief nozzle DM weld. The purpose of this effort was to verify the stress intensity solutions along the crack front for an idealized crack (semi-elliptical crack) in a complex stress 21 field, i.e., tension, bending, intern al pressure, and welding residual stress. All of the geometry, loads, and assumptions are identical to those presented in DEI Phase I report [22], except for those presented below. For these analyses, PipeFracCAE was employed to generate the FE model where the semi-elliptical crack was modeled using the ar bitrary crack-front option. The model generated for this anal ysis is shown in Figure 17.
: 3. K-Verification and Model Convergence Results 3.1 Description of Analyses As described in Section 2 of this report, the subcritical crack growth that is calculated in this effort is driven by the stress intensity factors at every crack tip (nodal) location along the crack front. The same basic procedure is used in both PipeFracCAE and the industry code FEACrack.
Figure 17  FE model used for K-verification of semi-elliptical surface crack under complex stress field In the DEI Phase I analyses, the WRS field initially developed by Emc 2 for the relief nozzle flaw was simulated numerically through an elastic FE analysis by imposing a temperature field on the crack plane and in the weld metal. In their analyses, a constant temperature was imposed on all nodes from the crack plane to the end of the simulated weld, which had an axial location of 1 inch from the crack plane. The coefficient of thermal expansion was then modified by nodal location until the required stress field was obtained. For the mate rial outside of the weld, the thermal expansion coefficient was set to zero. This allowed the stress to relax and return to zero far from the crack plane. This numerically simulated stress field was added to the normal operating conditions, and was used to drive the crack in their Phase I analyses. 
Therefore, it is essential to verify the K-solutions from both the Emc2 and DEI computer codes.
In the present effort, three different cases were considered. First, a semi-elliptical (idealized) surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure was considered. The Emc2 and DEI K-solutions were compared and these solutions were also compared with the Anderson [21]
solution. In addition, a semi-elliptical surface crack under tension, bending, internal pressure, and welding residual stress was considered. As a final step, an arbitrary (non-idealized) surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure was considered.
In addition to the K-verification, model convergence studies were conducted. For this study, the time increment was varied for the crack growth analyses. The time and crack shape at leakage was compared.
3.2   K-Verification 3.2.1      Semi-elliptical surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure In order to verify the stress intensity solutions along the crack front for semi-elliptical surface cracks, FE analyses were performed for models only with internal pressure, axial tension, and bending moment (no WRS). These results were compared with the Anderson [21] solution and the results provided by DEI in their Phase I effort [22].
Table 2 lists the four cases considered in this effort, where the outer pipe diameter, Do = 7.75 inches and the wall thickness, t = 1.29 inches. These cases were selected from a subset of the 36 DEI analyses that most closely matched conditions for the Wolf Creek cases considered.
The mesh generator developed by Emc2, PipeFracCAE, was employed to generate the FE model.
Figure 14 shows an example mesh generated from PipeFracCAE. A quarter symmetric model was used. Twenty-noded brick elements were used for the model. The crack tip elements were collapsed at the crack front and the midside nodes nearest the crack tip were moved to the quarter point location to generate the r(-1/2) singularity at the crack tip.
Table 2 Crack geometries of four cases considered for validation Case          Ri/t            a/t            a            2ci/a      2 (deg) 3          2.004          0.1            0.129            15          42.9 15          2.004          0.3            0.387            5          42.9 18          2.004          0.3            0.387            21          180.1 20          2.004          0.3            0.387            30          257.3 Below are the loading conditions used in this effort:
16


In order to verify these calculations, Emc 2 conducted similar analyses. However, the development of the stress fields was handled in a slightly different manner
    -  internal pressure : 2.235 ksi
&sect;&sect;. In this case, the entire FE model had the same coefficient of thermal expansion, but the temperature field was adjusted to produce the required stress field at the crack plane. The temperature field at the crack plane was used at every axial location from the cr ack plane to the end of the simulated weld, i.e., 1-inch away from the crack plane. Beyond the 1-inch location, the nodal temperatures were set to the initial condition.  
    -  axial tension : 2.0 ksi
    -  effective global bending moment : 277.5 in-kips The internal pressure was applied to the inner surface of the pipe and also 100% of the internal pressure was applied to the crack face to simulate crack-face pressure loading. Axial tension and a bending moment were applied at the end of the pipe as a pressure loading.
The elastic modulus and the Poissons ratio were set to 30x106 psi and 0.3, respectively.
The stress intensity factor, K, was directly obtained from ABAQUS. In ABAQUS, the interaction integral method [23] is used to extract the K values. The KI value was determined as the mean value of the 2nd to 5th contours along the crack front.
Figure 15 shows the K values along the crack front for the four cases considered in this effort. In this figure, results provided by DEI are also plotted for comparison. As shown in Figure 15, the two results match well along the crack front except near the free surface. Since it is difficult to numerically calculate the K value at the free surface point, the K value is typically extrapolated from the K values near the free surface. In their Phase I effort, DEI linearly extrapolated the path independent J-integral values near the free surface for the points where the path dependence was high. These results are shown in Figure 16. As shown in this figure, the extrapolated K values do not follow the trends of the previous K values along the crack front. Figure 16 also shows the K values calculated by Emc2, where the J-integral path independence was valid very close to the free surface (difference was less than 5%). This was possibly due to the fine mesh used near the free surface [see Figure 14(c)]. The K value at the surface point was extrapolated by using a 4th order polynomial fit. Table 3 compares the K values at the free surface and the deepest points calculated by DEI and Emc2 and also these values are compared with the Anderson solution. As summarized in Table 3, the K values agree well at the deepest point whereas the values at the free surface location show some difference. Such difference is due to the different extrapolation method used to estimate the K value at the free surface.
17


This WRS was based in ASME Section XI efforts for IGSCC cracking in the HAZ of stainless steel welds
(a) Overall view (b) Close-up view near crack front        (c) Close-up view near surface point Figure 14 Example of FE mesh employed in the present study (Case18) 18
&sect;&sect; Note that in later analyses, DEI adopted the Emc 2 procedure for applying the thermal loads in the crack growth analyses 22 Figure 18 shows the stress field at the crack plane. In this figure, the x-axis is the normalized distance from the ID surface, while the y-axis is the axial welding residual stress. The solid line in this figure represents the st ress field used in the original NRC scoping analyses. The dashed line represents the DEI simulated WRS field. Note that the stress on the ID is underpredicted, at 30% though-wall is overpredicte d, and at 80% through wall is ag ain underpredicted. The solid squares in this figure represent Emc 2 predictions of the WRS (C ase 1). Finally, the open triangles represent the Emc 2 estimate of the DEI calculated WRS (Case 2). In this case, we attempted to match the DEI predictions and not the original curve fit from the scoping analysis.
20-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 6000.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.91Normalized Distance from ID Surface, (R-R i)/tAxial Welding Residual Stress (ksi)NRC Fit to ASME Thick DataDEI estimationEmc2 estimation - Case1Emc2 estiamtion of DEI WRS - Case2 Figure 18  Welding residual stress field at the crack plane Figure 19 illustrates a comparison of the K values for the semi-elliptical surface flaw as a function of pipe circumferential position relative to the symmetry plane for the three residual stress cases shown in Figure 18. Note that for the Emc 2 Case 2 results, the residual stresses were generated to match the DEI simulated stresses as closely as possible, where for the Case 1 results, the residual stresses were generated to match the original stre sses used in the scoping analyses. When the Emc 2 welding residual stresses match thos e of DEI, the K-values are very similar along most of the crack fr ont, but deviate slightly at the free surface. However, when the Emc 2 WRS matched those of the original scoping analysis, the Emc 2 K-values were lower than the DEI values by about 13% al ong the entire crack front. 


230.05.010.0 15.0 20.025.030.00102030405060708090Pipe Circumferential Position, (deg)FEA Stress Intensity Factor, (ksi-in0.5)DEIEmc2 - Case 2Emc2 - Case 1 Figure 19  Comparison of DEI and Emc 2 K-solution for semi-el liptical surface crack in relief nozzle A closer view of the K-values at the free surface is shown in Figure 20. As shown in this figure, the results compare well until the transition to the free surface begins. At the free surface, the K-values vary by about 15%. It is suspected that this difference is due to the estimation of the welding residual stress since the comparison of K-values for semi-elliptical flaws under only membrane and global bending loads showed excellent agreement between the Emc 2 and DEI results. 15.020.025.030.0404550556065707580Pipe Circumferential Position, (deg)FEA Stress Intensity Factor, (ksi-in0.5)DEIEmc2 Case 2 Figure 20 Comparison of K-solution at free surface
10                                                                        15 CASE3                                                                    CASE15 8                                                                        12 KI (ksi-in )                                                            KI (ksi-in )
0.5                                                                      0.5 6                                                                        9 4                                                                        6 EMC2 EMC2 2                                      DEI                                3                                      DEI 0                                                                        0 0    0.2      0.4          0.6  0.8    1                              0    0.2    0.4          0.6  0.8      1 2 /                                                                    2 /
(a) Case 3                                                                      (b) Case 15 15                                                                        15 CASE18                                                                    CASE20 12                                                                        12 KI (ksi-in )                                                              KI (ksi-in )
0.5                                                                      0.5 9                                                                        9 6                                                                        6 EMC2                                                                    EMC2 3                                      DEI                              3                                    DEI 0                                                                        0 0    0.2     0.4          0.6  0.8    1                              0    0.2    0.4          0.6  0.8      1 2 /                                                                    2 /
(c) Case 18                                                                      (d) Case 20 (e) Definition of angle ( ) along the crack front Figure 15 Calculated K values along the crack front 19


24 The effects of stress redistribution can be examined by the results shown in Figure 21. In this figure, the symbols represent the K values from the Emc 2 analyses where temperature was used to predict the welding residual stress at the crack plane and th e decay of that stress along the axial length of pipe. The solid line in this figure, represents the application of the crack plane residual stress field at the end of model, i.e., the residual st ress does not decay with axial distance. As shown in this figure, the K-values are identical which indicate that for this size crack in this residual stress field, redistribution has no affect on the driving force. 10.015.0 20.0 25.0 30.00.00.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.91.0Normalized Distance along the crack frontFEA Stress Intensity Factor, (ksi-in0.5)Emc2 Case 2Emc2 Case 2 Far field stress Figure 21  Effects of residual stress redistribution 3.2.3 Arbitrary surface crack under tens ion, bending, and internal pressure As final step of K-verification, continuous, non-ideal crack fronts were generated using a modified Bessel function to verify the K-solutions from both the Emc 2 and DEI computer codes.
5                                                                                            12 EMC2                                                                                          CASE15                                  EMC2 CASE3 4          DEI                                                                                                                                    DEI Poly. (EMC2)                                                                      9                                                    Poly. (EMC2)
These crack fronts are shown in Figure 22. In this figure, the "alpha" term is the order of the Bessel function. Also included in this figure is an additional crack front (Extra Case) suggested by DEI that is still continuous but much less ideal as compared to the Bessel function. For these verification analyses, the Wolf Creek relief line geometry and loads were considered. No welding residual stress was used in these analyses. Figure 23 shows the four crack front shapes on the Wolf Creek relief line geometry. 
KI (ksi-in )                                                                                  KI (ksi-in )
0.5                                                                                          0.5 3
6 2
y = 354.23x 4 - 242.93x 3 + 83.125x 2 - 10.256x + 7.0177 y = 1277.2x 4 - 755.18x 3 + 157.22x 2 - 5.2869x + 2.3291 R2 = 0.9999 R2 = 0.9998                                                  3 1
0                                                                                              0 0          0.05              0.1              0.15                0.2                         0            0.05            0.1              0.15              0.2 2 /                                                                                            2 /
(a)                                                                                        (b) 4                                                                                              2 EMC2                        CASE18                                                                EMC2                        CASE20 3          DEI                                                                              1.5            DEI Poly. (EMC2)                                                                                      Poly. (EMC2)
KI (ksi-in )                                                                                  KI (ksi-in )
0.5                                                                                          0.5 2                                                                                              1 y = 1435.6x 4 - 787.02x 3 + 155.61x 2 - 3.1039x + 1.8376 1                                R2 = 1                                                      0.5 y = 585.46x 4 - 270.62x 3 + 49.406x 2 + 0.1258x + 0.4062 R2 = 0.9999 0                                                                                              0 0          0.05              0.1              0.15                0.2                          0            0.05              0.1            0.15              0.2 2 /                                                                                            2 /
(c)                                                                                          (d)
Figure 16 Extrapolation of K value at the surface point Table 3 Comparison of KI values at surface and deepest points Anderson                    (ksi-in0.5)                    DEI                            (ksi-in0.5)              Emc2                (ksi-in0.5)
Ksurf                      Kdeep                        Ksurf                            Kdeep                  Ksurf                Kdeep Case3                          2.6                          6.2                        2.9                                6.4                  2.33                  6.35 Case15                        7.2                          9.9                        7.8                              10.1                  7.02                  10.05 Case18                        2.4                        12.2                        2.3                               12.1                  1.84                  12.01 Case20                        1.5                          13                        0.6                              12.2                   0.41                  12.14 3.2.2      Semi-elliptical surface crack under tension, bending, internal pressure, and welding residual stress As part of the K-verification, FE analysis was conducted for the indication found in the Wolf Creek relief nozzle DM weld. The purpose of this effort was to verify the stress intensity solutions along the crack front for an idealized crack (semi-elliptical crack) in a complex stress 20


25 00.10.2 0.3 0.4 0.50.60.7 0.8 0.9012345678Surface Crack length (inch) a/talpha=8, a/t=5, c=5alpha=2, a/t=0.8, c=7alpha=5, a/t=0.25, c=1.5Extra Case Figure 22  Crack fronts suggestged for the K-verification study alpha=5, a/t=0.25, c=1.5alpha=8, a/t=0.5, c=5alpha=2, a/t=0.8, c=7Extra Case Figure 23  Crack front shapes on Wolf Creek Relief nozzle geometry
field, i.e., tension, bending, internal pressure, and welding residual stress. All of the geometry, loads, and assumptions are identical to those presented in DEI Phase I report [22], except for those presented below. For these analyses, PipeFracCAE was employed to generate the FE model where the semi-elliptical crack was modeled using the arbitrary crack-front option. The model generated for this analysis is shown in Figure 17.
Figure 17 FE model used for K-verification of semi-elliptical surface crack under complex stress field In the DEI Phase I analyses, the WRS field initially developed by Emc2 for the relief nozzle flaw was simulated numerically through an elastic FE analysis by imposing a temperature field on the crack plane and in the weld metal. In their analyses, a constant temperature was imposed on all nodes from the crack plane to the end of the simulated weld, which had an axial location of 1 inch from the crack plane. The coefficient of thermal expansion was then modified by nodal location until the required stress field was obtained. For the material outside of the weld, the thermal expansion coefficient was set to zero. This allowed the stress to relax and return to zero far from the crack plane. This numerically simulated stress field was added to the normal operating conditions, and was used to drive the crack in their Phase I analyses.
In order to verify these calculations, Emc2 conducted similar analyses. However, the development of the stress fields was handled in a slightly different manner&sect;&sect;. In this case, the entire FE model had the same coefficient of thermal expansion, but the temperature field was adjusted to produce the required stress field at the crack plane. The temperature field at the crack plane was used at every axial location from the crack plane to the end of the simulated weld, i.e.,
1-inch away from the crack plane. Beyond the 1-inch location, the nodal temperatures were set to the initial condition.


26 Using PipeFracCAE and ABAQUS, the K-solutions for these cracks were generated along the crack front as shown in Figure
This WRS was based in ASME Section XI efforts for IGSCC cracking in the HAZ of stainless steel welds
: 24. In this figure, results provided by DEI are also plotted for comparison. As shown in this figure, the compar isons are excellent between the two independent calculations. 
&sect;&sect; Note that in later analyses, DEI adopted the Emc2 procedure for applying the thermal loads in the crack growth analyses 21


0 5 10 15 20 25 30 3502468Inner surface crack length, inchK, ksi*in0.5Case1 - Emc2Case2 - Emc2Case3 - Emc2Case4 - Emc2Case1 - DEICase2 - DEICase3 - DEICase 4 - DEI Figure 24  Comparison of Emc 2 and DEI K-solutions for K-verification study 3.3 Model Convergence In order to verify that the inputs used in the crack growth analyses were producing a converged solution, a model convergence study was completed. In the Emc 2 analyses, the crack growth is controlled not only on time, but also on maximum crack extension per increment. For instance, a one month time step can be used with 0.05-inch crack growth increment. In this case, the crack will be grown for one month at the specified inputs, however, if that growth exceeds 0.05 inch, the time step will be reduced until it does not exceed that value. For this study, the Phase I case (See Section 5.1) was run with a time increment of 1 month and 0.25 month.
Figure 18 shows the stress field at the crack plane. In this figure, the x-axis is the normalized distance from the ID surface, while the y-axis is the axial welding residual stress. The solid line in this figure represents the stress field used in the original NRC scoping analyses. The dashed line represents the DEI simulated WRS field. Note that the stress on the ID is underpredicted, at 30% though-wall is overpredicted, and at 80% through wall is again underpredicted. The solid squares in this figure represent Emc2 predictions of the WRS (Case 1). Finally, the open triangles represent the Emc2 estimate of the DEI calculated WRS (Case 2). In this case, we attempted to match the DEI predictions and not the original curve fit from the scoping analysis.
In these cases, the average crack growth increment was 0.09 inch an d 0.02 inch respectively. The results of the crack growth predictions are shown in Figure 25. This figure illustrates that there are some slight differences in crack growth, but the times to leakage only differed by about 3%, which is slightly better than the 5% claimed by DEI in their convergence study. Therefore, it is assumed that the model is converged within these time and crack growth increments.
60 NRC Fit to ASME Thick Data 50                                                    DEI estimation Emc2 estimation - Case1 40                                                    Emc2 estiamtion of DEI WRS - Case2 Axial Welding Residual Stress (ksi) 30 20 10 0
27 00.20.40.60.8 11.202468Circumferential Distance along ID (in)Crack Depth (in)Time = 0.333 yrTime = 1yrTime = 2 yrTime = 3yrTime = 4 yrTime = 5yrTime = 5.25 yrDashed line - 0.25 moSolid lines - 1mo1 mo - 5.58 year at leak0.25 mo - 5.40 year at leak Figure 25  Time increment comparison for Phase I calculations
                                                  -10
: 4. Welding Residual Stress Results In this section of the report, the confirmatory we lding residual stress anal yses are discussed. As described in the industry's report [2], the weldi ng residual stress analyses conducted were chosen to investigate the range of nozzle to safe e nd welds in the as-welde d conditions and in the presence of weld repairs. All of the geometry and welding details were retrieved by the industry through a survey conducted as part of the industry's effort. For the confirmatory analyses presented here, the geometries used were identical to those used by the industry; however, the material properties, mesh development, and analysis procedures were unique.
                                                  -20
4.1 Description of Cases The nozzles analyzed in this effort consisted on the pressurizer surge, relief/safety and spray nozzles. For the nine plants affected by the possible acceleration in inspection/mitigation
                                                  -30 0  0.1    0.2    0.3      0.4      0.5       0.6      0.7    0.8        0.9    1 Normalized Distance from ID Surface, (R-Ri)/t Figure 18 Welding residual stress field at the crack plane Figure 19 illustrates a comparison of the K values for the semi-elliptical surface flaw as a function of pipe circumferential position relative to the symmetry plane for the three residual stress cases shown in Figure 18. Note that for the Emc2 Case 2 results, the residual stresses were generated to match the DEI simulated stresses as closely as possible, where for the Case 1 results, the residual stresses were generated to match the original stresses used in the scoping analyses. When the Emc2 welding residual stresses match those of DEI, the K-values are very similar along most of the crack front, but deviate slightly at the free surface. However, when the Emc2 WRS matched those of the original scoping analysis, the Emc2 K-values were lower than the DEI values by about 13% along the entire crack front.
22


schedule, seven were Westinghouse designs, while the remaining two were CE designs. Therefore, in the analyses conducted both Wes tinghouse and CE designs were considered.   
30.0 DEI Emc2 - Case 2 Emc2 - Case 1 25.0 FEA Stress Intensity Factor, (ksi-in0.5) 20.0 15.0 10.0 5.0 0.0 0  10          20        30        40        50        60    70  80  90 Pipe Circumferential Position, (deg)
Figure 19 Comparison of DEI and Emc2 K-solution for semi-elliptical surface crack in relief nozzle A closer view of the K-values at the free surface is shown in Figure 20. As shown in this figure, the results compare well until the transition to the free surface begins. At the free surface, the K-values vary by about 15%. It is suspected that this difference is due to the estimation of the welding residual stress since the comparison of K-values for semi-elliptical flaws under only membrane and global bending loads showed excellent agreement between the Emc2 and DEI results.
30.0 DEI Emc2 Case 2 FEA Stress Intensity Factor, (ksi-in0.5) 25.0 20.0 15.0 40      45          50            55        60        65          70   75    80 Pipe Circumferential Position,  (deg)
Figure 20 Comparison of K-solution at free surface 23


For the safety/relief nozzle cases, two geometries were used in the modeling effort. These geometries, labeled Type 1a and Type 2b [2] represent the typical relief
The effects of stress redistribution can be examined by the results shown in Figure 21. In this figure, the symbols represent the K values from the Emc2 analyses where temperature was used to predict the welding residual stress at the crack plane and the decay of that stress along the axial length of pipe. The solid line in this figure, represents the application of the crack plane residual stress field at the end of model, i.e., the residual stress does not decay with axial distance. As shown in this figure, the K-values are identical which indicate that for this size crack in this residual stress field, redistribution has no affect on the driving force.
/safety geometry with and without an ID liner. For the purposes of the confirmatory analyses, the Type1a geometry was chosen in this effort. The industry conduc ted the following cases with the relief/safety nozzle geometry. Nozzle butt weld alone with and without safe-end weld, Increasing time 28 Nozzle butt weld with weld buildup at safe end ID with safe-end weld, Nozzle butt weld with liner fillet weld with safe-end weld, Nozzle butt weld with 0.75-inch deep x 360 de gree ID weld repair (3D solution) without safe end weld, and Nozzle butt weld with 0.75-inch deep x 20 degr ee ID weld repair with no safe end weld.
30.0 Emc2 Case 2 Emc2 Case 2 Far field stress FEA Stress Intensity Factor, (ksi-in0.5) 25.0 20.0 15.0 10.0 0.0  0.1  0.2      0.3    0.4        0.5  0.6  0.7      0.8  0.9  1.0 Normalized Distance along the crack front Figure 21 Effects of residual stress redistribution 3.2.3      Arbitrary surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure As final step of K-verification, continuous, non-ideal crack fronts were generated using a modified Bessel function to verify the K-solutions from both the Emc2 and DEI computer codes.
In the industry's analyses, it was assumed that the safety/relief an alyses were representative of the smaller spray nozzle welds; therefore, no spray nozzle analyses were conducted.  
These crack fronts are shown in Figure 22. In this figure, the alpha term is the order of the Bessel function. Also included in this figure is an additional crack front (Extra Case) suggested by DEI that is still continuous but much less ideal as compared to the Bessel function. For these verification analyses, the Wolf Creek relief line geometry and loads were considered. No welding residual stress was used in these analyses. Figure 23 shows the four crack front shapes on the Wolf Creek relief line geometry.
24


For the surge nozzle, two geometries were also c onsidered, i.e., Type 8 and Type 9 [2] with the following analyses conducted:  Type 8 nozzle butt weld alone with and w ithout the stainless st eel safe-end weld, Type 8 nozzle butt weld with 5/16-inch x 360 degree ID weld repair with the safe-end weld, and  Type 9 nozzle butt weld alone without the safe-end weld.
0.9 alpha=8, a/t=5, c=5 0.8 alpha=2, a/t=0.8, c=7 0.7                                                alpha=5, a/t=0.25, c=1.5 Extra Case 0.6 0.5 a/t 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0
The Emc 2 confirmatory analyses focused on the Type 1a safety/relief nozzle with and without the stainless steel safe-end weld and the Type 8 surge nozzle with and without the 5/16-inch repair and with and without the safe-end weld. Th ese analyses were conducted in a purely axi- symmetric manner, which assumes that the resulting residual stresses do not vary circumferentially.
0  1      2         3            4      5        6        7          8 Surface Crack length (inch)
4.2 Description of Emc 2 analysis procedures Emc 2 has been conducting welding simulation analyses for years and is the main NRC contractor conducting welding simulations for the J-welds in CRDM nozzles. The approach used in the predictions of welding residual stresses and st rains is based on extensive knowledge of the welding process and has been refined as the commercial finite element codes have been updated and improved. In all of the Emc 2 welding analyses, thermo-elastic-plastic FE simulations were performed to simulate welding the subject butt welds. The formation of the welding residual stress is a result of the thermo-mechanical deformation proces s during welding. In this study, the heat flow and mechanical deformation during welding were simulated using a sequentially coupled approach [24,25,26]. In such approac h, the transient heat-transfer analysis was conducted to solve the temporal and spatial distribution of the temperature in the model, and then the computed thermal history was used as input as thermal loading in the subsequent mechanical analysis calculating the residual stress field. Temperature-dependent mech anical properties were utilized and isotropic hardening was assumed. The effects of me lting, solidification, and annealing were simulated in the analysis. Heat transfer to the environment is assumed to occur on all free surfaces of the model. The justifications of the sequentially coupled modeling approach were provided elsewhere [11, 27,28].
Figure 22 Crack fronts suggestged for the K-verification study alpha=5, a/t=0.25, c=1.5 alpha=8, a/t=0.5, c=5 alpha=2, a/t=0.8, c=7 Extra Case Figure 23 Crack front shapes on Wolf Creek Relief nozzle geometry 25


The welding heat flow was modeled as a heat-conduction problem. Temperature-dependent thermal conductivity and specific heat values were used. Typically, the welding arc is treated as a volumetric moving heat source, taking the double-ellipsoidal distribu tion proposed by Goldak et al. [29]. However, such moving source analyses can be very computationally intense [30]. In the axisymmetric models assumed in this effort, the welding heat was effectively applied simultaneously over the weld length.  
Using PipeFracCAE and ABAQUS, the K-solutions for these cracks were generated along the crack front as shown in Figure 24. In this figure, results provided by DEI are also plotted for comparison. As shown in this figure, the comparisons are excellent between the two independent calculations.
35 Case1 - Emc2 30                                            Case2 - Emc2 Case3 - Emc2 Case4 - Emc2 Case1 - DEI 25                                            Case2 - DEI Case3 - DEI Case 4 - DEI 0.5 20 K, ksi*in  15 10 5
0 0    2                4              6                8 Inner surface crack length, inch Figure 24 Comparison of Emc2 and DEI K-solutions for K-verification study 3.3 Model Convergence In order to verify that the inputs used in the crack growth analyses were producing a converged solution, a model convergence study was completed. In the Emc2 analyses, the crack growth is controlled not only on time, but also on maximum crack extension per increment. For instance, a one month time step can be used with 0.05-inch crack growth increment. In this case, the crack will be grown for one month at the specified inputs, however, if that growth exceeds 0.05 inch, the time step will be reduced until it does not exceed that value. For this study, the Phase I case (See Section 5.1) was run with a time increment of 1 month and 0.25 month. In these cases, the average crack growth increment was 0.09 inch and 0.02 inch respectively. The results of the crack growth predictions are shown in Figure 25. This figure illustrates that there are some slight differences in crack growth, but the times to leakage only differed by about 3%, which is slightly better than the 5% claimed by DEI in their convergence study. Therefore, it is assumed that the model is converged within these time and crack growth increments.
26


29The welding simulation was performed on a pa ss-by-pass basis following the weld sequence described for butt weld. A weld pass was activat ed only when it was deposited. The analysis procedure included not only the pass-by-pass weldi ng steps, but also other essential fabrication steps that would be expected to have strong effects on the stresses in the butt weld: back chipping, last pass welding, hydrotesting, and ap plication of operating temperature.  
Dashed line - 0.25 mo 1.2                Solid lines - 1mo Time = 0.333 yr Time = 1yr 1                                                Time = 2 yr Time = 3yr Increasing time Crack Depth (in)
Time = 4 yr 0.8 Time = 5yr Time = 5.25 yr 0.6 0.4 0.2 1 mo - 5.58 year at leak 0.25 mo - 5.40 year at leak 0
0                  2                  4                  6  8 Circumferential Distance along ID (in)
Figure 25 Time increment comparison for Phase I calculations
: 4. Welding Residual Stress Results In this section of the report, the confirmatory welding residual stress analyses are discussed. As described in the industrys report [2], the welding residual stress analyses conducted were chosen to investigate the range of nozzle to safe end welds in the as-welded conditions and in the presence of weld repairs. All of the geometry and welding details were retrieved by the industry through a survey conducted as part of the industrys effort. For the confirmatory analyses presented here, the geometries used were identical to those used by the industry; however, the material properties, mesh development, and analysis procedures were unique.
4.1 Description of Cases The nozzles analyzed in this effort consisted on the pressurizer surge, relief/safety and spray nozzles. For the nine plants affected by the possible acceleration in inspection/mitigation schedule, seven were Westinghouse designs, while the remaining two were CE designs.
Therefore, in the analyses conducted both Westinghouse and CE designs were considered.
For the safety/relief nozzle cases, two geometries were used in the modeling effort. These geometries, labeled Type 1a and Type 2b [2] represent the typical relief/safety geometry with and without an ID liner. For the purposes of the confirmatory analyses, the Type1a geometry was chosen in this effort. The industry conducted the following cases with the relief/safety nozzle geometry.
* Nozzle butt weld alone with and without safe-end weld, 27
* Nozzle butt weld with weld buildup at safe end ID with safe-end weld,
* Nozzle butt weld with liner fillet weld with safe-end weld,
* Nozzle butt weld with 0.75-inch deep x 360 degree ID weld repair (3D solution) without safe end weld, and
* Nozzle butt weld with 0.75-inch deep x 20 degree ID weld repair with no safe end weld.
In the industrys analyses, it was assumed that the safety/relief analyses were representative of the smaller spray nozzle welds; therefore, no spray nozzle analyses were conducted.
For the surge nozzle, two geometries were also considered, i.e., Type 8 and Type 9 [2] with the following analyses conducted:
* Type 8 nozzle butt weld alone with and without the stainless steel safe-end weld,
* Type 8 nozzle butt weld with 5/16-inch x 360 degree ID weld repair with the safe-end weld, and
* Type 9 nozzle butt weld alone without the safe-end weld.
The Emc2 confirmatory analyses focused on the Type 1a safety/relief nozzle with and without the stainless steel safe-end weld and the Type 8 surge nozzle with and without the 5/16-inch repair and with and without the safe-end weld. These analyses were conducted in a purely axi-symmetric manner, which assumes that the resulting residual stresses do not vary circumferentially.
4.2 Description of Emc2 analysis procedures Emc2 has been conducting welding simulation analyses for years and is the main NRC contractor conducting welding simulations for the J-welds in CRDM nozzles. The approach used in the predictions of welding residual stresses and strains is based on extensive knowledge of the welding process and has been refined as the commercial finite element codes have been updated and improved. In all of the Emc2 welding analyses, thermo-elastic-plastic FE simulations were performed to simulate welding the subject butt welds. The formation of the welding residual stress is a result of the thermo-mechanical deformation process during welding. In this study, the heat flow and mechanical deformation during welding were simulated using a sequentially coupled approach [24,25,26]. In such approach, the transient heat-transfer analysis was conducted to solve the temporal and spatial distribution of the temperature in the model, and then the computed thermal history was used as input as thermal loading in the subsequent mechanical analysis calculating the residual stress field. Temperature-dependent mechanical properties were utilized and isotropic hardening was assumed. The effects of melting, solidification, and annealing were simulated in the analysis. Heat transfer to the environment is assumed to occur on all free surfaces of the model. The justifications of the sequentially coupled modeling approach were provided elsewhere [11, 27,28].
The welding heat flow was modeled as a heat-conduction problem. Temperature-dependent thermal conductivity and specific heat values were used. Typically, the welding arc is treated as a volumetric moving heat source, taking the double-ellipsoidal distribution proposed by Goldak et al. [29]. However, such moving source analyses can be very computationally intense [30]. In the axisymmetric models assumed in this effort, the welding heat was effectively applied simultaneously over the weld length.
28


As mentioned, temperature-dependent material properties were used for simulating welding residual stress, including the thermophysical and mechanical properties of the materials involved in butt weld fabrication. Great care was taken to ensure that the material properties used in the weld simulation analysis were as realistic as possible. The material properties necessary for the butt weld stress analysis were collected from va rious sources in the ope n literature and through data exchanges with industry. These data were originally developed for the CRDM effort conducted at Emc 2 [31]. In addition, the temperature-de pendent stress-strain curves for Alloy 182 solution-annealed weld metal [up to 1,255 K (1,800 F)] and carbon steel SA-508 [up to 1,033 K (1,400F)] were experimentally determined at ORNL through that CRDM effort. Table 4 shows a summary of the mechanical properties at 315C. An example of the temperature dependent stress-strain curves for the Alloy 182 material is shown in Figure 26.
The welding simulation was performed on a pass-by-pass basis following the weld sequence described for butt weld. A weld pass was activated only when it was deposited. The analysis procedure included not only the pass-by-pass welding steps, but also other essential fabrication steps that would be expected to have strong effects on the stresses in the butt weld: back chipping, last pass welding, hydrotesting, and application of operating temperature.
Table 4 Mechanical properties for Emc 2 weld analyses at 315C Material Use Elastic Modulus, GPa Poisson's Ratio y , MPa SA-508 Nozzle 183.15 0.30 268.9 Alloy 182 Weld and butter 203.16 0.32 162.8 SS309/304/316L Cladding, SS weld, Safe end 176.29 0.30 148.8 0100 200 300 400500600 700 800 900100000.10.20.30.40.5True Plastic StrainTrue Stress (MPa)25C315C427C550C650C760C870C980C1300C Figure 26 True stress-strain curves for Alloy 182 weld metal 30 4.3 Modeling assumptions In all of the welding analyses conducted in this program, mode ling assumptions were necessary. Since the exact details of the welding procedures were not available, these assumptions were necessary in order to complete the analyses. The following assumptions were used in all analyses:  An axi-symmetric assumption was used for all welds in the Emc 2 study. Typical size weld beads were simulated in a ll cases. The size of the weld beads was developed from investigation of micrographs of other similar welds. The number of weld passes was generated from the dimensions and the typical weld bead size. DEI assumed a different weld bead size, see Figure 27. The effects of the butter welding and post-weld heat treat were ignored. It was assumed the butter was in a stress free state when the main welding occurred. DEI made the same assumption. This is a reasonable assumption si nce past work [11] has shown that after welding and post-weld heat treatment, the stresses in the butter are typically small. All of the welds modeled were U-groove type welds, i.e., the butter and the safe end butted together with a 0.07-inch land, which was melted when the first weld pass was deposited. This land was later removed by a back chipping process and a last pass weld was re-deposited on the ID. In these analyses, it was assumed that this land was 0.1-inch inches for all nozzles. The land was not modeled for the stainless steel safe-end welds. The back chipping process for land removal and repair process was numerically simulated using an element removal process. Th e effect of grinding/cold work due to this process was not simulated. A linear spring was used at the end of the stainless steel pipe to simulate the stiffness of the remaining pipe system. The stiffness used corresponded to a length of approximately 60 feet. Isotropic hardening was used in all analyses.
As mentioned, temperature-dependent material properties were used for simulating welding residual stress, including the thermophysical and mechanical properties of the materials involved in butt weld fabrication. Great care was taken to ensure that the material properties used in the weld simulation analysis were as realistic as possible. The material properties necessary for the butt weld stress analysis were collected from various sources in the open literature and through data exchanges with industry. These data were originally developed for the CRDM effort conducted at Emc2 [31]. In addition, the temperature-dependent stress-strain curves for Alloy 182 solution-annealed weld metal [up to 1,255&deg;K (1,800&deg;F)] and carbon steel SA-508 [up to 1,033&deg;K (1,400&deg;F)] were experimentally determined at ORNL through that CRDM effort.
(a)      (b)
Table 4 shows a summary of the mechanical properties at 315C. An example of the temperature dependent stress-strain curves for the Alloy 182 material is shown in Figure 26.
Figure 27  Comparison of DEI (a) and Emc 2 (b) WRS mesh for surge line illustrating weld bead geometry 4.4 Relief nozzle results The geometry for the Type 1a relief nozzle was provided to Emc 2 by DEI and is shown in Figure 28, while the axi-symmetric finite element model generated is shown in Figure 29.
Table 4 Mechanical properties for Emc2 weld analyses at 315C Elastic Poissons y, Material                                       Use                 Modulus, Ratio   MPa GPa SA-508                                       Nozzle                 183.15   0.30   268.9 Alloy 182                                 Weld and butter             203.16   0.32   162.8 SS309/304/316L                         Cladding, SS weld, Safe end       176.29   0.30   148.8 1000 900                                                  25C 315C 800 427C 700 True Stress (MPa) 550C 600                                                  650C 760C 500 870C 400 980C 300                                                  1300C 200 100 0
31 Figure 28  Geometry for the relief nozzle WRS analyses Figure 29 Emc 2 relief nozzle mesh In addition, the details of the mesh for both the main DM weld and the stainless steel safe-end weld are shown in Figure 30. In this figure, each weld pass is given a sepa rate color so that the weld pass details are illustrated.
0        0.1        0.2      0.3        0.4          0.5 True Plastic Strain Figure 26 True stress-strain curves for Alloy 182 weld metal 29


The following sequence was followed in the relief nozzle welding simulation analyses:  Each pass of the main DM weld was deposited from the ID to the OD in a left-to-right sequence. The land (0.1") was removed from the ID using an element removal technique. The last pass was deposited on the ID in one weld pass. The stainless steel weld was deposited from the ID to the OD in a left-to-right sequence. (Note this step was omitted in some of the analyses).
4.3 Modeling assumptions In all of the welding analyses conducted in this program, modeling assumptions were necessary.
32 A hydrotest was simulated at a pressure of 2,794 psi (1.25*2,235 psi) at ambient conditions. The model was then taken to operating temperature (653F).
Since the exact details of the welding procedures were not available, these assumptions were necessary in order to complete the analyses. The following assumptions were used in all analyses:
(a) Main weld    (b) Stainless steel safe end weld Figure 30  Emc 2 relief nozzle weld mesh details For the relief nozzle analyses, the cases with a nd without the stainless st eel safe-end weld were considered. In addition, since the analysis in this repor t deals with circumfe rential crack growth, only axial stresses are reported. An example of an axial stress (in MPa) c ontour plot for the relief nozzle case without the st ainless steel safe-end weld is shown in Figure 31. This figure illustrates that high ID axial stress is in the butter adjacent to the DM weld. The arrow shown in this figure represents the linear path that best approximates the maximum stress path. This arrow goes through the highest tensile stress on both the ID and OD, while going through the smallest compressive stress at the mid thickness. This path will be used to compare axial stresses for the
* An axi-symmetric assumption was used for all welds in the Emc2 study.
* Typical size weld beads were simulated in all cases. The size of the weld beads was developed from investigation of micrographs of other similar welds. The number of weld passes was generated from the dimensions and the typical weld bead size. DEI assumed a different weld bead size, see Figure 27.
* The effects of the butter welding and post-weld heat treat were ignored. It was assumed the butter was in a stress free state when the main welding occurred. DEI made the same assumption. This is a reasonable assumption since past work [11] has shown that after welding and post-weld heat treatment, the stresses in the butter are typically small.
* All of the welds modeled were U-groove type welds, i.e., the butter and the safe end butted together with a 0.07-inch land, which was melted when the first weld pass was deposited. This land was later removed by a back chipping process and a last pass weld was re-deposited on the ID. In these analyses, it was assumed that this land was 0.1-inch inches for all nozzles. The land was not modeled for the stainless steel safe-end welds.
* The back chipping process for land removal and repair process was numerically simulated using an element removal process. The effect of grinding/cold work due to this process was not simulated.
* A linear spring was used at the end of the stainless steel pipe to simulate the stiffness of the remaining pipe system. The stiffness used corresponded to a length of approximately 60 feet.
* Isotropic hardening was used in all analyses.
(a)                                         (b) 2 Figure 27 Comparison of DEI (a) and Emc (b) WRS mesh for surge line illustrating weld bead geometry 4.4 Relief nozzle results The geometry for the Type 1a relief nozzle was provided to Emc2 by DEI and is shown in Figure 28, while the axi-symmetric finite element model generated is shown in Figure 29.
30


other relief nozzle runs.  
Figure 28 Geometry for the relief nozzle WRS analyses Figure 29 Emc2 relief nozzle mesh In addition, the details of the mesh for both the main DM weld and the stainless steel safe-end weld are shown in Figure 30. In this figure, each weld pass is given a separate color so that the weld pass details are illustrated.
The following sequence was followed in the relief nozzle welding simulation analyses:
* Each pass of the main DM weld was deposited from the ID to the OD in a left-to-right sequence.
* The land (0.1) was removed from the ID using an element removal technique.
* The last pass was deposited on the ID in one weld pass.
* The stainless steel weld was deposited from the ID to the OD in a left-to-right sequence.
(Note this step was omitted in some of the analyses).
31
* A hydrotest was simulated at a pressure of 2,794 psi (1.25*2,235 psi) at ambient conditions.
* The model was then taken to operating temperature (653F).
(a) Main weld                                    (b) Stainless steel safe end weld 2
Figure 30 Emc relief nozzle weld mesh details For the relief nozzle analyses, the cases with and without the stainless steel safe-end weld were considered. In addition, since the analysis in this report deals with circumferential crack growth, only axial stresses are reported. An example of an axial stress (in MPa) contour plot for the relief nozzle case without the stainless steel safe-end weld is shown in Figure 31. This figure illustrates that high ID axial stress is in the butter adjacent to the DM weld. The arrow shown in this figure represents the linear path that best approximates the maximum stress path. This arrow goes through the highest tensile stress on both the ID and OD, while going through the smallest compressive stress at the mid thickness. This path will be used to compare axial stresses for the other relief nozzle runs.
A comparison of the axial stresses from the DEI (open symbols) and Emc2 (solid symbols) analyses for the relief nozzle are given in Figure 32. Also included in this figure are the residual stresses assumed in the original scoping study. A comparison of the welding residual stresses without the stainless steel safe end weld for the DEI and Emc2 analyses can be made by comparing the open symbols in Figure 32. These results indicate that the stresses are similar when the analysis is conducted without the stainless steel safe-end weld. In fact, the Emc2 stresses are slightly higher on the compressive side, but slightly lower on the tensile side. In addition, the Emc2 stress field crosses from tension-to-compression at a slightly higher through-thickness location, suggesting that it may be slightly more limiting in a crack growth sense.
The results with the stainless steel safe-end weld modeled are given by the solid symbols in Figure 32. For these results, it appears that there is a large difference between the ID stresses for the Emc2 and DEI analyses when the safe end weld is added. The DEI results show a tensile stress of over 200 MPa on the ID surface, while the Emc2 results show a slight compressive stress. However, the results are very similar through-out the rest of the wall thickness. It is suspected that the difference is due to the safe-weld weld modeling. In the Emc2 analyses, a linear spring is added to the end of the stainless steel pipe to represent the compliance of the piping system. It is assumed that the piping system is a straight section of pipe. In the DEI analyses, no piping system compliance is modeled, but the nodes at the end of the stainless pipe are coupled in the axial direction. This procedure models the pipe movement as if the pipe was continuous, but does not estimate the system compliance. Since the addition of the stainless steel 32


A comparison of the axial stresses from the DEI (open symbols) and Emc 2 (solid symbols) analyses for the relief nozzle are given in Figure 32. Also included in this figure are the residual stresses assumed in the original scoping study. A comparison of the welding residual stresses without the stainless steel safe end weld for the DEI and Emc 2 analyses can be made by comparing the open symbols in Figure 32. These results indicate that the stresses are similar when the analysis is conducted without the stainless steel safe-end weld. In fact, the Emc 2 stresses are slightly higher on the compressive side, but slightly lower on the tensile side. In addition, the Emc 2 stress field crosses from tension-to-compression at a slightly higher through-thickness location, suggesting that it may be slightly more limiting in a crack growth sense.
weld creates through thickness bending, the piping system compliance will be important.
 
The results with the stainless steel safe-end weld modeled are given by the solid symbols in Figure 32. For these results, it appears that there is a large difference between the ID stresses for the Emc 2 and DEI analyses when the safe end weld is added. The DEI results show a tensile stress of over 200 MPa on the ID surface, while the Emc 2 results show a slight compressive stress. However, the results are very similar th rough-out the rest of the wall thickness. It is suspected that the difference is due to the safe-weld weld modeling. In the Emc 2 analyses, a linear spring is added to the end of the stainless steel pipe to represent the compliance of the piping system. It is assumed that the piping syst em is a straight section of pipe. In the DEI analyses, no piping system compliance is modeled, but the nodes at the end of the stainless pipe are coupled in the axial direction. This procedure models the pipe movement as if the pipe was continuous, but does not estimate the system complianc
: e. Since the addition of the stainless steel 33 weld creates through thickness bending, the piping system compliance will be important.
However, at this point, further analyses would be required to determine the differences shown in ID stress. In addition to the system compliance, other issues, such as the stainless steel weld sequencing, may affect the stress in the DM weld.
However, at this point, further analyses would be required to determine the differences shown in ID stress. In addition to the system compliance, other issues, such as the stainless steel weld sequencing, may affect the stress in the DM weld.
Figure 31 Axial stress for relief nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 653F (Arrow is maximum stress path)  
Figure 31 Axial stress for relief nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 653F (Arrow is maximum stress path) 600                                                                          87 70 400 52 Axial Stress, MPa 35 Axial stress, ksi 200 17 0                                                                          0
-600-400-200 020040060000.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.91Normalized Distance (along Defined Path from ID to OD)Axial Stress, MPa-87-70-52-35-17 0 17 35 52 70 87Axial stress, ksiNoRepair-NoSSNoRepair-WithSSScopingDEI - Type 1a NoSSDEI - Type 1a withSS Figure 32 Comparison of axial stress results for relief nozzle case (Triangle symbols =
                                                                                                          -17
Emc 2 , diamond symbols = DEI)  
                            -200
                                                                                                          -35
                                                                                                          -52
                            -400
                                                                                                          -70
                            -600                                                                          -87 0    0.1    0.2    0.3  0.4  0.5    0.6    0.7  0.8  0.9  1 Normalized Distance (along Defined Path from ID to OD)
NoRepair-NoSS              NoRepair-WithSS              Scoping DEI - Type 1a NoSS      DEI - Type 1a withSS Figure 32 Comparison of axial stress results for relief nozzle case (Triangle symbols =
Emc2, diamond symbols = DEI) 33


34 4.5 Surge nozzle results The geometry for the Type 8 surge nozzle was provided to Emc 2 by DEI and is shown in Figure 33, while the axi-symmetric finite element model generated is shown in Figure 34.  
4.5 Surge nozzle results The geometry for the Type 8 surge nozzle was provided to Emc2 by DEI and is shown in Figure 33, while the axi-symmetric finite element model generated is shown in Figure 34.
The details of the Emc2 mesh for both the main DM weld and the stainless steel safe-end weld are shown in Figure 35. In this figure, each weld pass is given a separate color so that the weld pass details are illustrated. In addition, the section highlighted in Figure 35a represents the area removed for the repair analysis.
Figure 33 Geometry for the surge nozzle WRS analyses Figure 34 Emc2 surge nozzle finite element model 34


The details of the Emc 2 mesh for both the main DM weld a nd the stainless steel safe-end weld are shown in Figure 35. In this figure, each weld pass is given a separate color so that the weld pass details are illustrated. In addition, the sectio n highlighted in Figure 35a represents the area removed for the repair analysis.  
Fill-in weld (a) Main weld                                          (b) Stainless steel safe-end weld Figure 35 Emc2 surge nozzle weld details The following sequence was followed in the surge nozzle welding simulation analyses:
* Each pass of the main DM weld was deposited from the ID to the OD in a left-to-right sequence.
* The land (0.1) was removed from the ID using an element removal technique.
* The last pass was deposited on the ID in one weld pass.
* For certain cases, the weld repair area was removed using an element removal technique.
The repair was made in three weld passes with either a left-to-right or right-to-left sequence. The repair was always assumed to be centered within the weld and not centered on the fusion line.
* The fill-in weld*** was added in five passes with either a left-to-right or right-to-left sequence.
* The stainless steel weld was deposited from the ID to the OD in a left-to-right sequence.
(Note this step was omitted in some of the analyses).
* A hydrotest was simulated at a pressure of 2,794 psi (1.25*2,235 psi) at ambient conditions.
* The model was then taken to operating temperature (644F).
In addition, the following individual welding residual stress calculations were considered for the surge nozzle analyses:
3/4 Main DM weld including the safe-end weld With no repair (0.1-inch last pass) - left to right sequence With no repair (0.1-inch last pass) - right to left sequence With repair (5/16 inch) - left to right sequence With repair (5/16 inch) - right to left sequence 3/4 Main DM weld excluding the safe-end weld With no repair (0.1-inch last pass) - left to right sequence With no repair (0.1-inch last pass) - right to left sequence With repair (5/16 inch) - left to right sequence With repair (5/16 inch) - right to left sequence An example of the axial stress (in MPa) contour plot for the surge nozzle with a left-to-right weld sequence but without the repair and stainless steel safe-end weld is shown in Figure 36, The fill-in weld is used to seat the thermal sleeve in the Westinghouse surge nozzles.
35


Figure 33  Geometry for the surge nozzle WRS analyses Figure 34  Emc 2 surge nozzle finite element model
while the similar run but with a right-to-left weld sequence is shown in Figure 37 In each of these cases, the arrow represents the linear path that best approximates the maximum stress path in the weld material. This arrow goes through the highest tensile stress on both the ID and OD, while going through the smallest compressive stress at the mid thickness. It should be noted the weld sequence not only changes the magnitude of the stresses but also the path with the maximum stress.
Figure 36 Axial stress for surge nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 644F with left-to-right weld sequence and no repair. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material)
Figure 37 Axial stress for surge nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 644F with right-to-left weld sequence and no repair. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material) 36


35  (a) Main weld    (b) Stainless steel safe-end weld Figure 35  Emc 2 surge nozzle weld details The following sequence was followed in the surge nozzle welding simulation analyses:  Each pass of the main DM weld was deposited from the ID to the OD in a left-to-right sequence. The land (0.1") was removed from the ID using an element removal technique. The last pass was deposited on the ID in one weld pass. For certain cases, the weld repair area was removed using an element removal technique. The repair was made in three weld passes with either a left-to-ri ght or right-to-left sequence. The repair was always assumed to be centered within the weld and not centered on the fusion line. The fill-in weld
Figure 38 shows a similar contour plot as shown in Figure 36, but includes the weld repair. As with the weld sequencing, the addition of the weld repair also moved the location of the maximum stress path from the butter to more centered in the weld.
*** was added in five passes with eith er a left-to-right or right-to-left sequence. The stainless steel weld was deposited from the ID to the OD in a left-to-right sequence. (Note this step was omitted in some of the analyses). A hydrotest was simulated at a pressure of 2,794 psi (1.25*2,235 psi) at ambient conditions. The model was then taken to operating temperature (644F).  
Figure 38 Axial stress for surge nozzle case with weld repair but without stainless steel weld at 644F. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material)
A comparison of the axial stresses (solid symbols = Emc2, open symbols = DEI) along the paths described above for the surge nozzle case with no repair and with and without stainless steel safe-end weld is given in Figure 39. Also included in this figure is the surge nozzle welding residual stress profile used in the scoping analyses. As was described in Reference 1, the scoping analysis surge nozzle WRS was developed by Battelle in the LB-LOCA contract for a slightly different geometry than analyzed here. For the cases without the stainless steel safe-end weld (triangles), the results are relatively close. The Emc2 analysis results tend to be slightly higher than the DEI results, especially before the ID tension transitions to compression. The ID stresses from the Emc2 analyses were very similar in magnitude to those used in the scoping analysis. Overall the trends from the scoping analysis results tend to fall between those calculated by Emc2 and DEI. However, when the stainless steel safe end weld is considered (circles), larger differences in the results are present. The differences between the Emc2 and DEI results occur on the ID and can again be attributed to the modeling of the compliance of the piping system. As was similar with the relief analyses, the Emc2 analysis assumes a system compliance by use of a linear spring at the end of the model, while the DEI analysis assumes no compliance. The pipe system compliance is important since the added resistance may affect the axial and local bending stress generated during the stainless steel welding process.
A comparison of the surge nozzle results with the weld repair are shown in Figure 40. In this figure the results from DEI are only with the stainless steel safe-end since they did not complete an analysis with repair and without the stainless steel weld. The comparisons in the figure are very similar to those in Figure 39 and the same conclusion can be drawn about the comparisons.
37


In addition, the following individu al welding residual stress calcula tions were considered for the surge nozzle analyses:  Main DM weld including the safe-end weld  With no repair (0.1-inch last pass) - left to right sequence  With no repair (0.1-inch last pass) - right to left sequence  With repair (5/16 inch)  
600                                                                                      87 70 400 52 Axial Stress, MPa 35 Axial Stress, ksi 200 17 0                                                                                      0
- left to right sequence With repair (5/16 inch) - right to left sequence  Main DM weld excluding the safe-end weld With no repair (0.1-inch last pass) - left to right sequence  With no repair (0.1-inch last pa ss) - right to left sequence  With repair (5/16 inch) - left to right sequence   With repair (5/16 inch) - right to left sequence
                                                                                                                                  -17
                                        -200
                                                                                                                                  -35
                                                                                                                                  -52
                                        -400
                                                                                                                                  -70
                                        -600                                                                                      -87 0      0.1    0.2    0.3    0.4    0.5    0.6    0.7        0.8    0.9    1 Normalized Distance (along Defined Path from ID to OD)
NoRepair-NoSS (Left-Right)             NoRepair-WithSS (Left-Right)
DEI NoRepair-NoSS                      DEI-NoRepair-WithSS Scoping Figure 39 Comparison of surge nozzle WRS (left-to-right weld sequence) with no repairs with and without stainless steel safe-end weld at operating temperature (Solid symbols = Emc2, open symbols = DEI) 600                                                                                            87 70 400 52 Axial Stress, MPa 35 Axial Stress, ksi 200 17 0                                                                                            0
                                                                                                                                        -17
                                    -200
                                                                                                                                        -35
                                                                                                                                        -52
                                    -400
                                                                                                                                        -70
                                    -600                                                                                                -87 0    0.1    0.2    0.3      0.4    0.5    0.6        0.7    0.8    0.9      1 Normalized Distance (along Defined Path from ID to OD)
Repair-NoSS (Left-Right)         Repair-WithSS (Left-Right)         DEI 8-2 with repair - withSS Figure 40 Comparison of surge nozzle WRS (left-to-right weld sequence) with repair and with and without the stainless steel safe-end weld at operating temperature 38


An example of the axial stress (in MPa) contour plot for the surge nozzle with a left-to-right weld sequence but without the repair and stainl ess steel safe-end weld is shown in Figure 36,                                                
The effect of the weld sequencing is further explored in Figure 41. In this figure, the results without the stainless steel safe-end weld are shown for both DEI (diamond symbols) and Emc2 (triangle symbols). The Emc2 results include both the left-to-right (open symbols) and right-to-left (closed symbols) weld sequence. Note that the weld sequence in the DEI results is undefined since each weld pass spanned the entire width of the weld, whereas the Emc2 analyses used reasonably sized weld beads and was able to change the weld fill-in sequence during the welding process. Also note that each of these stresses come from a different location in the weld. In the Emc2 analysis, the maximum path was chosen for a particular analysis, with the weld sequence affecting the location of this path. Even with these stipulations, the trends in the results are similar. The weld sequence appears to affect the stresses on the ID by about 100 MPa (14.5 ksi),
*** The fill-in weld is used to seat the thermal sleeve in the Westinghouse surge nozzles. Fill-in weld 36while the similar run but with a right-to-left weld sequence is shown in Figure 37  In each of these cases, the arrow represents the linear path that best approximates the maximum stress path in the weld material. This arrow goes through th e highest tensile stress on both the ID and OD, while going through the smallest compressive stress at the mid thickness. It should be noted the weld sequence not only changes the magnitude of the stresses but also the path with the maximum stress.  
with the left-to-right sequence producing higher stresses. There is an additional 100 MPa difference in the ID stresses when DEI weld sequence is considered. The largest difference in the results is the through-thickness location where the ID stresses pass into compression. For the Emc2 right-to-left sequence, this occurs at a distance of 45% of the wall thickness from the ID, while the Emc2 left-to-right sequence, this point occurs at 35% of the wall thickness. For the DEI sequence, this transition happens quickly, the ID stresses become compressive after 18% of the wall thickness. It is suspected that the location of this transition from tension to compression will have a direct impact on when/if a growing PWSCC crack will arrest.
600                                                                                    87 70 400 52 Axial Stress, MPa 35 Axial Stress, ksi 200 17 0                                                                                    0
                                                                                                                -17
                          -200
                                                                                                                -35
                                                                                                                -52
                          -400
                                                                                                                -70
                          -600                                                                                  -87 0  0.1    0.2    0.3      0.4        0.5  0.6    0.7    0.8      0.9  1 Normalized Distance (along Defined Path from ID to OD)
NoRepair-NoSS (Right-Left)        NoRepair-NoSS (Left-Right)
DEI NoRepair-NoSS Figure 41 Effect of fill-in weld sequence for surge nozzle WRS at operating temperature (Triangle symbols = Emc2, diamond symbols = DEI)
Since the figures previously presented were determined from the maximum stress paths for each individual finite element run, it was prudent to compare these stresses across the same path to determine if the welding stresses calculated by DEI are confirmed with these analyses. The path chosen to make these direct comparisons is shown in Figure 42. The path chosen was vertical in nature and located 0.25 inch from the top of the main DM weld toward the butter.
39


Figure 36  Axial stress for surge nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 644F with left-to-right weld sequence and no repair. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material)
Figure 42 Location of section for direct comparison of surge nozzle results A comparison of the axial stress values along the path given above for the surge nozzle without weld repair and before the fill-in weld is given in Figure 43. As shown in this figure, the comparison of stress is very good, with less than 10 ksi difference on the ID surface. However, when the fill-in weld is added, large differences occur, as shown in Figure 44. This figure is very similar to Figure 41, but all stress values are taken along the path shown in Figure 42. This figure again illustrates the effect of the weld sequencing on the final welding residual stress.
Figure 37  Axial stress for surge nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 644F with right-to-left weld sequence and no repair. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material)
Therefore it is very important to properly model the weld sequence to make accurate predictions of welding residual stress.
80 60 Axial Stress, ksi 40 20 0
                              -20
                              -40 0.0  0.1  0.2      0.3    0.4        0.5    0.6    0.7    0.8    0.9  1.0 Normalized Distance, x/t DEI Axial Pre Fill-in        EMC2 Axial Pre Fill-in Figure 43 Comparison of surge nozzle axial residual stresses before fill-in weld 40


37Figure 38 shows a similar contour plot as shown in Figure 36, but includes the weld repair. As with the weld sequencing, the addition of the weld repair also moved the location of the maximum stress path from the butter to more centered in the weld.
600                                                                             87 400                                                                             58 Axial Stress, MPa                                                                                         Axial Stress, ksi 200                                                                              29 0                                                                              0
Figure 38  Axial stress for surge nozzle case with weld repair but without stainless steel weld at 644F. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material) A comparison of the axial stresses (solid symbols = Emc 2, open symbols = DEI) along the paths described above for the surge nozzle case with no repair and with and without stainless steel safe-end weld is given in Figure
                              -200                                                                            -29
: 39. Also included in this figure is the surge nozzle welding residual stress profile used in the scoping analyses. As was described in Reference 1, the scoping analysis surge nozzle WRS was develope d by Battelle in the LB-LOCA contract for a slightly different geometry than analyzed here.
                              -400                                                                            -58
For the cases without th e stainless steel safe-end weld (triangles), the results are relatively close. The Emc 2 analysis results tend to be slightly higher than the DEI results, especially before the ID tension transitions to compression. The ID stresses from the Emc 2 analyses were very similar in ma gnitude to those used in the scoping analysis. Overall the trends from the scoping analysis results tend to fall between those calculated by Emc 2 and DEI. However, when the stainles s steel safe end weld is considered (circles), larger differences in the results are present. The differences between the Emc 2 and DEI results occur on the ID and can again be attributed to the modeling of the compliance of the piping system. As was similar with the relief analyses, the Emc 2 analysis assumes a system compliance by use of a linear spring at the end of the model, while the DEI analysis assumes no compliance. The pipe system compliance is important since the added resistance may affect the axial and local bending stress generated during the stainless steel welding process.
                              -600                                                                             -87 0.0  0.0.2   0.3  0.4    0.5       0.0.7    0.8    0.9  1.0 Normalized Distance, x/t DEI    EMC2 left-to-right        Emc2 right-to-left Figure 44 Comparison of surge nozzle axial residual stress with no safe end weld, and no repair along path described in Figure 42 at operating temperature 4.6 EU report validation As a first attempt at validation of the welding residual stress predictions, Battelle, Emc2 and DEI conducted an additional set of welding residual stress analyses. In this small effort, the DM weld mock-up conducted by the European Commission Joint Research Centres (JRC) Institute for Energy was analyzed. The EU project [32] investigated a wide range of issues related to the structural integrity assessment of a stainless steel weld joining stainless steel and low alloy steel components. Also in this effort, a series of round-robin exercises that compared predicted welding residual stress distributions to those measured from the aforementioned welded joint mockup was conducted. Complete details of the mockup geometry, welding process, and material properties were made available to all participants in the round-robin. The welding residual stress analysis results for each participant were compared to the through-wall stresses measured by neutron diffraction (ND).
 
In this effort, the problem statement [33] that was delivered to the EU round-robin participants was used by Battelle, Emc2, and DEI for conducting similar analyses. A description of the Emc2 analyses results and the comparison of the Battelle, Emc2 and DEI results to the EU round robin participant results and the ND results are given in Appendix A.
A comparison of the surge nozzle results with the weld repair are shown in Figure 40. In this figure the results from DEI are only with the stainless steel safe-end since they did not complete an analysis with repair and w ithout the stainless steel weld. The comparisons in the figure are very similar to those in Figure 39 and the same conclusion can be draw n about the comparisons.
: 5. Confirmatory Results The purpose of this section of the report is to compare and contrast the crack growth analyses conducted by Emc2 with those conducted by DEI. As noted previously, the confirmatory results presented in this section were calculated separately from the DEI effort with the computer code 41
 
38-600-400-200 020040060000.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.91Normalized Distance (along Defined Path from ID to OD)Axial Stress, MPa-87-70-52-35-17 0 17 35 52 70 87Axial Stress, ksiNoRepair-NoSS (Left-Right)NoRepair-WithSS (Left-Right)DEI NoRepair-NoSSDEI-NoRepair-WithSSScoping Figure 39  Comparison of surge nozzle WRS (left-to-right weld sequence) with no repairs with and without stainless steel safe-end weld at operating temperature (Solid symbols = Emc 2 , open symbols = DEI)
-600-400-200 0 200 400 60000.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.91Normalized Distance (along Defined Path from ID to OD)Axial Stress, MPa-87-70-52-35-17 0 17 35 52 70 87Axial Stress, ksiRepair-NoSS (Left-Right)Repair-WithSS (Left-Right)DEI 8-2 with repair - withSS Figure 40  Comparison of surge nozzle WRS (left-to-right weld sequence) with repair and with and without the stainless steel safe-end weld at operating temperature 39 The effect of the weld sequencing is further expl ored in Figure 41. In this figure, the results without the stainless steel safe-end weld are shown for both DEI (diamond symbols) and Emc 2 (triangle symbols). The Emc 2 results include both the left-to-right (open symbol s) and right-to-left (closed symbols) weld seque nce. Note that the weld sequen ce in the DEI results is undefined since each weld pass spanned the entire width of the weld, whereas the Emc 2 analyses used reasonably sized weld beads and was able to change the weld fill-in sequence during the welding process. Also note that each of these stresses come from a different location in the weld. In the Emc 2 analysis, the maximum path was chosen for a particular analysis, with the weld sequence affecting the location of this path. Even with these stipulations, the trends in the results are similar. The weld sequence appears to affect the stresses on the ID by about 100 MPa (14.5 ksi), with the left-to-right sequence producing higher stresses. There is an additional 100 MPa difference in the ID stresses when DEI weld sequence is considered. The largest difference in the results is the thr ough-thickness location where the ID stresses pass into compression. For the Emc 2 right-to-left sequence, this occurs at a di stance of 45% of the wall thickness from the ID, while the Emc 2 left-to-right sequence, this point occurs at 35% of the wall thickness. For the DEI sequence, this transition happens quickly, the ID stresses become compressive after 18% of the wall thickness. It is suspected that the location of this transition from tension to compression will have a direct impact on when/if a growing PWSCC crack will arrest.
-600-400-200 0 200 400 60000.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.91Normalized Distance (along Defined Path from ID to OD)Axial Stress, MPa-87-70-52-35-17 0 17 35 52 70 87Axial Stress, ksiNoRepair-NoSS (Right-Left)NoRepair-NoSS (Left-Right)DEI NoRepair-NoSS Figure 41  Effect of fill-in weld sequence for surge nozzle WRS at operating temperature (Triangle symbols  = Emc 2, diamond symbols = DEI)
Since the figures previously presented were determined from the maximum stress paths for each individual finite element run, it was prudent to compare these st resses across the same path to determine if the welding stresses calculated by DEI are confirmed with thes e analyses. The path chosen to make these direct comparisons is show n in Figure 42. The path chosen was vertical in nature and located 0.25 inch from the top of the main DM weld toward the butter.
40 Figure 42  Location of section for direct comparison of surge nozzle results A comparison of the axial stress values along the path given above for the surge nozzle without weld repair and before the fill-in weld is given in Figure 43. As shown in this figure, the comparison of stress is very good, with less than 10 ksi difference on the ID surface. However, when the fill-in weld is added, large differences occur, as show n in Figure 44. This figure is very similar to Figure 41, but all stress values are taken along the path sh own in Figure 42. This figure again illustrates the effect of the weld sequencing on the final welding residual stress.
Therefore it is very important to properly model the weld sequence to make accurate predictions of welding residual stress. 20 0 20 40 60 800.00.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.91.0Normalized Distance, x/t Axial Stress, ksiDEI Axial Pre Fill-inEMC2 Axial Pre Fill-in Figure 43  Comparison of surge nozzle axial residual stresses before fill-in weld 41-600-400-200 0 200 400 6000.00.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.91.0Normalized Distance, x/t Axial Stress, MPa-87-58-29 0 29 58 87Axial Stress, ksiDEIEMC2 left-to-rightEmc2 right-to-left Figure 44 Comparison of surge nozzle axial residual stress with no safe end weld, and no repair along path described in Figure 42 at operating temperature 4.6 EU report validation As a first attempt at validation of the weld ing residual stress predictions, Battelle, Emc 2 and DEI conducted an additional set of welding residual stress analyses. In this small effort, the DM weld mock-up conducted by the European Commission Jo int Research Centre's (JRC) Institute for Energy was analyzed. The EU project [32] invest igated a wide range of issues related to the structural integrity assessment of a stainless steel weld joining stainless steel and low alloy steel components. Also in this effort, a series of round-robin exercises that compared predicted welding residual stress distributions to those measured from the aforementioned welded joint mockup was conducted. Complete details of the mockup geometry, welding process, and material properties were made available to a ll participants in the round-robin. The welding residual stress analysis results for each participant were compared to the through-wall stresses measured by neutron diffraction (ND).  
 
In this effort, the problem statement [33] that was delivered to the EU round-robin participants was used by Battelle, Emc 2, and DEI for conducting similar analyses. A description of the Emc 2 analyses results and the comparison of the Battelle, Emc 2 and DEI results to the EU round robin participant results and the ND resu lts are given in Appendix A.
: 5. Confirmatory Results The purpose of this section of the report is to compare and contrast the crack growth analyses conducted by Emc 2 with those conducted by DEI. As noted previously, the confirmatory results presented in this section were calculated separately from the DEI effort with the computer code 42PipeFracCAE that was written by Emc 2 specifically for this purpose. DEI had no direct influence on the development or output of the PipeFracCAE code. The same holds true for Emc 2 influence on the industry's FEACrack code.


PipeFracCAE that was written by Emc2 specifically for this purpose. DEI had no direct influence on the development or output of the PipeFracCAE code. The same holds true for Emc2 influence on the industrys FEACrack code.
This section of the report will first begin by discussing the results of the Phase I effort, then transition to the confirmatory Phase II calculations. This section will conclude with a short discussion on the differences between the results.
This section of the report will first begin by discussing the results of the Phase I effort, then transition to the confirmatory Phase II calculations. This section will conclude with a short discussion on the differences between the results.
5.1 Phase I results The Phase I effort in this program was to verify the usability of these unique crack growth codes, by re-analyzing the critical case from the NRC staff's original Wolf Creek scoping analysis [1]. As mentioned earlier, in that report, it was shown that the Wolf Creek relief line was the limiting case, in that the 21:1 indication aspect ratio found in that DM weld may rupture before leakage when reasonable ASME Section XI assumptions were made. To demonstrate the level of conservatism brought on by using a semi-elliptical flaw assumption in the crack growth analysis, all of the loads, geometry, and the welding residu al stress profile used in the scoping analysis were retained in the Phase I calculations. As explained in Section 2 of this report, the crack growth analysis procedure is linear elastic in nature; therefore, the welding residual stress profile can be incorporated into the fr acture model by use of an equivalent temperature distribution over the weld length. Depending on mesh size and density, there may be some differences in how this temperature distribution resolves into elastic stresses in the model. For instance, in the Phase I analyses, the resultant residual stresses from the Emc 2 and DEI analyses can be compared against the residual stress definition, see Fi gure 45. In this figure, the ope n and solid circle represent the resultant welding residual stress on the crack plane in the Emc 2 model at the 0 degree (crack center) and 180 degree locations. The solid tria ngle represents the DEI welding stress at 180 degrees in their model. The results show a good comparison.  
5.1 Phase I results The Phase I effort in this program was to verify the usability of these unique crack growth codes, by re-analyzing the critical case from the NRC staffs original Wolf Creek scoping analysis [1].
As mentioned earlier, in that report, it was shown that the Wolf Creek relief line was the limiting case, in that the 21:1 indication aspect ratio found in that DM weld may rupture before leakage when reasonable ASME Section XI assumptions were made. To demonstrate the level of conservatism brought on by using a semi-elliptical flaw assumption in the crack growth analysis, all of the loads, geometry, and the welding residual stress profile used in the scoping analysis were retained in the Phase I calculations. As explained in Section 2 of this report, the crack growth analysis procedure is linear elastic in nature; therefore, the welding residual stress profile can be incorporated into the fracture model by use of an equivalent temperature distribution over the weld length. Depending on mesh size and density, there may be some differences in how this temperature distribution resolves into elastic stresses in the model. For instance, in the Phase I analyses, the resultant residual stresses from the Emc2 and DEI analyses can be compared against the residual stress definition, see Figure 45. In this figure, the open and solid circle represent the resultant welding residual stress on the crack plane in the Emc2 model at the 0 degree (crack center) and 180 degree locations. The solid triangle represents the DEI welding stress at 180 degrees in their model. The results show a good comparison.
However, if the axial extent of the welding residual stresses are investigated, larger differences are noticed as shown in Figure 46. In this figure, the open symbols represent the Emc2 results while the solid symbols represent the DEI results. The difference in the stresses can be attributed to the mesh density differences in the models.
As part of the confirmatory analyses, Emc2 completed two runs of the Phase I problem. The first was with a welding residual stress that best matched the Phase I DEI welding residual stress assumptions (called DEI fit), and the second was the Emc2 best fit (called Emc2 fit) to the cubic trend labeled ASME WRS in Figure 45.
42


However, if the axial extent of the welding residual stresses are investigated, larger differences are noticed as shown in Figure 46. In this figure, the open symbols represent the Emc 2 results while the solid symbols represent the DEI results. The difference in the stresses can be attributed to the mesh density differences in the models.
70 ASME WRS 60                                                            Emc2 180 degree location Emc2 0 degree location DEI 180 degree location 50 Axial Welding Residual Stress (ksi) 40 30 20 10 0
                                                                                            -10
                                                                                            -20
                                                                                            -30
                                                                                            -40 0    0.1    0.2      0.3      0.4        0.5    0.6        0.7      0.8    0.9      1 Normalized Distance from ID Surface, (R-Ri)/t Figure 45 Through-thickness weld residual stress profile used in Phase I calculations 60 "weld" interface 50 Axial Welding Residual Stress (ksi)
Pipe OD - DEI                  MidWall - DEI 40 Pipe ID - DEI                  Pipe OD - EMC2 30                                                            MidWall - EMC2                  Pipe ID - EMC2 20 10 0
                                                                -10
                                                                -20 0.00                                0.50    1.00          1.50      2.00          2.50        3.00    3.50      4.00 Axial Distance from Model Symmetry Plane, inches Figure 46 Axial extent of welding residual stress assumed in Phase I calculations The crack profiles for the two Phase I runs conducted in this effort are given in Figure 47 and Figure 48 for the Emc2 fit and DEI fit of the WRS respectively. As shown in these figure, the crack profile shapes are very similar, but the times to first leakage are different by 1.2 years.
Further investigation of this difference indicated that the curve fit of the WRS results in the 43


As part of the confirmatory analyses, Emc 2 completed two runs of the Phase I problem. The first was with a welding residual stress that best matched the Phase I DEI welding residual stress assumptions (called DEI fit), and the second was the Emc 2 best fit (called Emc 2 fit) to the cubic trend labeled "ASME WRS" in Figure 45.  
compressive zone were responsible for this difference. At this point, the K-values are approaching zero, and a slight under or overestimation can have a large impact on the time to leakage.
1.2                                                                Time, years First leakage 6.6 years                      0 Emc2 fit to WRS                              0.25 1
1 2
3 Crack Depth (in) 0.8                                                                          4 5
6 0.6                                                                          6.5 6.70 0.4 0.2 0
0      1  2            3          4          5        6        7              8 Circumferential Distance along ID (in)
Figure 47 Crack profiles from the Emc2 Phase I calculations using Emc2 WRS fit 0.33 yr 1.2                    First Leak at 5.40 year Using DEI fit WRS                          1.00 yr 2.00 yr 1                                                              3.00 yr 4.00 yr 5.00 yr Crack Depth (in) 0.8 5.25 yr 5.43 yr 0.6                                                                5.47 yr 0.4 0.2 0
0  1  2          3          4      5        6        7              8 Circumferential Distance along ID (in)
Figure 48 Crack profiles from the Emc2 Phase I calculations using DEI WRS fit However, even though the times to leakage are different, the crack shapes near leakage are almost identical, as illustrated in Figure 49. In this figure, the crack profiles near leakage are plotted using both the DEI fit and Emc2 fit to the WRS. Even though these cracks happen at 44


43-40-30 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 7000.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.91Normalized Distance from ID Surface, (R-Ri)/tAxial Welding Residual Stress (ksi)ASME WRSEmc2 180 degree location Emc2 0 degree locationDEI 180 degree location Figure 45  Through-thickness weld residual stress profile used in Phase I calculations  10 0 10 20 30 40 50 600.000.501.001.502.002.503.003.504.00Axial Distance from Model Symmetry Plane, inchesAxial Welding Residual Stress (ksi)Pipe OD - DEIMidWall - DEIPipe ID - DEIPipe OD - EMC2MidWall - EMC2Pipe ID - EMC2"weld" interface Figure 46  Axial extent of welding residual stress assumed in Phase I calculations The crack profiles for the two Phase I runs conducted in this effort are given in Figure 47 and Figure 48 for the Emc 2 fit and DEI fit of the WRS respectivel
different times, the shapes are near identical. This fact indicates that even though these differences in WRS fit affect the time to leakage, the load margin on critical crack size and further growth of the through-wall crack will not be affected by these difference in the WRS fit.
: y. As shown in these figure, the crack profile shapes are very similar, but the times to first le akage are different by 1.2 years.
1.2 DEI WRS 1                                                                  Emc2 WRS Crack Depth (in) 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0
Further investigation of this difference indicated that the curve fit of the WRS results in the 44compressive zone were responsible for this di fference. At this poi nt, the K-values are approaching zero, and a slight under or overestimation can have a large impact on the time to leakage. 00.20.40.6 0.8 11.2012345678Circumferential Distance along ID (in)Crack Depth (in) 00.25 1 2 3 4 5 66.56.70 Time, yearsFirst leakage 6.6 yearsEmc2 fit to WRS Figure 47  Crack profiles from the Emc 2 Phase I calculations using Emc 2 WRS fit 00.20.40.60.8 11.2012345678Circumferential Distance alon g ID (in)Crack Depth (in) 0.33 yr 1.00 yr2.00 yr 3.00 yr4.00 yr5.00 yr5.25 yr5.43 yr5.47 yrFirst Leak at 5.40 yearUsing DEI fit WRS Figure 48  Crack profiles from the Emc 2 Phase I calculations using DEI WRS fit However, even though the times to leakage are different, the crack shapes near leakage are almost identical, as illustrated in Figure 49. In this figure, th e crack profiles near leakage are plotted using both the DEI fit and Emc 2 fit to the WRS. Even though these cracks happen at 45different times, the shapes are near identical. This fact i ndicates that even though these differences in WRS fit affect the time to leakage, the load margin on critical crack size and further growth of the through-wall crack will not be affected by these difference in the WRS fit.
0        1      2          3          4      5        6      7      8 Circumferential Distance along ID (in)
00.20.40.60.8 11.2012345678Circumferential Distance along ID (in)Crack Depth (in)DEI WRSEmc2 WRS Figure 49 Comparison of crack profile prior to leakage The calculations made in this effort can be directly compared to those calculated by DEI in their report [2]. As stated in Secti on 4.4 of their report [2], they also got varying times to crack initiation when slight changes in the WRS were made. These differences also did not affect the shape of the crack at leakage. As a direct comparison, when DEI used the WRS fit that is labeled DEI fit in this report, they calculated a time to leakage of 5.36 years as compared to 5.40 years calculated by Emc
Figure 49 Comparison of crack profile prior to leakage The calculations made in this effort can be directly compared to those calculated by DEI in their report [2]. As stated in Section 4.4 of their report [2], they also got varying times to crack initiation when slight changes in the WRS were made. These differences also did not affect the shape of the crack at leakage. As a direct comparison, when DEI used the WRS fit that is labeled DEI fit in this report, they calculated a time to leakage of 5.36 years as compared to 5.40 years calculated by Emc2. This is in excellent agreement and confirms that the computer codes are outputting very similar crack growth predictions for similar inputs.
: 2. This is in excellent agreement and confirms that the computer codes are outputting very similar crack growth predictions for similar inputs.  
One other aspect from this Phase I work was the investigation of the load margin on critical crack size for the surface crack at first leakage. This study was necessary since the original scoping study claimed that the surface crack would be critical for these conditions. For the flaw shape just before leakage, the actual crack profile and the semi-elliptical assumptions are compared in Figure 50. For this crack, the natural crack shape has a crack stability load margin of 2.7, which illustrates the level of conservatism in making semi-elliptical assumption in this type of analyses. The level of conservatism can also be estimated by comparing the crack areas.
In this case, the natural forming crack has a crack area that is 57% of the semi-elliptical crack.
Eliminating the semi-elliptical assumption clearly reduced the conservatism in this type of analysis.
45


One other aspect from this Phase I work was the investigation of the load margin on critical crack size for the surface crack at first leakage. This study was necessary since the original scoping study claimed that the surf ace crack would be critical for these conditions. For the flaw shape just before leakage, the actual crack profile and the semi-elliptical assumptions are compared in Figure 50. For this crack, the natural crack shape has a crack stability load margin of 2.7, which illustrates the level of conservatism in making semi-elliptical assumption in this type of analyses. The level of conservatism can also be estimated by comparing the crack areas. In this case, the natural forming crack has a crack area that is 57% of the semi-elliptical crack. Eliminating the semi-elliptical assumption clearly reduced the conservatism in this type of analysis.  
1 Phase I - Wolf Creek Relief - Prior to leakage 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 x/t 0.4 0.3 Natural 0.2 Semi-elliptical 0.1 0
0      0.2            0.4            0.6            0.8              1 Normalized distance around circumference Figure 50 Comparison of semi-elliptical and natural forming crack shape In addition, the margin between leakage and rupture can be calculated using the procedures listed in this report. For the Phase I case, the margin and leak-rate results are shown in Figure 51. In this figure, the Emc2 fit to the WRS was used; however, the case with the DEI fit was also run with only minimal difference between the results. The results in Figure 51 suggest there is almost 4 months between the first leakage and rupture of the relief nozzle.
Also shown in Figure 51 are the DEI results from the Phase I study. At first leakage, both the leakage rate and the margin on critical crack size were very similar. However, the Emc2 results decreased quicker than the DEI results. As discussed in the next section of this report, this difference is due to the crack front shape assumption made at first leakage. In the DEI analyses, the crack front at first leakage is much more rounded, while the crack from the Emc2 analyses is more sharp causing higher K-values and faster growth rates. This difference is further discussed in Section 5.3.1.


46 00.10.20.30.4 0.5 0.6 0.70.80.9 100.20.40.60.81Normalized distance around circumferencex/tNaturalSemi-ellipticalPhase I - Wolf Creek Relief - Prior to leakage Figure 50  Comparison of semi-elliptical and natural forming crack shape In addition, the margin between le akage and rupture can be calculat ed using the procedures listed in this report. For the Phase I case, the margin and leak-rate re sults are shown in Figure 51. In this figure, the Emc 2 fit to the WRS was used; however, the case with the DEI fit was also run with only minimal difference fff between the results. The resu lts in Figure 51 suggest there is almost 4 months between the first leakage and rupture of the relief nozzle.  
No difference was noted since after leakage, the time between leakage and rupture is more controlled by the bending moment from operational stresses than the residual stress.
46


Also shown in Figure 51 are the DEI results from the Phase I study. At fi rst leakage, both the leakage rate and the margin on critical crack size were very similar. However, the Emc 2 results decreased quicker than the DEI results. As discussed in the next section of this report, this difference is due to the crack front shape assumption made at first leakage. In the DEI analyses, the crack front at first leakage is much more rounded, while the crack from the Emc 2 analyses is more sharp causing higher K-values and faster growth rates. This difference is further discussed in Section 5.3.1.  
18                                                                              2.8 Leak - Emc2 16                                                          Leak - DEI          2.6 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO Margin - Emc2 14                                                                              2.4 Margin - DEI 12                                                                              2.2 Leak rate, gpm 10                                                                              2 8                                                                              1.8 6                                                                              1.6 4      Phase I - Relief -                                                    1.4 No safety factors applied 2                                                                              1.2 0                                                                              1 0            1            2        3        4            5            6 Time after first leakage, months Figure 51 Margin and leak rate results for the Phase I calculations 5.2 Description of Phase II cases analyzed The Phase II analysis matrix was developed by DEI, EPRI and their expert panel with review and comments from the NRC staff and Emc2. DEI was the main developer of the matrix, with its development and review presented at public meetings throughout the first half of 2007. The purpose of these analyses presented in this report is to confirm some of the results generated by DEI. It is not the purpose of these analyses to replicate every run and conditions in their program, but to check to make sure their results are reasonable. Throughout the development of this test matrix, there were many detailed discussions on technical topics pertaining to how to correctly conduct these analyses. Agreement on all technical points was not possible, and many compromises were necessary due to the time constraints in this program. Because of these compromises, a couple of points need to be addressed:
* All of the loads and geometries were generated by industry and are fully documented in Reference 2. A few of the plant specific drawings were reviewed by the NRC staff and Emc2, but for the majority, these values were not confirmed by the NRC staff or Emc2.
* The critical crack size was calculated per Section 2.2 of this report.
* Due to analyses conducted by the industry, and as discussed in Section 3.2.2, the only secondary stresses assumed in these analyses are the normal thermal expansion (which includes normal stratification) stresses. Other secondary stresses, such as transient thermal stratification stresses, are assumed to be relieved for critical crack size calculations, and assumed not to impact subcritical crack growth calculations. As discussed, on average, the normal thermal loads are on average 59 percent of the limiting thermal loads.
* Occurrence of SSE loading is assumed to have a small probability over the short time period in question, and is therefore not considered in these analyses.
47
* The crack is assumed to grow subcritically per the MRP-115 [34] 75th percentile crack growth law in these confirmatory analyses. DEI conducted sensitivity analyses on both the crack growth coefficient and exponent. It also assumed that linear-elastic fracture mechanics controls the subcritical crack growth. As will be discussed later, the stress intensity solutions at through-wall penetration may be very high and some ductile tearing may occur. This is neglected in these analyses.
The analyses conducted in this confirmatory effort were conducted in stages. First, confirmatory analyses were conducted for certain cases in the overall DEI analysis matrix [2]. From these cases, critical cases were identified, and other parameters were varied to aid in the understanding of the impact of these parameters on the margin between leakage and rupture. In all cases, Emc2 conducted the crack growth analyses completely independent of the DEI analyses.
Table 5 gives the details for the cases run for the confirmatory analyses. The case labeled P1 is the result from the Phase I analysis. The second column in this table lists the corresponding DEI analysis case number. The detailed description of the geometry configurations and Plant ID is given in Reference 2. The DEI case S10b is not included in Reference 2, but is discussed in Reference 35.
Table 6 gives the loads, welding residual stress cases, and the initial crack sizes for each of the confirmatory analyses conducted. A couple of notes about the welding residual stress cases shown:
* ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit - This residual stress field is the same one used in the original Emc2 scoping analysis. It is labeled Emc2 fit since the Phase I work showed that the DEI and Emc2 curve fits of this residual stress field did not produce the exact same results. The reason for this discrepancy, as described earlier, is a difference in finite element mesh density. The thermal strain procedure used to estimate these residual stresses in the crack growth models make the estimation of stresses somewhat mesh size dependent. Therefore some difference in the comparisons may occur because of this modeling difference.
* ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit - 1" weld - This is the same stress field as the previous bullet, but the length of the weld assumed in this case is a total of one inch instead of the two inch length used in the other analyses.
* DEI - Type 8 without SS weld - All of the residual stress field labeled this way, i.e.,
DEI/Emc2 - Type XX, etc., were taken from the finite element analyses conducted in this program. For instance, DEI - Type 8 without SS weld is the DEI finite element analysis results for the Type 8 geometry without taking credit for the stainless steel safe-end weld.
In all cases, the curve fitting and implementing via the thermal strain approximation was performed by Emc2.
* Emc2 - Type 8 with SS weld (modified) - In this one case, a residual stress field was chosen that was not directly calculated by the finite element analyses. To investigate the sensitivity of WRS on the surge nozzle results, the Emc2 case with a stainless steel safe-end weld was modified to have a slightly higher ID stress, see Figure 52.
* DEI - repair without SS weld - In this one case, DEI supplied Emc2 with temperature distributions and resultant stress distributions for a limited extent (40 degrees) ID repair case they constructed for the surge nozzle. Emc2 took the temperatures and applied them 48


fff No difference was noted since after leakage, the time between leakage and rupture is more controlled by the bending moment from operational stresses than the residual stress.
to the Emc2 surge model. The resultant stress fields are compared in Figure 53. In this figure, the repaired stress field is applied over 40 degrees centered at the top of the pipe. The unrepaired stress field is applied over 280 degrees centered on the bottom of the pipe. The remaining 40 degrees (20 degrees on each side of the symmetry plane) is the transition between the two aforementioned stress fields. The resultant stresses were shown to be in equilibrium across the entire cross section. The results show some slight differences in the stress which can be attributed to the differences in the meshes used.
47 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 180123456Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm 11.21.41.61.8 22.22.42.62.8Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOLeak - Emc2Leak - DEIMargin - Emc2Margin - DEIPhase I - Relief - No safety factors applied Figure 51  Margin and leak rate results for the Phase I calculations 5.2 Description of Phase II cases analyzed The Phase II analysis matrix was developed by DE I, EPRI and their expert panel with review and comments from the NRC staff and Emc
80 60                      Emc2 with SS (original)
: 2. DEI was the main developer of the matrix, with its development and review presented at public m eetings throughout the first half of 2007. The purpose of these analyses presented in this report is to confirm some of the results generated by DEI. It is not the purpose of these analyses to replicate every run and conditions in their program, but to check to make sure their results are reasonable. Throughout the development of this test matrix, there were many detailed discu ssions on technical topics pertaining to how to correctly conduct these analyses. Agreement on all technical points was not possible, and many compromises were necessary due to the time constraints in this program. Because of these compromises, a couple of points need to be addressed:  All of the loads and geometries were generated by industry and are fully documented in Reference 2. A few of the plant specific dr awings were reviewed by the NRC staff and Emc 2, but for the majority, these values were not confirmed by the NRC staff or Emc
Emc2 with SS (modified)
: 2. The critical crack size was calculated per Section 2.2 of this report. Due to analyses conducted by the industry, and as discussed in Section 3.2.2, the only secondary stresses assumed in these analyses are the normal thermal expansion (which includes normal stratification) stresses. Other secondary st resses, such as transient thermal stratification stresses, are assume d to be relieved for critical crack size calculations, and assumed not to impact subc ritical crack growth calculations. As discussed, on average, the normal thermal loads are on average 59 percent of the limiting thermal loads. Occurrence of SSE loading is assumed to have a small probability over the short time period in question, and is therefore not considered in these analyses.
Emc2 without SS 40 DEI without SS Axial stress, ksi DEI with SS 20 0
48 The crack is assumed to grow s ubcritically per the MRP-115 [34] 75 th percentile crack growth law in these confirmatory analyses. DEI conducted sensitivity analyses on both the crack growth coefficient and exponent. It also assumed that linear-elastic fracture mechanics controls the subcritical crack growth. As will be discussed later, the stress intensity solutions at through-wall penetration may be very high and some ductile tearing may occur. This is neglected in these analyses.
                                  -20
                                  -40
                                  -60 0    0.2     0.4                  0.6            0.8      1 (R-Ri)/t Figure 52 Welding residual stress field used for surge nozzle analyses 60 Emc2 Repair 50 DEI Repair 40                Emc2 Unrepaired DEI Unrepaired 30                Emc2 Transition 20                DEI Transition Axial stress, ksi 10 0
                                  -10
                                  -20
                                  -30
                                  -40
                                  -50 0  0.2   0.4              0.6            0.8        1 a/t Figure 53 Comparison of resultant stress fields for ID repair case Along with the cases that were meant to directly confirm the DEI results, additional cases were conducted in order to understand the sensitivity of key parameters. Since it is not 49


The analyses conducted in this confirmatory effort were conducted in stages. First, confirmatory analyses were conducted for certain cases in the overall DEI analysis matrix [2]. From these cases, critical cases were identified, and other parameters were va ried to aid in the understanding of the impact of these parameters on the margin between leakage and rupture. In all cases, Emc 2 conducted the crack growth analyses comple tely independent of the DEI analyses.
directly obvious what the pertinent varied parameter is in each case, the following lists the variations in the critical cases:
 
* Case 6 was found to be the critical case for the safety/relief/spray nozzles.
Table 5 gives the details for the cases run for the confirmatory analyses. The case labeled P1 is the result from the Phase I analysis. The second column in this table li sts the corresponding DEI analysis case number. The detailed description of the geometry configurations and Plant ID is given in Reference 2. The DEI case S10b is not included in Reference 2, but is discussed in Reference 35.
o Case 6-1 and Case 6-2 varied the initial flaw size (21:1 with a/t=26% for Case 6-1 and 6:1 with a/t=10% for Case 6-2), keeping everything else constant.
 
o Case 6-3 was identical to Case 6-1 except the initial flaw was placed on the bottom of the pipe instead of on the top. This case was meant to further investigate the effect of crack placement. Note that the placement of the crack on the bottom of the pipe was simulated by reversing the sign of the applied moment (See Table 6) o Case 6-4 was identical to Case 6, except the WRS was assumed to occur over a 1-inch weld as compared to the 2-inch weld assumed in Case 6.
Table 6 gives the loads, welding residual stress cases, and the initial crack sizes for each of the confirmatory analyses conducted. A couple of notes about the welding residual stress cases shown:  ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit - This residual stress field is the same one used in the original Emc 2 scoping analysis.
* Case 17 was found to be the critical case for the surge nozzle.
It is labeled Emc 2 fit since the Phase I work showed that the DEI and Emc 2 curve fits of this residual stress field did not produce the exact same results. The reason for this discrepancy, as described earlier, is a difference in finite element mesh density. The thermal strain procedure used to estimate these residual stresses in the crack growth models make the estimation of stresses somewhat mesh size dependent. Therefore some difference in the comparisons may occur because of this modeling difference. ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit - 1" weld - This is the same stress field as the previous bullet, but the length of the weld assumed in this case is a total of one inch instead of the two inch length used in the other analyses. DEI - Type 8 without SS weld - All of the residual stress field labeled this way, i.e., DEI/Emc 2 - Type XX, etc., were taken from the finite element analyses conducted in this program. For instance, DEI - Type 8 without SS weld is the DEI finite element analysis results for the Type 8 geometry without taking credit for the stainless steel safe-end weld. In all cases, the curve fitting and implementing via the thermal strain approximation was performed by Emc
: 2. Emc 2 - Type 8 with SS weld (modified) - In this one case, a residual stress field was chosen that was not directly calculated by the finite element analyses. To investigate the sensitivity of WRS on the surge nozzle results, the Emc 2 case with a stainless steel safe-end weld was modified to have a slig htly higher ID stress, see Figure 52. DEI - repair without SS weld - In this one case, DEI supplied Emc 2 with temperature distributions and resultant stress distributions for a limited extent (40 degrees) ID repair case they constructed for the surge nozzle. Emc 2 took the temperatures and applied them 49to the Emc 2 surge model. The resultant stress fields are compared in Figure 53. In this figure, the "repaired" stress field is applie d over 40 degrees centered at the top of the pipe. The "unrepaired" stress field is applied over 280 de grees centered on the bottom of the pipe. The remaining 40 degrees (20 degrees on each side of the symmetry plane) is the transition between the two aforementioned stress fields. The resultant stresses were shown to be in equilibrium across the entire cross section. The results show some slight differences in the stress which can be attributed to the differences in the meshes used. 40
-20 0 20 40 60 8000.20.40.60.81(R-Ri)/tAxial stress, ksiEmc2 with SS (original)Emc2 with SS (modified)Emc2 without SSDEI without SSDEI with SS Figure 52  Welding residual stress field used for surge nozzle analyses 40-30-20
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 6000.20.40.60.81a/tAxial stress, ksiEmc2 RepairDEI RepairEmc2 UnrepairedDEI UnrepairedEmc2 TransitionDEI Transition Figure 53  Comparison of resultant stress fields for ID repair case  Along with the cases that were meant to directly confirm the DEI results, additional cases were conducted in order to understand the sensitivity of key parameters. Since it is not 50directly obvious what the pertinent varied parameter is in each case, the following lists the variations in the critical cases: Case 6 was found to be the critical cas e for the safety/relief/spray nozzles.
o Case 6-1 and Case 6-2 varied the initia l flaw size (21:1 with a/t=26% for Case 6-1 and 6:1 with a/t=10% for Case 6-2), keeping everything else constant.
o Case 6-3 was identical to Case 6-1 except the initial flaw was placed on the bottom of the pipe instead of on the top. This case was meant to further investigate the effect of crack placement. Note that the placement of the crack on the bottom of the pipe was simulated by reversing the sign of the applied moment (See Table 6) o Case 6-4 was identical to Case 6, except the WRS was assumed to occur over a 1-inch weld as compared to the 2-inch weld assumed in Case 6. Case 17 was found to be the critical case for the surge nozzle.
o Case 17 and 17-2 were identical to cases run by DEI (Case S1b and 17b respectively).
o Case 17 and 17-2 were identical to cases run by DEI (Case S1b and 17b respectively).
o Case 17-1 was the same as Case 17 except used the Emc 2 WRS without the stainless steel safe-end weld.
o Case 17-1 was the same as Case 17 except used the Emc2 WRS without the stainless steel safe-end weld.
o Case 17-3 is identical to Case 17-2 except used the Emc 2 WRS without the stainless steel safe-end weld.
o Case 17-3 is identical to Case 17-2 except used the Emc2 WRS without the stainless steel safe-end weld.
o Case 17-4 is identical to Case 17 except with the DEI WRS with the stainless steel safe-end weld.
o Case 17-4 is identical to Case 17 except with the DEI WRS with the stainless steel safe-end weld.
o Case 17-5 is identical to Case 17-2 expect the initial flaw was placed on the bottom of the pipe instead of the top. Note that the placement of the crack on the bottom of the pipe was simulated by reversing the sign of the applied moment (See Table 6) o Case 17-6 is identical to Case 17 except used the Emc 2 WRS with the stainless steel safe-end weld.
o Case 17-5 is identical to Case 17-2 expect the initial flaw was placed on the bottom of the pipe instead of the top. Note that the placement of the crack on the bottom of the pipe was simulated by reversing the sign of the applied moment (See Table 6) o Case 17-6 is identical to Case 17 except used the Emc2 WRS with the stainless steel safe-end weld.
o Case 17-7 is identical to Case 17 except used the Emc 2 modified WRS with the stainless steel safe-end weld.
o Case 17-7 is identical to Case 17 except used the Emc2 modified WRS with the stainless steel safe-end weld.
o Case 17-8 is identical to Case 17-2 except with the DEI WRS with the stainless steel safe-end weld.
o Case 17-8 is identical to Case 17-2 except with the DEI WRS with the stainless steel safe-end weld.
o Case 17-9 and 17-10 are iden tical to Case 17 but with lower bending moment specific to Plants B and C, respectively.
o Case 17-9 and 17-10 are identical to Case 17 but with lower bending moment specific to Plants B and C, respectively.
o Case 17-11 is identical to Case 17 except the WRS used was identical to the surge nozzle limited extent ID repair case conducted by DEI.
o Case 17-11 is identical to Case 17 except the WRS used was identical to the surge nozzle limited extent ID repair case conducted by DEI.
o Case 17-12 is identical to Case 17 except the bending moment used after through-wall crack penetration was decreased to 2205.57 in-kips. An additional case was run for Case 9 to investigate the initial flaw size approximation. An additional case was run for Case 11 since the original case used the incorrect bending moment for direct comparison to DEI. An additional case was run for Case 19, since using a Type 8 WRS without stainless weld is not appropriate for a CE geometry.  
o Case 17-12 is identical to Case 17 except the bending moment used after through-wall crack penetration was decreased to 2205.57 in-kips.
* An additional case was run for Case 9 to investigate the initial flaw size approximation.
* An additional case was run for Case 11 since the original case used the incorrect bending moment for direct comparison to DEI.
* An additional case was run for Case 19, since using a Type 8 WRS without stainless weld is not appropriate for a CE geometry.
50


51 Table 5 Confirmatory analyses matrix Case # DEI Case # Nozzle Type Geometry Configuration Plants R o (in) (in) R i/t P1 P1 S&R Type 1a AEH 3.875 1.290 2.004 1 1c S&R Type 1a AEH 3.875 1.290 2.004 1-1 1b S&R Type 1a AEH 3.875 1.290 2.004 3 3c S&R Type 1a AEH 3.875 1.290 2.004 6 6c S&R Type 2a/2b BCG 3.875 1.065 2.638 6-1 38c S&R Type 2a/2b BCG 3.875 1.065 2.638 6 S&R Type 2a/2b BCG 3.875 1.065 2.638 6 S&R Type 2a/2b BCG 3.875 1.065 2.638 6-4 35c S&R Type 2a/2b BCG 3.875 1.065 2.638 9 - S&R Type 3 DI 4.000 1.405 1.847 9-1 9c S&R Type 3 DI 4.000 1.405 1.847 10 10c spray Type 4 AE 2.905 0.900 2.228 11 - spray Type 4 AE 2.905 0.900 2.228 11-1 11c spray Type 4 AE 2.905 0.900 2.228 15 15c spray Type 7 DI 2.595 1.045 1.483 17 S1b surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17 surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17-2 17b surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17 surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17 surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17 surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17 surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17 surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17 surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17 surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17 surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17-11 S10b surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17 surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 19 - surge Type 9 DI 6.530 1.470 3.442 19-1 19b surge Type 9 DI 6.530 1.470 3.442 20 20b surge Type 9 DI 6.530 1.470 3.442 5.3 Phase II results As mentioned before, the purpose of the Phase II resu lts in this effort is to confirm the industry's analysis results and to investigate some of the issues that may have not been fully discussed in the industry's report.
Table 5 Confirmatory analyses matrix DEI Case    Nozzle    Geometry                    Ro          t Case #         #       Type   Configuration   Plants     (in)       (in)     Ri/t P1       P1         S&R       Type 1a       AEH       3.875       1.290   2.004 1         1c       S&R       Type 1a       AEH       3.875       1.290   2.004 1-1         1b       S&R       Type 1a       AEH       3.875       1.290   2.004 3         3c       S&R       Type 1a       AEH       3.875       1.290   2.004 6         6c       S&R     Type 2a/2b       BCG       3.875       1.065   2.638 6-1       38c       S&R     Type 2a/2b       BCG       3.875       1.065   2.638 6-2          -        S&R     Type 2a/2b       BCG       3.875       1.065   2.638 6-3          -        S&R     Type 2a/2b       BCG       3.875       1.065   2.638 6-4       35c       S&R     Type 2a/2b       BCG       3.875       1.065   2.638 9         -       S&R       Type 3         DI       4.000     1.405     1.847 9-1         9c       S&R       Type 3         DI       4.000       1.405   1.847 10       10c       spray     Type 4         AE       2.905       0.900   2.228 11         -       spray     Type 4         AE       2.905       0.900   2.228 11-1       11c       spray     Type 4         AE       2.905       0.900   2.228 15       15c       spray     Type 7         DI       2.595       1.045   1.483 17       S1b       surge     Type 8       AEHBCG     7.500     1.580     3.747 17-1        -        surge     Type 8       AEHBCG     7.500       1.580   3.747 17-2       17b       surge     Type 8       AEHBCG     7.500     1.580     3.747 17-3        -        surge     Type 8       AEHBCG     7.500       1.580   3.747 17-4        -        surge     Type 8       AEHBCG     7.500       1.580   3.747 17-5        -        surge     Type 8       AEHBCG     7.500       1.580   3.747 17-6        -        surge     Type 8       AEHBCG     7.500       1.580   3.747 17-7        -        surge     Type 8       AEHBCG     7.500       1.580   3.747 17-8        -        surge     Type 8       AEHBCG     7.500       1.580   3.747 17-9        -        surge     Type 8       AEHBCG     7.500       1.580   3.747 17-10        -        surge     Type 8       AEHBCG     7.500     1.580     3.747 17-11     S10b       surge     Type 8       AEHBCG     7.500     1.580     3.747 17-12        -        surge     Type 8       AEHBCG     7.500     1.580     3.747 19         -       surge     Type 9         DI       6.530     1.470     3.442 19-1       19b       surge     Type 9         DI       6.530     1.470     3.442 20       20b       surge     Type 9         DI       6.530     1.470     3.442 5.3 Phase II results As mentioned before, the purpose of the Phase II results in this effort is to confirm the industrys analysis results and to investigate some of the issues that may have not been fully discussed in the industrys report.
52Table 7 presents the overall results for the Phase II confirmatory analyses. In this table, the first column is the case number and the second column is the corresponding DEI case number. The next four columns are margins and times at first leakage and 1gpm leakage. The final four columns are time and leakage for a crack size with a 1.2 and 1.0 load margin on critical crack size. The selection of a load margin on failure of 1.2 was chosen by the industry as one of their evaluation criteria. It was used here for comparison purposes only.
51
Table 6  Loads, welding residual stress profiles and initial crack shapes for the confirmatory analyses Case # DEI Case # p (ksi) Temp (F) Faxial (kips) M (in-kips) WRS Case 2c/a Depth(%tw) P1 P1 2.235 653 52.33 277.5 ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc2 fit 21 26% 1 1c 2.235 653 45.64 209.28 ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit  360&deg; 10% 1-1 1b 2.235 653 45.64 209.28 DEI - Type 1 S&R without SSWeld  360&deg; 10% 3 3c 2.235 653 45.64 178.90 ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit  360&deg; 10% 6 6c 2.235 653 52.44 252.14 ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit  360&deg; 10% 6-1 38c 2.235 653 52.44 252.14 ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit 21 26% 6 2.235 653 52.44 252.14 ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit 6 10% 6 2.235 653 52.44 -252.14 ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit 21 26% 6-4 35c 2.235 653 52.44 252.14 ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit - 1"weld  360&deg; 10% 9 - 2.235 653 47.94 201.91 ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit 21 26% 9-1 9c 2.235 653 47.94 201.91 ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit  360&deg; 10% 10 10c 2.235 653 26.96 72.78 ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit  360&deg; 10% 11 - 2.235 653 26.96 61.48 ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit 360&deg; 10% 11-1 11c 2.235 653 26.96 66.98 ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit 360&deg; 10% 15 15c 2.235 653 17.49 55.65 ASME - Emc 2 Mod - Emc 2 fit 360&deg; 10% 17 S1b 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld  360&deg; 10% 17 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 Emc 2 - Type 8 without SS weld  360&deg; 10% 17-2 17b 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 21 26% 17 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 Emc 2 - Type 8 without SS weld 21 26% 17 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 DEI - Type 8 with SS weld  360&deg; 10% 17 2.235 644 247.70 -2750.77 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 21 26% 17 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 Emc 2 - Type 8 with SS weld  360&deg; 10% 17 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 Emc 2 - Type 8 with SS weld (modified)  360&deg; 10% 17 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 DEI - Type 8 with SS weld 21 26% 17 2.235 644 247.70 2629.32 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld  360&deg; 10% 17 2.235 644 247.70 1687.89 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld  360&deg; 10% 17-11 S10b 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 DEI- ID repair without SS weld  360&deg; 10% 17 2.235 644 247.70 2205.57 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld  360&deg; 10% 19 - 2.235 644 180.96 2034.30 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld  360&deg; 10% 19-1 19b 2.235 644 180.96 2034.30 DEI - Type 8 with SS weld  360&deg; 10% 20 20b 2.235 644 180.96 682.65 DEI - Type 8 with SS weld  360&deg; 10%
53Table 7  Phase II confirmatory results Leak Crack Size TW Penetration 1gpm leak Load Margin = 1.2 Load Margin = 1 Case # DEI Case # Time (yr) Load Margin Delta Time (mo)  Load Margin Delta Time (mo) Leakage (gpm) Delta Time (mo) Leakage (gpm) P1 P1 6.6 2.61 1.56 2.1 3.21 4.8 3.42 7.3 1 1c 20.16 3.45 3.28 2.46 5.46 5.80 5.68 8.65 1-1 1b Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest ArrestArrest 3 3c 29.40 3.68 4.48 2.55 6.90 6.80 7.34 9.20 6 6c 4.13 2.20 1.03 1.79 2.16 6.25 2.34 11.00 6-1 38c 4.09 2.43 N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C 6 5.44 2.60 N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C 6 9.95 2.08 0.52 1.80 1.26 3.75 1.44 6.25 6-4 35c 3.26 2.07 0.59 1.81 1.30 5.50 1.48 9.40 9 - 125.36 4.25 7.40 2.51 9.58 4.26 9.80 7.40 9-1 9c 119.18 4.27 7.50 2.50 10.40 6.25 10.8 10.00 10 10c 51.36 3.96 5.40 2.48 7.25 4.30 7.60 12.50 11 - Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest ArrestArrest 11-1 11c Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest ArrestArrest 15 15c Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest ArrestArrest 17 S1b 1.30 1.00 0.00 1.00 N/A N/A 0.00 10.86 17 SC critical  N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 17-2 17b 1.36 1.80 N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C 17 0.53 1.62 0.00 1.62 N/C N/C N/C N/C 17 5.80 1.53 0.13 1.50 1.07 20.90 1.39 65.00 17 9.07 0.80 N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.00 29.17 17 Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest ArrestArrest 17 Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest ArrestArrest 17 6.15 1.64 0.06  1.58 N/C N/C N/C N/C 17 1.39 1.05 0.00 1.05 N/A N/A 0.00 2.38 17 2.84 1.38 0.00 1.38 0.64 6.40 0.94 18.20 17-11 S10b 0.86 1.37 0.00 1.37 0.31 12.40 0.62 33.00 17 1.30 1.19 0.00 1.19 N/A N/A 0.48 10.00 19 - 1.36 1.07 N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.00 2.27 19-1 19b 9.50 1.60 0.30 1.58 1.48 16.00 1.79 55.00 20 20b Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest ArrestArrest N/C = Not Calculated N/A = Not Available


The results shown in Table 7 were extracted from the individual runs for each case. The results for a 1gpm leaking crack and a crack at a load margin 1.2 were chosen since those cases were specified in the DEI report as the basis for their evaluation crit eria. DEI did not supply the 54leakage rate and margin as a function of time for every case, therefore direct comparison can only be made for a few cases. For every case conducted in this effort where crack growth
Table 7 presents the overall results for the Phase II confirmatory analyses. In this table, the first column is the case number and the second column is the corresponding DEI case number. The next four columns are margins and times at first leakage and 1gpm leakage. The final four columns are time and leakage for a crack size with a 1.2 and 1.0 load margin on critical crack size. The selection of a load margin on failure of 1.2 was chosen by the industry as one of their evaluation criteria. It was used here for comparison purposes only.
Table 6 Loads, welding residual stress profiles and initial crack shapes for the confirmatory analyses DEI        p    Temp      Faxial      M                                              Depth Case #  Case #    (ksi)  (F)    (kips)  (in-kips)          WRS Case              2c/a     (%tw)
P1      P1      2.235    653      52.33      277.5  ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit      21      26%
1      1c    2.235    653      45.64    209.28    ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit    360&deg;      10%
DEI - Type 1 S&R without 1-1      1b      2.235    653      45.64    209.28            SSWeld              360&deg;      10%
3      3c    2.235    653      45.64    178.90    ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit    360&deg;      10%
6      6c    2.235    653      52.44    252.14    ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit    360&deg;      10%
6-1      38c    2.235    653      52.44    252.14    ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit    21      26%
6-2        -    2.235    653      52.44    252.14    ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit      6      10%
6-3        -    2.235    653      52.44    -252.14    ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit    21      26%
ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit -
6-4      35c    2.235    653      52.44    252.14              1"weld              360&deg;      10%
9        -    2.235    653      47.94    201.91    ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit    21      26%
9-1      9c    2.235    653      47.94    201.91    ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit    360&deg;      10%
10      10c    2.235    653      26.96      72.78    ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit    360&deg;      10%
11        -    2.235    653      26.96      61.48    ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit  360&deg;      10%
11-1    11c    2.235    653      26.96      66.98    ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit  360&deg;      10%
15      15c    2.235    653      17.49      55.65    ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit  360&deg;      10%
17      S1b    2.235    644    247.70    2750.77  DEI - Type 8 without SS weld  360&deg;      10%
17-1      -    2.235    644    247.70    2750.77  Emc2 - Type 8 without SS weld  360&deg;      10%
17-2    17b    2.235    644    247.70    2750.77  DEI - Type 8 without SS weld    21      26%
17-3      -    2.235    644    247.70    2750.77  Emc2 - Type 8 without SS weld  21      26%
17-4      -    2.235    644    247.70    2750.77    DEI - Type 8 with SS weld    360&deg;      10%
17-5      -    2.235    644    247.70  -2750.77  DEI - Type 8 without SS weld    21      26%
17-6      -    2.235    644    247.70    2750.77    Emc2 - Type 8 with SS weld    360&deg;      10%
Emc2 - Type 8 with SS weld 17-7      -    2.235    644    247.70    2750.77            (modified)            360&deg;      10%
17-8      -    2.235    644    247.70    2750.77    DEI - Type 8 with SS weld    21      26%
17-9      -    2.235    644    247.70    2629.32  DEI - Type 8 without SS weld  360&deg;      10%
17-10      -    2.235    644    247.70    1687.89  DEI - Type 8 without SS weld  360&deg;      10%
17-11    S10b    2.235    644    247.70    2750.77  DEI- ID repair without SS weld  360&deg;      10%
17-12      -    2.235    644    247.70    2205.57  DEI - Type 8 without SS weld  360&deg;      10%
19        -    2.235    644    180.96    2034.30  DEI - Type 8 without SS weld  360&deg;      10%
19-1    19b    2.235    644    180.96    2034.30    DEI - Type 8 with SS weld    360&deg;      10%
20      20b    2.235    644    180.96    682.65      DEI - Type 8 with SS weld    360&deg;      10%
52


occurred between a 1gpm leakage and a load margin of 1.0, a plot of the leakage rate and margin as a function of time was generated and is given in Appendix B.
Table 7 Phase II confirmatory results Leak                                      Crack Size TW Penetration            1gpm leak        Load Margin = 1.2 Load Margin = 1 Delta                Delta                Delta DEI     Time        Load      Time      Load        Time    Leakage Time Leakage Case #    Case #      (yr)    Margin (mo) Margin (mo)                     (gpm)     (mo)   (gpm)
5.3.1 Direct confirmatory results A direct comparison of the DEI and Emc 2 Phase II analyses results is shown in Table 8. This table shows three comparisons, i.e., time to first leakage, critical crack size load margin at a leakage of 1gpm and time between 1gpm leakage and a critical crack size load margin of 1.2. For the time to first leakage comparison, when arrests did not occur, the time estimated by Emc 2 was always longer than the time estimated by DEI. On average the estimates by Emc 2 were about 12% higher, expect for cases 9-1 and 10, which were much higher. For those cases, the results were investigated further, and it was determined that the residual stresses caused the crack to slow down. In fact the K-solution was approaching zero, and it took many years before it began to increase. As mentioned in the Phase I work, the arrest behavior of these cracks can be influenced by the fit to the welding residual st ress, if those stresses produce a stress intensity near zero. In this effort, Emc 2 fit and implemented these weldi ng residual stresses into the crack growth code independently of DEI. This difference in WRS fit and the mesh differences cause the difference in time to leakage and arrest ve rsus non-arrest behavior of Cases 11-1, 17-8 and 19-1. Interestingly, in one case (11-1) Emc 2 predicted arrest where DEI did not, while in two cases (17-8 and 19-1) DEI predicted arrest, while Emc 2 did not. This illustrates the uncertainty in the curve fit for the welding residual stress, as it is implemented into these crack growth codes. Table 8  Comparison of Emc 2 and DEI results Time at first leakage (yr)
P1         P1       6.6       2.61        1.56      2.1       3.21      4.8      3.42    7.3 1         1c     20.16       3.45        3.28      2.46        5.46     5.80      5.68    8.65 1-1       1b     Arrest    Arrest      Arrest   Arrest     Arrest     Arrest   Arrest Arrest 3         3c     29.40      3.68        4.48      2.55       6.90      6.80      7.34    9.20 6         6c       4.13       2.20        1.03      1.79       2.16      6.25      2.34  11.00 6-1       38c      4.09      2.43        N/C      N/C        N/C      N/C        N/C    N/C 6-2        -      5.44      2.60        N/C      N/C        N/C      N/C        N/C    N/C 6-3        -      9.95      2.08        0.52      1.80        1.26      3.75      1.44    6.25 6-4       35c       3.26      2.07        0.59      1.81        1.30      5.50      1.48    9.40 9          -    125.36      4.25        7.40      2.51        9.58      4.26      9.80    7.40 9-1       9c     119.18       4.27        7.50     2.50       10.40      6.25      10.8  10.00 10       10c     51.36       3.96        5.40      2.48       7.25      4.30      7.60  12.50 11          -      Arrest    Arrest      Arrest    Arrest    Arrest    Arrest    Arrest  Arrest 11-1       11c     Arrest    Arrest      Arrest    Arrest    Arrest    Arrest   Arrest Arrest 15       15c     Arrest    Arrest      Arrest   Arrest     Arrest     Arrest   Arrest Arrest 17       S1b       1.30      1.00        0.00      1.00       N/A      N/A      0.00   10.86 SC 17-1        -    critical    N/A        N/A      N/A        N/A      N/A      N/A    N/A 17-2       17b       1.36      1.80        N/C      N/C        N/C      N/C        N/C    N/C 17-3        -      0.53      1.62        0.00      1.62        N/C      N/C        N/C    N/C 17-4        -      5.80       1.53        0.13      1.50      1.07      20.90      1.39  65.00 17-5        -      9.07      0.80        N/A      N/A         N/A      N/A      0.00  29.17 17-6        -      Arrest    Arrest      Arrest    Arrest    Arrest    Arrest    Arrest  Arrest 17-7        -      Arrest    Arrest      Arrest    Arrest    Arrest    Arrest    Arrest  Arrest 17-8         -      6.15       1.64      0.06      1.58       N/C      N/C        N/C    N/C 17-9        -      1.39      1.05        0.00      1.05        N/A      N/A       0.00    2.38 17-10        -      2.84      1.38        0.00      1.38      0.64      6.40      0.94  18.20 17-11     S10b       0.86      1.37        0.00      1.37      0.31      12.40      0.62  33.00 17-12        -      1.30      1.19        0.00      1.19        N/A      N/A      0.48  10.00 19          -      1.36       1.07        N/A      N/A        N/A      N/A      0.00    2.27 19-1       19b       9.50       1.60        0.30      1.58       1.48      16.00      1.79  55.00 20       20b     Arrest    Arrest     Arrest   Arrest     Arrest     Arrest   Arrest Arrest N/C = Not Calculated N/A = Not Available The results shown in Table 7 were extracted from the individual runs for each case. The results for a 1gpm leaking crack and a crack at a load margin 1.2 were chosen since those cases were specified in the DEI report as the basis for their evaluation criteria. DEI did not supply the 53
Load Margin at 1gpm leak Time since 1gpm leak to 1.2 margin on load (Month)
Case # DEI Case # DEI Emc 2 DEI Emc 2 DEI Emc 2 P1 P1 5.36 6.6 1.98 2.1 2.33 1.65 1 1c 17.4 20.16 2.24 2.46 3.63 2.18 1-1 1b Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest 3 3c 26.3 29.40 2.40 2.55 4.17 2.42 6 6c 3.4 4.13 1.70 1.79 1.37 1.13 6-4 35c 2.9 3.26 1.62 1.81 1.07 0.70 9-1 9c 32.2 119.18 2.50 2.50 4.80 2.90 10 10c 21.2 51.36 2.07 2.48 2.43 1.85 11-1 11c 25.3 Arrest 2.08 Arrest 2.43 Arrest 15 15c Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest 17-1 S1b 1.2 1.30 1.03 1.00 0.00 0.00 17-2 17b 1.2 1.36 1.71 1.80 1.17 N/A 17-8 17a Arrest 6.15 Arrest 1.58 Arrest  N/A 17-11 S10b 0.50 0.86 1.36 1.37 0.43 0.31 19-1 19b Arrest 9.50 Arrest 1.58 Arrest 1.18 20 20b Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest  


55For the critical crack margins at crack size that gives a leakage of 1 gpm, the Emc 2 analyses were higher on average by 7%. These are reasonable di fferences for the differences in assumptions made by Emc 2 and DEI. However, the biggest differences are seen in the time between the 1gpm leakage and when the load margin reaches 1.2. On average the DEI results are higher than the Emc 2 results by 30%. In order to investigate this difference, the trends of leakage and margin as a function of time for both the DEI and Emc 2 analyses for Case 6c and 35c (Emc 2 Case 6 and 6-4) are shown in Figure 54 and Figure 55, respectively.
leakage rate and margin as a function of time for every case, therefore direct comparison can only be made for a few cases. For every case conducted in this effort where crack growth occurred between a 1gpm leakage and a load margin of 1.0, a plot of the leakage rate and margin as a function of time was generated and is given in Appendix B.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 1800.511.522.53Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm 00.5 11.5 22.5Margin on Critical Crack Size at NODEI leakEmc2 leak Emc2 Margin DEI MarginRelief - Case 6No safety factors applied Figure 54  Comparison of Emc 2 and DEI results for Case 6 (6c) (NO = Normal operating stresses) In each of these figures, the solid symbols are the Emc 2 results and the open symbols are the DEI results. In terms of margin, the Emc 2 results are always higher than the DEI results at first leakage, but then appear to decrease more rapidly than the DEI results. The leakages are relatively consistent up to about 2 gpm, but then begin to diverge with the Emc 2 results becoming much larger than the DEI results. The differences in the leak rates are most probably due to the crack length assumptions made in the calculations, and the differences in the leak rates codes for the 100% steam calculations. As described earlier, in the Emc 2 analyses, since SQUIRT allows the input of the OD and ID cr ack length and COD, the ID crack length was assumed to be the actual ID crack length and equal to the OD crack length. The results from these two cases were averaged. As an example, the results from Case 6 are shown in Figure 56. In this figure, the diamond symbols are the Emc 2 SQUIRT calculations w ith the ID length of the crack equal to the ID circumference (long ID) in the first case, and equal to the OD crack length (short ID) in the second case. There is some difference between th ese cases, with the DEI results falling between these cases up to about 2gpm. However, after that point, the Emc 2 results are still much higher than the DEI results. In addition, if the leak rates are compared at the same load margin on critical crack size, the Emc 2 leakage rates are higher than the DEI results. The difference is due to the 100% steam flow models in PICEP and SQUIRT.  
5.3.1      Direct confirmatory results A direct comparison of the DEI and Emc2 Phase II analyses results is shown in Table 8. This table shows three comparisons, i.e., time to first leakage, critical crack size load margin at a leakage of 1gpm and time between 1gpm leakage and a critical crack size load margin of 1.2.
For the time to first leakage comparison, when arrests did not occur, the time estimated by Emc2 was always longer than the time estimated by DEI. On average the estimates by Emc2 were about 12% higher, expect for cases 9-1 and 10, which were much higher. For those cases, the results were investigated further, and it was determined that the residual stresses caused the crack to slow down. In fact the K-solution was approaching zero, and it took many years before it began to increase. As mentioned in the Phase I work, the arrest behavior of these cracks can be influenced by the fit to the welding residual stress, if those stresses produce a stress intensity near zero. In this effort, Emc2 fit and implemented these welding residual stresses into the crack growth code independently of DEI. This difference in WRS fit and the mesh differences cause the difference in time to leakage and arrest versus non-arrest behavior of Cases 11-1, 17-8 and 19-1. Interestingly, in one case (11-1) Emc2 predicted arrest where DEI did not, while in two cases (17-8 and 19-1) DEI predicted arrest, while Emc2 did not. This illustrates the uncertainty in the curve fit for the welding residual stress, as it is implemented into these crack growth codes.
Table 8 Comparison of Emc2 and DEI results Time since 1gpm DEI      Time at first    Load Margin at        leak to 1.2 margin Case      leakage (yr)        1gpm leak          on load (Month)
Case #        #      DEI    Emc2      DEI        Emc2        DEI       Emc2 P1        P1      5.36      6.6      1.98        2.1        2.33      1.65 1        1c    17.4    20.16      2.24        2.46        3.63      2.18 1-1        1b    Arrest  Arrest    Arrest      Arrest      Arrest    Arrest 3        3c    26.3    29.40      2.40        2.55        4.17      2.42 6        6c      3.4    4.13      1.70        1.79        1.37      1.13 6-4      35c      2.9    3.26      1.62        1.81        1.07      0.70 9-1        9c    32.2  119.18      2.50        2.50        4.80      2.90 10        10c    21.2    51.36      2.07        2.48        2.43      1.85 11-1      11c    25.3    Arrest    2.08      Arrest      2.43      Arrest 15        15c    Arrest  Arrest    Arrest      Arrest      Arrest    Arrest 17-1      S1b      1.2    1.30      1.03        1.00        0.00      0.00 17-2      17b      1.2     1.36      1.71        1.80        1.17      N/A 17-8      17a    Arrest    6.15    Arrest      1.58        Arrest      N/A 17-11      S10b    0.50    0.86      1.36        1.37        0.43      0.31 19-1      19b    Arrest    9.50    Arrest      1.58      Arrest      1.18 20        20b    Arrest  Arrest    Arrest      Arrest      Arrest    Arrest 54


In order to check the elastic COD calculated with the finite element model, the same leak rate calculations were conducted with SQUIRT, but using the GE/EPRI met hod for calculating the 56 COD (elastic and plastic contributions to the C OD). These results are shown in Figure 57. The GE/EPRI solution gave COD values that were similar for the smaller crack lengths, but larger for the longer crack lengths. This difference is due to the elastic-plastic contribution that is not accounted for the elastic FE analyses conducted in this effort. In no cases were the calculated COD values much less than the Emc 2 FE generated COD values as was suggested by the DEI results in Figure 56.  
For the critical crack margins at crack size that gives a leakage of 1 gpm, the Emc2 analyses were higher on average by 7%. These are reasonable differences for the differences in assumptions made by Emc2 and DEI. However, the biggest differences are seen in the time between the 1gpm leakage and when the load margin reaches 1.2. On average the DEI results are higher than the Emc2 results by 30%. In order to investigate this difference, the trends of leakage and margin as a function of time for both the DEI and Emc2 analyses for Case 6c and 35c (Emc2 Case 6 and 6-4) are shown in Figure 54 and Figure 55, respectively.
18                                                                      2.5 DEI leak 16                                            Emc2 leak Emc2 Margin 2
Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 14                                            DEI Margin 12 Leak rate, gpm 1.5 10 8
1 6      Relief - Case 6 No safety factors applied 4
0.5 2
0                                                                      0 0          0.5          1        1.5              2  2.5  3 Time after first leakage, months 2
Figure 54 Comparison of Emc and DEI results for Case 6 (6c) (NO = Normal operating stresses)
In each of these figures, the solid symbols are the Emc2 results and the open symbols are the DEI results. In terms of margin, the Emc2 results are always higher than the DEI results at first leakage, but then appear to decrease more rapidly than the DEI results. The leakages are relatively consistent up to about 2 gpm, but then begin to diverge with the Emc2 results becoming much larger than the DEI results. The differences in the leak rates are most probably due to the crack length assumptions made in the calculations, and the differences in the leak rates codes for the 100% steam calculations. As described earlier, in the Emc2 analyses, since SQUIRT allows the input of the OD and ID crack length and COD, the ID crack length was assumed to be the actual ID crack length and equal to the OD crack length. The results from these two cases were averaged. As an example, the results from Case 6 are shown in Figure 56.
In this figure, the diamond symbols are the Emc2 SQUIRT calculations with the ID length of the crack equal to the ID circumference (long ID) in the first case, and equal to the OD crack length (short ID) in the second case. There is some difference between these cases, with the DEI results falling between these cases up to about 2gpm. However, after that point, the Emc2 results are still much higher than the DEI results. In addition, if the leak rates are compared at the same load margin on critical crack size, the Emc2 leakage rates are higher than the DEI results. The difference is due to the 100% steam flow models in PICEP and SQUIRT.
In order to check the elastic COD calculated with the finite element model, the same leak rate calculations were conducted with SQUIRT, but using the GE/EPRI method for calculating the 55


0 5 10 15 20 25 3000.20.40.60.811.21.41.61.822.22.42.6Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm 00.20.40.6 0.8 11.21.4 1.6 1.8 22.2Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOEmc2 LeakDEI LeakEmc2 MarginDEI MarginCase 6-4 No safety factors applied Figure 55  Comparison of DEI and Emc 2 results for Case 6-4 (35) (NO = Normal operating stresses) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2000.511.522.53Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpmEmc2 leak - long IDEmc2 leak - short IDDEI leakRelief - Case 6 Figure 56  Comparison of leak rates for Case 6 57 0 2 4 6
COD (elastic and plastic contributions to the COD). These results are shown in Figure 57. The GE/EPRI solution gave COD values that were similar for the smaller crack lengths, but larger for the longer crack lengths. This difference is due to the elastic-plastic contribution that is not accounted for the elastic FE analyses conducted in this effort. In no cases were the calculated COD values much less than the Emc2 FE generated COD values as was suggested by the DEI results in Figure 56.
8 10 12 140246810Total Crack Length, inchLeak Rate, gpmFrom Advanced FEUsing GE/EPRICase 6 Figure 57  Comparison of leak rates calculated with COD values from Emc 2 elastic FE analysis and GE/EPRI (elastic-plastic) for Case 6 The differences seen in the critical crack size margin, suggest that the Emc 2 crack at first leakage is smaller than the DEI crack at first leakage, but the rate of crack growth in the Emc 2 analyses is greater. Quality assurance checks of the critical crack size calculations were carried out and it was shown through several examples, that the same limit load was calculated for identical cracks within about 1%. Therefore, the crack evolution with time was investigated for Cases 6 and 35, as shown in Figure 58. In this figure, the so lid symbols are the DEI results, while the open symbols are the Emc 2 results. As expected, the OD crack length at first leakage is much shorter in the Emc 2 analysis then in the DEI analysis, but th e trends suggest that the cracks are growing at different rates. It is possible that the number of crack growth steps may be causing the difference. Note that the same crack growth procedure was used in the Emc 2 analysis for both the surface and complex crack growt
30                                                                                                              2.2 Emc2 Leak DEI Leak                    2 25                                                                                Emc2 Margin 1.8 DEI Margin Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 1.6 20 1.4 Leak rate, gpm 1.2 15 1
: h. For the Case 6 analysis, the DEI results showed a total of 53 steps between first leakage and 1.0 margin on load, while the Emc 2 analysis showed only 25 steps. However, for Case 35, the DEI analysis results showed a total of 26 steps between first leakage and 1.0 margin on load, while the Emc 2 analysis showed 49 steps. Since the trends between the Emc 2 and DEI results are the same regardless of whether Case 6 or 35 are considered, this difference in number of steps does not affect the results. In fact, if Case 35 is looked at in detail, the average OD crack growth per increment was 0.064 inch for DEI and 0.068 inch for Emc
0.8 10                    Case 6-4 No safety factors applied                                                                0.6 5                                                                                                              0.4 0.2 0                                                                                                             0 0                 0.2   0.4    0.6    0.8    1      1.2    1.4  1.6  1.8  2    2.2    2.4      2.6 Time after first leakage, months Figure 55 Comparison of DEI and Emc2 results for Case 6-4 (35) (NO = Normal operating stresses) 20 Emc2 leak - long ID 18 Emc2 leak - short ID 16              DEI leak 14 Leak rate, gpm Relief - Case 6 12 10 8
: 2. Therefore, if the crack growth increment per step is similar, but the times are different, the K-values must be higher in the Emc 2 case in order to drive the crack faster during these growth increments. Further inve stigation would be required to confirm this statement.
6 4
58 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.00.00.51.01.52.02.53.03.5Time after Initial TW Crack (Months)Half Crack Length on Weld OD (in)Case 6c - DEICase 6c - Emc2Case 35 - DEICase 35 - Emc2 Figure 58  Comparison of crack length as a function of time for Case 6 (6c) and 6-4 (35) 5.3.2 Other cases In addition to the direct comparisons, some additi onal cases were run in or der to investigate input parameters that may not have been completely addressed in the industr y report. Case 6 was shown to be the limiting case for the safety, relief and spray nozzles. So for this case, the initial crack size and the length of the welding residual stress zone were varied. The results of those additional analyses are given in Ta ble 9. In this table, Case 6-1 and 6-2 have the same inputs as Case 6 except the length of the initial flaw was decreased to 2c
2 0
/a=21, a/t=26% for Case 6-1 and 2c/a=6, a/t=10% for Case 6-2. These results both show that Case 6 is the limiting crack size case. In both Cases 6-1 and 6-2, the margin at first leakage is greater than that for Case 6. Since the margins at first leakage were greater, these cases were terminated since the margins on critical crack size would be larger than that for Case 6. In add ition, neither Case 6-1 nor Case 6-2 went 360 degrees before going th rough-wall. However, for Case 6-3, the crack from Case 6-1 was placed on the bottom (minimum bending) of the pipe with all other inputs the same. This crack grew around the circumference and became through-wall at a much longer time, i.e., 10 years as compared to 4 years, but was more critical than Case 6. This difference is due to the fact that the crack actually penetrates the wall thickness at about 20 degrees from top-dead-center, resulting in a longer le aking crack than Case 6. In addition, the time between leakage and margin of 1.2 is also greatly reduced.   
0        0.5            1          1.5        2        2.5            3 Time after first leakage, months Figure 56 Comparison of leak rates for Case 6 56


Putting the crack on the bottom is one way to account for the variability in the crack initiation location of the flaws. The probability is higher that a crack will initiate at the highest load location, i.e., at the location of maximum moment.
14 From Advanced FE 12          Using GE/EPRI 10 Leak Rate, gpm 8
However, the probability is not zero that a 59crack may form at any location with a tensile stress. Therefore, the possibility of a crack initiating at the bottom of the pipe needs to be accounted for in these analyses.  
Case 6 6
4 2
0 0            2          4        6          8  10 Total Crack Length, inch Figure 57 Comparison of leak rates calculated with COD values from Emc2 elastic FE analysis and GE/EPRI (elastic-plastic) for Case 6 The differences seen in the critical crack size margin, suggest that the Emc2 crack at first leakage is smaller than the DEI crack at first leakage, but the rate of crack growth in the Emc2 analyses is greater. Quality assurance checks of the critical crack size calculations were carried out and it was shown through several examples, that the same limit load was calculated for identical cracks within about 1%. Therefore, the crack evolution with time was investigated for Cases 6 and 35, as shown in Figure 58. In this figure, the solid symbols are the DEI results, while the open symbols are the Emc2 results. As expected, the OD crack length at first leakage is much shorter in the Emc2 analysis then in the DEI analysis, but the trends suggest that the cracks are growing at different rates. It is possible that the number of crack growth steps may be causing the difference. Note that the same crack growth procedure was used in the Emc2 analysis for both the surface and complex crack growth. For the Case 6 analysis, the DEI results showed a total of 53 steps between first leakage and 1.0 margin on load, while the Emc2 analysis showed only 25 steps. However, for Case 35, the DEI analysis results showed a total of 26 steps between first leakage and 1.0 margin on load, while the Emc2 analysis showed 49 steps. Since the trends between the Emc2 and DEI results are the same regardless of whether Case 6 or 35 are considered, this difference in number of steps does not affect the results. In fact, if Case 35 is looked at in detail, the average OD crack growth per increment was 0.064 inch for DEI and 0.068 inch for Emc2. Therefore, if the crack growth increment per step is similar, but the times are different, the K-values must be higher in the Emc2 case in order to drive the crack faster during these growth increments. Further investigation would be required to confirm this statement.
57


Case 6-4 investigated the effect of modifying the axial extent in the finite element model where the temperature gradient is placed to simulate the welding residual stresses. In Case 6-4, the axial extent was reduced from 2 inch es to 1 inch. In this case, this difference decreased the time from through-wall penetration to a margin of 1.2 by about 35%. Similar results by DEI showed only a 25% decrease in time. S uperposition suggests th at these two results should be identical. Further investigation of these results illustrate that the differences in the calculated stress fields from the applied thermal gradients and the approximation made at first through-wall crack penetration account for these differences.
5.0 Case 6c - DEI 4.5        Case 6c - Emc2 Half Crack Length on Weld OD (in)
Table 9 Case 6 sensitivity cases Case #M(in-kips)WRS Case2c/aDepth(%tw)Time (yr)MarginDelta Time (mo)MarginDelta Time (mo)Leakage (gpm)Delta Time (mo)Leakage (gpm)6252.14ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 360&deg;10%4.132.201.031.792.166.252.3411.006-1252.14ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit2126%4.092.43N/CN/CN/CN/CN/CN/C6-2252.14ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit610%5.442.60N/CN/CN/CN/CN/CN/C 6-3-252.14ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit2126%9.952.080.521.801.263.751.446.256-4252.14ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit - 1"weld 360&deg;10%3.262.070.591.811.305.501.489.40LeakCrack SizeTW Penetration1gpm leakMargin=1.2Margin =1 N/C = Not Calculated
Case 35 - DEI 4.0 Case 35 - Emc2 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.0    0.5            1.0        1.5        2.0        2.5  3.0  3.5 Time after Initial TW Crack (Months)
Figure 58 Comparison of crack length as a function of time for Case 6 (6c) and 6-4 (35) 5.3.2      Other cases In addition to the direct comparisons, some additional cases were run in order to investigate input parameters that may not have been completely addressed in the industry report. Case 6 was shown to be the limiting case for the safety, relief and spray nozzles. So for this case, the initial crack size and the length of the welding residual stress zone were varied. The results of those additional analyses are given in Table 9. In this table, Case 6-1 and 6-2 have the same inputs as Case 6 except the length of the initial flaw was decreased to 2c/a=21, a/t=26% for Case 6-1 and 2c/a=6, a/t=10% for Case 6-2. These results both show that Case 6 is the limiting crack size case. In both Cases 6-1 and 6-2, the margin at first leakage is greater than that for Case 6. Since the margins at first leakage were greater, these cases were terminated since the margins on critical crack size would be larger than that for Case 6. In addition, neither Case 6-1 nor Case 6-2 went 360 degrees before going through-wall. However, for Case 6-3, the crack from Case 6-1 was placed on the bottom (minimum bending) of the pipe with all other inputs the same. This crack grew around the circumference and became through-wall at a much longer time, i.e., 10 years as compared to 4 years, but was more critical than Case 6. This difference is due to the fact that the crack actually penetrates the wall thickness at about 20 degrees from top-dead-center, resulting in a longer leaking crack than Case 6. In addition, the time between leakage and margin of 1.2 is also greatly reduced.
Putting the crack on the bottom is one way to account for the variability in the crack initiation location of the flaws. The probability is higher that a crack will initiate at the highest load location, i.e., at the location of maximum moment. However, the probability is not zero that a 58


Case 17 was the limiting case for the surge nozzle analyses. Table 10 shows a summary of the additional cases run to compliment Case 17. In this table, the results have been sorted by welding residual stress assumption and then by load and crack shape. The first two rows are Cases 17-4 and 17-8. These cases were run with the DEI Type 8 welding residual stress with the stainless steel safe end weld, see Figure 52. If a 360 degree, 10% deep crack is assumed (Case 17-4), a margin of 1.5 was calculated at a 1gpm leakage, with about 1 month between that time and a critical crack size load margin of 1.2. If a 21:1 flaw with a/t=26% is considered, those margins increase. In contrast, if the Emc 2 Type 8 welding residual stresses with the safe-end weld was used, the crack arrests. In addition, if the ID stress of this residual stress field is increased to 10 ksi, the crack still arrests (Case 17-7).  
crack may form at any location with a tensile stress. Therefore, the possibility of a crack initiating at the bottom of the pipe needs to be accounted for in these analyses.
Case 6-4 investigated the effect of modifying the axial extent in the finite element model where the temperature gradient is placed to simulate the welding residual stresses. In Case 6-4, the axial extent was reduced from 2 inches to 1 inch. In this case, this difference decreased the time from through-wall penetration to a margin of 1.2 by about 35%. Similar results by DEI showed only a 25% decrease in time. Superposition suggests that these two results should be identical.
Further investigation of these results illustrate that the differences in the calculated stress fields from the applied thermal gradients and the approximation made at first through-wall crack penetration account for these differences.
Table 9 Case 6 sensitivity cases Leak                                  Crack Size TW Penetration        1gpm leak          Margin=1.2            Margin =1 M                                                Depth                      Delta              Delta    Leakage      Delta    Leakage Case #  (in-kips)          WRS Case                    2c/a  (%tw) Time (yr) Margin  Time (mo)    Margin Time (mo) (gpm) Time (mo) (gpm) 6      252.14      ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit        360&deg;  10%    4.13    2.20      1.03      1.79    2.16      6.25      2.34      11.00 6-1      252.14      ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit          21    26%    4.09    2.43      N/C        N/C      N/C      N/C        N/C      N/C 6-2      252.14      ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit          6    10%    5.44    2.60      N/C        N/C      N/C      N/C        N/C      N/C 6-3    -252.14      ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit          21    26%    9.95    2.08      0.52      1.80    1.26      3.75      1.44      6.25 6-4      252.14  ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit - 1"weld  360&deg;  10%    3.26    2.07      0.59      1.81    1.30      5.50      1.48      9.40 N/C = Not Calculated Case 17 was the limiting case for the surge nozzle analyses. Table 10 shows a summary of the additional cases run to compliment Case 17. In this table, the results have been sorted by welding residual stress assumption and then by load and crack shape. The first two rows are Cases 17-4 and 17-8. These cases were run with the DEI Type 8 welding residual stress with the stainless steel safe end weld, see Figure 52. If a 360 degree, 10% deep crack is assumed (Case 17-4), a margin of 1.5 was calculated at a 1gpm leakage, with about 1 month between that time and a critical crack size load margin of 1.2. If a 21:1 flaw with a/t=26% is considered, those margins increase. In contrast, if the Emc2 Type 8 welding residual stresses with the safe-end weld was used, the crack arrests. In addition, if the ID stress of this residual stress field is increased to 10 ksi, the crack still arrests (Case 17-7).
The next five cases use a more conservative WRS distribution, i.e., the DEI Type 8 WRS without the stainless steel safe-end weld. For these cases, when a 360 degree, 10% deep flaw was assumed, the flaw at first leakage had a load margin for failure of only 1.0, and a leakage of about 11 gpm. If a 21:1 flaw that was 26% deep was assumed, the load margin for failure at leakage was increased to 1.8 with a first leakage of 2.25 gpm. This margin is very similar to the 1.7 load margin at first leakage calculated by DEI for this same case. To investigate the effect of a lower bending stress on this result, Cases 17-9 and 17-10 were conducted with bending stresses corresponding to Plants B and C, respectively, while Case 17-12 was conducted with a bending moment after through-wall penetration between Cases 17-9 and 17-10. For Cases 17-9 and 17-10, both the time to first leakage and the load margin at failure was increased from Case 17. In addition, the decreased bending moment after through-wall penetration in Case 17-12 increased the margin and time between leakage rupture as compared to Case 17.
59


The next five cases use a more conservative WRS distribution, i.e., the DEI Type 8 WRS without the stainless steel safe-end weld. For these cases, when a 360 degree, 10% deep flaw was assumed, the flaw at first leakage had a load margin for failure of only 1.0, and a leakage of about 11 gpm. If a 21:1 flaw that was 26% deep was assumed, the load margin for failure at leakage was increased to 1.8 with a first leakage of 2.25 gpm. This margin is very similar to the 1.7 load margin at first leakage calculated by DEI for this same case. To i nvestigate the effect of a lower bending stress on this result, Cases 17-9 and 17-10 were conducted with bending stresses corresponding to Plants B and C, respectively, while Case 17-12 was conducted with a bending moment after through-wall pene tration between Cases 17-9 and 17-10. For Cases 17-9 and 17-10, both the time to first leakage and the load margin at failure was increased from Case 17. In addition, the decreased bending moment after th rough-wall penetration in Case 17-12 increased the margin and time between leakage rupture as compared to Case 17.  
Table 10 Case 17 Sensitivity Cases Leak                                  Crack Size TW Penetration          1gpm leak          Margin=1.2            Margin =1 M                                                Depth                          Delta              Delta    Leakage      Delta    Leakage Case #  (in-kips)            WRS Case                  2c/a (%tw)  Time (yr)  Margin  Time (mo)    Margin Time (mo) (gpm) Time (mo) (gpm) 17-4  2750.77        DEI - Type 8 with SS weld        360&deg;  10%    5.80      1.53        0.13      1.50    1.07    20.90      1.39      65.00 17-8  2750.77        DEI - Type 8 with SS weld        21    26%    6.15      1.64        0.06      1.58    N/C      N/C        N/C      N/C 17-6  2750.77      EMC2 - Type 8 with SS weld        360&deg;  10%    Arrest    Arrest      Arrest    Arrest  Arrest    Arrest    Arrest    Arrest 17-7  2750.77  EMC2 - Type 8 with SS weld (modified) 360&deg;  10%    Arrest    Arrest      Arrest    Arrest  Arrest    Arrest    Arrest    Arrest 17-2  2750.77      DEI - Type 8 without SS weld        21    26%    1.36      1.80        1.36      1.80    N/C      N/C        N/C      N/C 17    2750.77      DEI - Type 8 without SS weld      360&deg;  10%    1.30      1.00        0.00      1.00    N/A      N/A        0.00      10.86 17-9  2629.32      DEI - Type 8 without SS weld      360&deg;  10%    1.39      1.05        0.00      1.05    N/A      N/A        0.00      2.38 17-12  2205.57      DEI - Type 8 without SS weld      360&deg;  10%    1.30      1.19        0.00      1.19    N/A      N/A        0.48      10.00 17-10  1687.89      DEI - Type 8 without SS weld      360&deg;  10%    2.84      1.38        0.00      1.38    0.64      6.40      0.94      18.20 17-5  -2750.77    DEI - Type 8 without SS weld        21    26%    9.07      0.80        N/A        N/A      N/A      N/A        0.00      29.17 17-3  2750.77    EMC2 - Type 8 without SS weld        21    26%    0.53      1.62        0.00      1.62    N/C      N/C        N/C      N/C 17-1  2750.77    EMC2 - Type 8 without SS weld       360&deg;  10%  SC critical  N/A        N/A        N/A      N/A      N/A        N/A      N/A 17-11  2750.77      DEI-repair without SS weld        360&deg;  10%     0.86      1.37        0.00      1.37    0.31    12.40      0.62      33.00 N/C = Not Calculated N/A = Not Available Case 17-5 is identical to Case 17-2 expect the initial flaw was placed on the bottom of the pipe instead of on top of the pipe centered on the maximum moment. This case simulates the possibility of the crack initiating at a location other than at the maximum moment location. As shown in Table 10, this flaw took nine times longer to leak, but had a lower load margin at first leakage.
The next two cases are identical to Cases 17-4, and 17-8 expect the Emc2 Type 8 WRS without the stainless steel safe-end weld was used. This WRS is assumed to be conservative. For the case with the 21:1 flaw that was 26% deep, the flaw became through-wall very quickly, but had a load margin at leakage that was similar to the other cases. When the 360 degree flaw that was 26% deep was used with this WRS, the surface flaw was critical before leakage.
The final case, 17-11, was identical to Case 17 except the 40 degree, ID repair weld WRS solution was used. This case illustrates that the limited extent ID repair caused the crack to go through-wall quicker and have more margin on failure than without the repair. It should also be noted that the repair simulated in this case was only 5/16 inch deep. A deeper limited extent ID weld repair would increase the local ID stress and tend to increase the margin on critical crack size further.
5.4 Discussion For all of the cases analyzed, the DEI results presented in their report were confirmed. There were some distinct difference in the times between leakage and rupture, i.e., the Emc2 times were always less by about 30 percent. The differences must be due to the shape of the crack at first leakage. Other than the confirmed results, the critical case for the relief/safety/spray nozzle geometries is Case 6, while Case 17 is the critical case for the surge nozzle geometry. The extra cases run that were associated with Case 6 illustrated how the variability in the WRS solution affect the results of these analyses. Slightly changing how the same residual stress field is 60


60 Table 10  Case 17 Sensitivity Cases Case #M(in-kips)WRS Case2c/a Depth(%tw)Time (yr)Margin Delta Time (mo)Margin Delta Time (mo)Leakage (gpm)Delta Time (mo)Leakage (gpm)17-42750.77DEI - Type 8 with SS weld 360&deg;10%5.801.530.131.501.0720.901.3965.0017-82750.77DEI - Type 8 with SS weld2126%6.151.640.061.58N/CN/CN/CN/C17-62750.77EMC2 - Type 8 with SS weld 360&deg;10%ArrestArrestArrestArrestArrestArrestArrestArrest17-72750.77EMC2 - Type 8 with SS weld (modified) 360&deg;10%ArrestArrestArrestArrestArrestArrestArrestArrest17-22750.77DEI - Type 8 without SS weld2126%1.361.801.361.80N/CN/CN/CN/C172750.77DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 360&deg;10%1.301.000.001.00N/AN/A0.0010.8617-92629.32DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 360&deg;10%1.391.050.001.05N/AN/A0.002.3817-122205.57DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 360&deg;10%1.301.190.001.19N/AN/A0.4810.0017-101687.89DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 360&deg;10%2.841.380.001.380.646.400.9418.2017-5-2750.77DEI - Type 8 without SS weld2126%9.070.80N/AN/AN/AN/A0.0029.1717-32750.77EMC2 - Type 8 without SS weld2126%0.531.620.001.62N/CN/CN/CN/C17-12750.77EMC2 - Type 8 without SS weld 360&deg;10%SC critical N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/AN/A17-112750.77DEI-repair without SS weld 360&deg;10%0.861.370.001.370.3112.400.6233.00LeakCrack SizeTW Penetration1gpm leakMargin=1.2Margin =1 N/C = Not Calculated N/A = Not Available
applied to the model gave a 35% decrease in the time between 1gpm leakage and a load margin of 1.2. In addition, the decay in WRS away from the crack plane in the crack growth model was never directly compared to the actual simulated axial extent of the WRS field. It is unknown if using the applied temperatures to simulate the WRS in the fracture model correctly captures the behavior away from the crack plane.
The possibility of multiple crack initiations or initiation occurring at a location other than at the maximum moment location were investigated with the extra cases run that were associated with Case 17. These cases illustrated that if a 21:1 flaw (or shorter) was located at the maximum moment location, the flaw would leak with considerable load margin on critical crack size at 1gpm, and sufficient time between leakage and a load margin on critical crack size of 1.2.
However, if a 360 degree flaw that is 10% deep is assumed to model multiple crack initiations, the flaw would be near critical at first leakage. In addition, if the flaw initiated at a location other than at the maximum moment, i.e., at the bottom of the pipe, the flaw could grow completely around the ID of the pipe before leakage, and would again be near critical at first leakage. If the bending load is decreased after through-wall crack penetration, as it may be due to the relief of displacement-controlled loads, the margin at critical crack size increases significantly. In addition, if a limited extent ID repair is present, the crack will grow quickly through-wall and have more margin on critical crack size than the case without the repair.
: 6. Applicability of Analysis Methodology The purpose of this section of the report is to make overall conclusions about the applicability of this advanced FEA methodology for making predictions of leak and rupture for postulated defects in pressurizer nozzles. The applicability of this methodology pertains only to the case at hand, i.e., the nine subject plants that may have to inspect their pressurizer nozzles prior to Spring 2008. This section is not meant to address the overall and global applicability of this analysis procedure and methodology.
6.1 Improvements over Standard Analyses In order to address the applicability of this work, the direct improvements made over standard crack growth analyses are first discussed. In this case, the standard analysis considered is a typical ASME Section XI type analysis.
6.1.1      Removal of idealized crack shape assumption Probably the main improvement made to the typical Section XI-type analysis is the removal of the idealized crack shape assumption. In Section XI analyses, standard K-solutions are used to analyze indications found in service. In addition, in most probabilistic piping leak/rupture fracture mechanics codes, this same assumption is employed. These K-solutions are developed through detailed elastic finite element analyses of idealized cracks in pipes. Surface cracks are usually modeled with a semi-elliptical assumption and through-wall cracks are modeled with a radial crack front. As discussed in Section 5.1, the Phase I result of this program strongly suggested that the semi-elliptical surface crack assumption is highly conservative when considering the combination of loads used in this program. Therefore, eliminating this conservatism is a large step toward improving predictions of both leakage and rupture.
61


Case 17-5 is identical to Case 17-2 expect the initial flaw was placed on the bottom of the pipe instead of on top of the pipe centered on the maximum moment. This case simulates the possibility of the crack initiati ng at a location other than at the maximum moment location. As shown in Table 10, this flaw took nine times longer to leak, but had a lower load margin at first leakage.  
6.1.2      Detailed WRS solutions Even though Section XI requires that inclusion of welding residual stress in the crack growth analyses, there is no guidance on how to calculate these values. ASME Section XI IWB-3460 contains an approximation for through-thickness welding residual stresses. However, this WRS was for BWR piping and was actually measured from the sensitized HAZ of the lower strength stainless steel pipe and not the higher strength Alloy 182 weld metal. Currently, weld metal WRS fields are not available in the Code. In this program, geometry specific welding residual stress analyses were conducted for both unrepaired and repaired geometries. These analyses were conducted not only by the industry, but also by Emc2. Having this type of information for the subcritical crack growth analyses greatly increases the reliability of these predictions.
6.1.3      Predictions of leak rate using FE calculated COD In typical Section XI-type analyses, J-estimation schemes are used to predict the crack opening displacement needed for leak-rate analyses. These estimation schemes are based on idealized type cracks and may not represent the true crack opening. In the current analyses, the crack opening displacements used in the leakage calculations were extracted directly from the advanced finite element model results. Therefore, the elastically calculated crack opening for the complex leaking cracks was used in making leakage predictions. This is significant improvement over using crack opening displacements based on estimation scheme predictions.
However, for very large cracks, elastic-plastic FE analyses are needed for accurate predictions of the COD. Using the elastic COD values would underpredict the leak rate for large flaws.
6.1.4      Sensitivity analyses To account for the differences in the load for these specific plants, the sensitivity analyses include cases where the load was varied for each geometry. An industry survey was conducted and a range of design loads was developed for each nozzle configuration. Calculations were performed varying the bending and membrane stresses and their impact on the margins and leak rates was addressed. This comprehensive look at the loads is an improvement over flaw analyses where only one set of loading is considered.
6.2 Conservatisms In addition to the improvements made to the standard crack growth analyses, there were several major conservatisms that were present in these analyses. These conservatisms add confidence to the calculated times between leakage and rupture.
6.2.1      Use of stainless steel base metal flow strength properties in critical crack size calculations As discussed in Section 2.2, the critical crack size calculation in this project was based on the Net-Section-Collapse criteria for arbitrary shaped flaws, with a Z-factor adjustment to account for elastic-plastic fracture. Analyses conducted by Emc2 in another effort [8], show that for the analyses conducted the appropriate stress-strain curve to use in analyzing flaws in DM welds is a function of the location of the flaw within the weld, i.e., distance relative to the base metal.
These analyses also indicated that if the crack was near the stainless steel safe end, the lower strength stainless steel controlled the failure. In the analysis of postulated defects presented in Section 5, it was assumed that the stainless steel base metal flow properties controlled the collapse of the pipe net section. The welding residual stress analyses conducted suggest that the 62


The next two cases are identical to Cases 17-4, and 17-8 expect the Emc 2 Type 8 WRS without the stainless steel safe-end weld was used. This WRS is assumed to be conservative. For the case with the 21:1 flaw that was 26% deep, the flaw became through-wall very quickly, but had a load margin at leakage that was similar to th e other cases. When the 360 degree flaw that was 26% deep was used with this WRS, the surface flaw was critical before leakage.  
highest ID stress is within the buttered region, which is closer to the higher strength carbon steel than the lower strength stainless steel. Therefore, using the stainless steel flow properties in the Net-Section-Collapse analyses is conservative for predicting the failure of cracks in the buttered region of DM welds.
The degree of conservatism can be illustrated by the example shown in Figure 59. In this case, the flow stress was modified per Reference 1. In the modified case, the crack was assumed to be in the center of the weld. This gave an appropriate flow stress that was between that of the stainless steel safe end and the nozzle material. This result indicates that the load margin on critical crack size is increased by about 13 percent. If the crack was closer to the carbon steel nozzle, the margin may be increased by as much as 17 percent. In order to reduce the conservatism, it is appropriate to increase the critical crack size load margin by 13% to account for the actual flow stress that will control collapse for flaws in the butter region.
30                                                                                      1.6 Leak rate Margin Margin with modified flow stress 25                                                                                      1.5 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 20                                                                                      1.4 Leak rate, gpm 15                                                                                      1.3 10                                                                                      1.2 Case 17-10 No safety factors applied 5                                                                                      1.1 0                                                                                      1 0    0.1    0.2    0.3    0.4  0.5        0.6    0.7  0.8    0.9      1  1.1 Time after first leakage, months Figure 59 Comparison of results for Case 17-10 with a modified flow stress 6.2.2          Secondary stress relief The industry conducted analyses that show that displacement-controlled stresses on the cracked pipe section are relieved due to the rotation of the crack before the cracked section becomes critical. In one case (Appendix B of Reference 2), an elastic surge-line piping analysis was conducted with all of the appropriate displacement-controlled stresses. Rotational degrees of freedom were released from the node at the DM weld location, and the resultant rotation was 2 degrees. Some experimental results for complex cracks suggest that maximum load was reached at a 2 degree rotation, suggesting that the maximum displacement-controlled loads can not take the pipe beyond the critical rotation. In other analyses (Appendix C of Reference 2), idealized through-wall cracked pipes were analyzed with different simulated compliances with both load controlled and displacement-controlled moments using elastic-plastic finite element analyses.
These results show that the reduction in the displacement-controlled stresses was a function of the system compliance and the size of the crack, indicating that for these analyses the 63


The final case, 17-11, was identical to Case 17 except the 40 degree, ID repair weld WRS solution was used. This case illustrates that the limited extent ID repair caused the crack to go through-wall quicker and have more margin on failure than without the repair. It should also be noted that the repair simulated in this case was only 5/16 inch deep. A deeper limited extent ID weld repair would increase the lo cal ID stress and tend to increase the margin on critical crack size further.
displacement-controlled loads would be relaxed as the crack length is increased. In addition, when the crack reached about 50 percent of the circumference, the elastic-plastic J-integral along the crack began to approach zero compared to the high elastic value of J. This point again supports a reduction in the displacement-controlled stresses as the crack reaches limit conditions.
5.4 Discussion For all of the cases analyzed, the DEI results presented in their report were confirmed. There were some distinct difference in the times between leakage and rupture, i.e., the Emc 2 times were always less by about 30 percent. The differences must be due to the shape of the crack at first leakage. Other than the confirmed results, the critical case for the relief/safety/spray nozzle geometries is Case 6, while Case 17 is the critical case for the surge nozzle geometry. The extra cases run that were associated with Case 6 il lustrated how the variability in the WRS solution affect the results of these anal yses. Slightly changing how the same residual stress field is 61applied to the model gave a 35% decrease in the time between 1gpm leakage and a load margin of 1.2. In addition, the decay in WRS away from the crack plane in the crack growth model was never directly compared to the actual simulated axial extent of the WRS field. It is unknown if using the applied temperatures to simulate the WRS in the fracture model correctly captures the behavior away from the crack plane.  
As noted earlier, in all of these analyses, the normal thermal loads were used, and the higher transient thermal stratification stresses were assumed to be relaxed. Figure 2-10 of Reference 2 shows a ratio of the normal thermal loads to the limiting thermal loads for each of the nine plants. The results are presented in this figure for membrane stress only, bending stress only and bending plus membrane. If the bending only data (since the largest contributor to displacement-controlled stresses is bending) is investigated, it shows that on average, for the plants in question, the normal thermal loads are about 59 percent of the limiting thermal loads. For most cases conducted by DEI and Emc2, the cracked area at critical size ranged from 50 to 60 percent of the pipe cross-sectional area, which would illustrate from Figure C-10 of Appendix C of Reference 2 that the appropriate moment knock-down factor would be between 40 and 50 percent.
Therefore, on average, using only the normal thermal loads in the analysis would be conservative. On a plant specific basis, from Figure 2-10 of Reference 2, it can be seen that Plants B, G, H and I were conservatively analyzed using the normal thermal stresses only. The analyses of Plants C, D and E were only slightly conservative since the normal thermal bending loads were between 40 and 50 percent of the limiting thermal bending load. Plant A seems to be the least conservative, since its normal thermal bending loads are only 26 percent of the limiting thermal bending loads. However, Plant A is bounded by Plant G, which has the same overall nozzle geometries and higher loads.
6.2.3              No credit taken for transition time to leaking TWC In these analyses, as the growing surface crack approaches through-wall penetration, an assumption is made in the shape of the resulting through-wall crack at the OD surface. Due to meshing difficulties, any ligament that is less than 5-10 percent of the thickness is eliminated. If the surface crack is stable, and the material is tough, the local ligament ahead of the crack may be very small before local ligament instability occurs. By making the assumption that the crack goes through-wall when its depth reaches between 90 and 95 percent of the thickness, no credit is taken for the transition time.
6.2.4              Initial flaw size One of the main assumptions in these analyses is that there is one flaw and that flaw is centered on the maximum moment. The flaw sizes chosen for these analyses was relatively large, i.e.,
either a 21:1 flaw with a depth of 26% of the wall thickness or a 360 degree flaw with a depth of 10 percent of the wall thickness. These size flaws were chosen to attempt to conservatively account for multiple crack initiations. Using this assumption will lead to very conservative times to leakage. However, for most of the cases (excluding the surge nozzle), the choice of initial crack size did not affect the shape of the crack at first leakage; therefore it would not affect the margin between leakage and rupture.


The possibility of multiple crack initiations or initiation occurring at a location other than at the maximum moment location were investigated with the extra cases run that were associated with Case 17. These cases illustrated that if a 21:1 flaw (or shorter) was located at the maximum moment location, the flaw would leak with considerable load marg in on critical crack size at 1gpm, and sufficient time between leakage and a load margin on critical crack size of 1.2. However, if a 360 degree flaw that is 10% deep is assumed to model multiple crack initiations, the flaw would be near critical at first leakage. In addition, if the flaw initiated at a location other than at the maximum moment, i.e., at the bottom of the pipe, the flaw could grow completely around the ID of the pipe before leakag e, and would again be near critical at first leakage. If the bending load is decreased af ter through-wall crack penetration, as it may be due to the relief of displacement-controlled loads, the margin at critical crack size increases significantly. In addition, if a limited extent ID repair is present, the crack will grow quickly through-wall and have more margin on critical crack size than the case without the repair.
This result also assumed that a complex crack and a through-wall crack with a 50 percent cracked area have the same elastic-plastic behavior, and the pipe system compliance is properly accounted for by the 60 foot straight pipe assumption.
: 6. Applicability of Analysis Methodology The purpose of this section of the report is to make overall conclusions ab out the applicability of this advanced FEA methodology for making predic tions of leak and rupture for postulated defects in pressurizer nozzles.
64
The applicability of this methodology pertains only to the case at hand, i.e., the nine subject plants that may have to inspect thei r pressurizer nozzles prior to Spring 2008. This section is not meant to addr ess the overall and global applicability of this analysis procedure and methodology.
6.1 Improvements over Standard Analyses In order to address the applicability of this work, the direct improvements made over standard crack growth analyses are first discussed. In this case, the standard analysis considered is a


typical ASME Section XI type analysis.
6.3 Uncertainties Even though there were many improvements and advancements made to the crack growth analyses in this program, there are still a considerable number of uncertainties that need to be addressed. The impact of these uncertainties can be addressed in sensitivity analyses in some cases, while others may need to be addressed by the use of safety factors.
6.1.1 Removal of idealized crack shape assumption Probably the main improvement made to the typical Section XI-type analysis is the removal of the idealized crack shape assumption. In Section XI analyses, standard K-solutions are used to analyze indications found in service. In addition, in most probabilist ic piping leak/rupture fracture mechanics codes, this same assumption is employed. These K-solutions are developed through detailed elastic finite element analyses of idealized cracks in pipes. Surface cracks are usually modeled with a semi-elliptical assumption and through-wall cracks are modeled with a radial crack front. As discussed in Section 5.1, the Phase I result of this program strongly suggested that the semi-elliptical surface crack assumption is highly conservative when considering the combination of loads used in this program. Therefore, eliminating this conservatism is a large step toward improving predictions of both leakage and rupture.  
6.3.1       Leak-rate calculations The calculations of leak rate for this program were conducted using SQUIRT, as described in Section 2.3. The industry used the PICEP code to perform similar calculations. The industry also did a quick sensitivity study with SQUIRT that indicated if the exact same parameters were used, SQUIRT gave higher leak rates.
The SQUIRT code has been validated against laboratory experiments for slits, smooth cracks and IGSCC-type defects [13]. In this validation effort, it was shown that the predicted leak rates fall within a factor of 2 for leak rates greater than about 0.1gpm and within a factor of 10 for leak rates lower than 0.1 gpm. A statistical analysis [2] conducted by David Harris as part of the expert panel for this program, suggested that 95th percentile for leak rate predictions for IGSCC cracks is between 1.5 and 2 for leak rates greater than 0.1 gpm. This result indicates that the leak rate for IGSCC cracks can be predicted within a factor of 1.5-2.0 95% of the time.
However, these leak rates were predicted using well defined and well measured crack morphology parameters. Crack morphologies for SCC flaws should be treated in a statistical manner since the measurement of the morphology parameters used in generating the mean values in Table 1 was carried out on a limited number of samples [20]. Therefore, there is uncertainty in the leak rate calculations associated with statistical variations in the crack-morphology parameters. This affect was also investigated in Reference 36.
Finally, the leak rate validation for actual cracks did not consider the flow across the complex shape of cracks developed in this effort. Both the SQUIRT and PICEP codes assume that the crack has a certain defined shape and that the crack length and COD are equal on the ID and OD (PICEP), or the crack length and COD through thickness is linear between the inputted values on the ID and OD (SQUIRT). As noted in Section 2.3.3, the results from the finite element analyses suggest that the actual crack opening shape is not idealized. In addition, so far there are no experimental results with leak rates from complex crack shapes to definitely know how this unique crack shape affects the flow rate.
6.3.2      Welding residual stress As mentioned earlier, the use of geometry specific welding residual stresses in the crack growth analyses is a large improvement over using the welding stresses presented in the ASME Section XI code that was based on data from IGSCC in HAZ of BWR welds. However, there are uncertainties associated with the use of these case specific welding stresses.
First of all, the stress analysis procedures for predicting welding residual stress in DM welds have not been fully validated. Some comparisons have been performed as part of this effort, and others are planned for the future, but a robust validation is not available at this point. In addition, for the comparison conducted, the differences between not only analyses and the experimental 65


62 6.1.2 Detailed WRS solutions Even though Section XI requires that inclusion of welding resi dual stress in the crack growth analyses, there is no guidance on how to calculate these values. ASME Section XI IWB-3460 contains an approximation for through-thickness welding residual stresses. However, this WRS was for BWR piping and was actually measured from the sensitized HAZ of the lower strength stainless steel pipe and not th e higher strength Alloy 182 weld metal. Currently, weld metal WRS fields are not available in the Code. In this program, geometry specific welding residual stress analyses were conducted for both unrepaired and repaired geometries. These analyses were conducted not only by the industry, but also by Emc
results, but between the different analyses results is quite large. In fact, for all of the participants in the EU round robin, DEI, Emc2 and Battelle, the scatter (see Appendix A) in the predictions had a range of approximately 20ksi. This is a considerable uncertainty for a problem that was well defined, and well laid out.
: 2. Having this type of information for the subcritical crack growth analyses greatly increases the reliability of these predictions.
In addition, how the current methodology incorporates the calculated welding stresses may add uncertainty to the final results. As described in Section 2.1, the advanced finite element model using a thermal gradient to simulate the welding stress on the crack plane, and applies this thermal gradient for a 2-inch axial extent. The transition of the stresses from the cracked plane to the far field pipe body is fully defined by the equilibrium state of the model. No comparisons were conducted between the predicted stresses away from the crack plane and those calculated in the welding residual stress model. In one case, an analysis was done where the thermal gradient was applied for only a 1-inch axial extent. This case showed a slight decrease in the margin and illustrated the sensitivity of the results to the stress decay away from the crack plane. The level of uncertainty in this case has not been quantified, but is assumed to have a secondary affect on the results.
6.1.3 Predictions of leak rate using FE calculated COD In typical Section XI-type analyses, J-estimation schemes are used to predict the crack opening displacement needed for leak-rate analyses. These estimation schemes are based on idealized type cracks and may not represen t the true crack opening. In th e current analyses, the crack opening displacements used in the leakage calculations were extracted directly from the advanced finite element model results. Therefore, the elastically calculated crack opening for the complex leaking cracks was used in making leakage predictions. This is significant improvement over using crack opening displacements based on estimation scheme predictions. However, for very large cracks, elastic-plastic FE analyses are n eeded for accurate predictions of the COD. Using the elastic COD values would underpredict the leak ra te for large flaws.
6.3.3      Crack growth predictions The crack growth law used in these analyses was developed by the MRP [34] from a series laboratory sized specimens under well controlled conditions. Since there was a great deal of scatter in the data, a 75th percentile crack growth rate was used as the baseline in these analyses.
6.1.4 Sensitivity analyses  To account for the differences in the load for these specific plants, the sensitivity analyses include cases where the load was varied for each geometry. An industry survey was conducted and a range of design loads was developed for e ach nozzle configuration. Calculations were performed varying the bending and membrane stresses and their impact on the margins and leak rates was addressed. This compre hensive look at the loads is an improvement over flaw analyses where only one set of loading is considered.
As a way to address the scatter in the data, DEI conducted sensitivity studies on this issue by using the 95th percentile crack growth rate from the same data. As expected, the margin between leakage and rupture was decreased when the higher crack growth law was employed. However, this procedure to use the laboratory crack growth rates for modeling the behavior of a surface crack in a pipe growing due to PWSCC is not validated. Issues with penetration of the water to the tip of the crack for deep surface cracks by either the tightness of the cracks or corrosion product plugging can make the behavior significantly different than predicted using the laboratory growth rates.
6.2 Conservatisms In addition to the improvements made to the standard crack growth analyses, there were several major conservatisms that were present in these analyses. These conservatisms add confidence to the calculated times between leakage and rupture.
Another assumption in these analyses that adds to the uncertainty in the results is the shape of the crack at through-wall penetration. In Reference 2, it is explained that if any surface crack reaches a depth of 93 percent of the thickness, it is converted to a through-wall crack with any section of the ligament less than 10 percent being removed in the development of the through-wall crack. As illustrated in Figure 4-4 of Reference 2, the resulting through-wall cracks at the OD surface is not necessarily radial, but is probably set for ease of meshing. As described in Section 2.1 of this report, PipeFracCAE transitions a surface crack to a through-wall crack a little more naturally, with the crack front having a shallower angle than that estimated by FEACrack.
6.2.1 Use of stainless steel base metal flow st rength properties in critical crack size calculations As discussed in Section 2.2, the critical crack si ze calculation in this project was based on the Net-Section-Collapse criteria for arbitrary shaped flaws, with a Z-factor adjustment to account for elastic-plastic fracture. Analyses conducted by Emc 2 in another effort [8], show that for the analyses conducted the a ppropriate stress-strain curve to use in analyzing flaws in DM welds is a function of the location of the flaw within the weld, i.e., distance relative to the base metal.
These differences will produce different stress intensity factors at the OD surface, which will control the growth around the circumference and directly affect the margin.
These analyses also indicated th at if the crack was near the st ainless steel safe end, the lower strength stainless steel controlled the failure. In the analysis of postulated defects presented in Section 5, it was assumed that the stainless steel base metal flow properties controlled the collapse of the pipe net section. The welding re sidual stress analyses con ducted suggest that the 63 highest ID stress is within the buttered region, which is closer to the higher strength carbon steel than the lower strength stainless steel. Therefore, using the stainless steel flow properties in the Net-Section-Collapse analyses is conservative for predicting the failure of cracks in the buttered region of DM welds.  
In addition, the K-values that occur for these complex-type cracks are very high, which may invalidate the linear elastic fracture assumption and the crack growth rate based on K. This possibility adds uncertainty to the analysis results.
66


The degree of conservatism can be illustrated by the example shown in Figure 59. In this case, the flow stress was modified per Reference 1. In the modified case, the crack was assumed to be in the center of the weld. This gave an appropriate flow stress that was between that of the stainless steel safe end and the nozzle material. This result indicates that the load margin on critical crack size is increased by about 13 percent. If the crack was closer to the carbon steel nozzle, the margin may be increased by as mu ch as 17 percent. In order to reduce the conservatism, it is appropriate to increase the critical crack size load margin by 13% to account for the actual flow stress that will contro l collapse for flaws in the butter region.
6.3.4      Critical crack size In this effort, the methodology used for the prediction of critical crack size was based on a Z-factor approach for through-wall cracks in DM welds. However, the lack of experiential data for cracks in DM welds adds to the uncertainty in these analyses. The only through-wall crack experiment on a DM weld is cold-leg experiment where a through-wall crack was placed on the fusion line. That experiment showed a Z-factor about equal to those predicted in Reference 8.
0 5 10 15 20 25 3000.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.911.1Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm 11.11.21.31.41.51.6Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOLeak rateMarginMargin with modified flow stressCase 17-10No safety factors applied Figure 59  Comparison of results for Case 17-10 with a modified flow stress 6.2.2  Secondary stress relief The industry conducted analyses that show that displacement-controlled stresses on the cracked pipe section are relieved due to the rotation of the crack before the cracked section becomes critical. In one case (Appendix B of Reference 2), an elastic surge-line piping analysis was conducted with all of the appropriate displacement-controlled st resses. Rotational degrees of freedom were released from the node at the DM weld location, and the re sultant rotation was 2 degrees. Some experimental results for complex cracks suggest that maximum load was reached at a 2 degree rotation, suggesting that the maximum displacement-controlle d loads can not take the pipe beyond the critical rota tion. In other analyses (Appendi x C of Reference 2), idealized through-wall cracked pipes were analyzed with different simulated compliances with both load controlled and displacement-controlled moments using elastic-plastic finite element analyses. These results show that the reduction in the displacement-controlled stresses was a function of the system compliance and the size of the crack, indicating that for these analyses the 64displacement-controlled loads w ould be relaxed as the crack le ngth is increased. In addition, when the crack reached about 50 percent of the circumference, the elastic-plastic J-integral along the crack began to approach zero compared to th e high elastic value of J. This point again supports a reduction in the displacement-controlled stresses as the crack reaches limit conditions.  
This lack of experimental data is especially true for complex cracks in DM welds. Past data [9]
suggests that the tearing resistance for complex cracks is greatly reduced as compared to through-wall cracks with the same OD crack length. However, the contention by the industry is that these Alloy 182 DM welds are very tough and will not demonstrate the reduction in tearing resistance seen in past tests. So far there is no appropriate experimental data to confirm this statement.
In addition, the treatment of secondary stresses in this effort lends itself to a certain amount of uncertainty. Analyses conducted by the industry indicate some of the displacement controlled stresses would be relieved before the complex crack reaches a limit state. However, the true amount of reduction is unclear since the secondary stress analyses conducted by the industry were based on simplified assumptions. However, based on the results of the analyses in Appendix A and B [2], it is reasonable to consider a reduction in the secondary stresses up to approximately 50 percent.
6.3.5      Crack path One additional uncertainty in these analyses comes from the assumption that the crack remains planar as it subcritically grows. Typical PWSCC is intergranular and will by definition not follow a straight path. The crack may actually grow faster if allowed to grow non-planar since the most susceptible grain boundaries and the true highest stress will be followed. However, this is very difficult to model, and can be considered secondary in nature.
6.4 Applicability of Methodology The methodology developed by the NRC staff, Emc2 and the industry is a large step forward in improving the predictions of crack growth, leakage, and margin for PWSCC cracking in DM welds. The elimination of the semi-elliptical crack-shape assumption significantly reduces the conservatisms in the margin between leakage and rupture predictions, especially for the smaller diameter piping systems. In addition, the detailed welding residual stress solutions developed, and the use of FE predicted COD values in the leak-rate calculations, coupled with the conservatisms in the critical crack size calculations and initial flaw size assumptions add confidence to the results generated.
However, as with any model that is not fully validated, associated uncertainties exist. The residual stress solutions, the crack growth and crack stability models are not fully validated by full-scale experiments. In addition, even though the leak-rate codes have had some SCC validation, leak-rate experiments with PWSCC cracks have not been conducted, and the uncertainty in the PWSCC crack morphology parameters has not been addressed. NRC staff, the industry and Emc2 used their best engineering judgment to reduce the uncertainties used in this advanced FEA model. As a result, the methodologies developed in this program provide a better and more realistic predictive tool for evaluating flaws in service.
67


As noted earlier, in all of these analyses, the normal thermal loads were used, and the higher transient thermal stratification stresses were assumed to be relaxed. Figure 2-10 of Reference 2 shows a ratio of the normal thermal loads to the limiting thermal loads for each of the nine plants. The results are presented in this figure for membrane stress only, bending stress only and bending plus membrane. If the bending only data (since the largest contributor to displacement-controlled stresses is bending) is investigated, it shows that on av erage, for the plants in question, the normal thermal loads are about 59 percent of the limiting thermal loads. For most cases conducted by DEI and Emc 2, the cracked area at critical size ranged from 50 to 60 percent of the pipe cross-sectional area, which would illustrate from Figure C-10 of Appendix C of Reference 2 that the appropriate moment knock-down f actor would be between 40 and 50 percent
Overall, the methodology developed is applicable for making reasonably accurate predictions of leakage and rupture for active PWSCC cracks in butt welds. The improvements developed in this effort add confidence in the results generated. From a technical point of view, in an assessment of these results relative to the nine subject plants scheduled to perform PDI inspection during the Spring 2008 outage season, the associated uncertainties can be addressed by safety factors.
. Therefore, on average, using only the normal thermal loads in the analysis would be conservative. On a plant specific basis, from Fi gure 2-10 of Reference 2, it can be seen that Plants B, G, H and I were conservatively analyzed using the normal thermal stresses only. The analyses of Plants C, D and E were only slightly conservative since the normal thermal bending loads were between 40 and 50 percent of the limiting thermal bending load. Plant A seems to be the least conservative, since its normal thermal bending loads are only 26 percent of the limiting thermal bending loads. However, Plant A is bounded by Plant G, which has the same overall nozzle geometries and higher loads.
: 7. Summary This report documents the effort conducted by Emc2 aimed at confirming the industrys results of their advanced FEA evaluation of growth of postulated PWSCC cracks in pressuizer nozzle DM welds. In this effort, Emc2 independently developed a crack growth computer code, PipeFracCAE, for simulating arbitrary PWSCC growth from an initial flaw size to rupture, simulated welding residual stress in several pressurizer nozzle DM weld locations, verified the industrys FEACrack software by conducting similar analyses with PipeFracCAE, and conducted independent sensitivity studies on critical cases from the industrys sensitivity matrix.
6.2.3  No credit taken for transition time to leaking TWC In these analyses, as the growing surface crack approaches through-wall penetration, an assumption is made in the shape of the resulti ng through-wall crack at the OD surface. Due to meshing difficulties, any ligament that is less than 5-10 percent of the thickness is eliminated. If the surface crack is stable, and the material is tough, the local ligament ahead of the crack may be very small before local ligament instability occurs. By making the assumption that the crack goes through-wall when its depth reaches between 90 and 95 percen t of the thickness, no credit is taken for the transition time.
The results from this study confirm the industrys results in that the same trends and behaviors were predicted. However the specific results were slightly different between the Emc2 and DEI analyses. For a 1gpm crack size, the Emc2 analyses gave slightly (7%) higher load margins on critical crack size. These are reasonable differences for the differences in assumptions made by Emc2 and DEI. However, the biggest differences were seen in the time between the 1gpm leakage and when the crack has a margin of 1.2 on the failure stress. For this case, on average, the DEI results are higher than the Emc2 results by 30 percent. These differences appear to come from the approximation of crack front shape at first leakage.
6.2.4  Initial flaw size One of the main assumptions in these analyses is that there is one flaw and that flaw is centered on the maximum moment. The flaw sizes chosen for these analyses was relatively large, i.e., either a 21:1 flaw with a depth of 26% of the wa ll thickness or a 360 degree flaw with a depth of 10 percent of the wall thickness. These size flaws were chosen to attempt to conservatively account for multiple crack initiations. Using this assumption will lead to very conservative times to leakage. However, for most of the cases (excluding the surge nozzle), the choice of initial crack size did not affect the shape of the crack at first leakage; therefor e it would not affect the margin between leakage and rupture.  
Overall, the applicability of this methodology for predicting the leak/rupture response of PWSCC in DM butt welds is greatly improved over the typical ASME Section XI-type analysis.
Removal of the semi-elliptical crack front assumptions is the largest contributor to this improvement, but the addition of detailed WRS solutions, COD measurements made directly from the FE models, and the detailed sensitivity matrix all add to the confidence in this methodology. However, even though there is conservatism in this analysis procedure, some uncertainty exists. NRC staff, the industry and Emc2 used their best engineering judgment to reduce the uncertainties used in this advanced FEA model. As a result, the methodologies developed in this program provide a better and more realistic predictive tool for evaluating flaws in service.
: 8. References 1      Rudland, D.L., Shim, D-J., Xu, H., and Wilkowski, G.W., Evaluation of Circumferential Indications in Pressurizer Nozzle Dissimilar Metal Welds at the Wolf Creek Power Plant, Summary report to the NRC, April 2007.
2      Materials Reliability Program: Advanced FEA Evaluation of Growth of Postulated Circumferential PWSCC Flaws in Pressurizer Nozzle Dissimilar Metal Welds (MRP-216, Rev. 1) EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2007. 1015383.MRP-216, Rev. 1.
68


This result also assumed that a complex crack and a through-wall crack with a 50 percent cracked area have the same elastic-plastic behavior, and the pipe system compliance is properly accounted for by the 60 foot straight pipe assumption.
3  ABAQUS Users Manual, Version 6.6, Hibbit, Karlsson & Sorensen Inc., Pawtucket, Rhode Island, USA, 2006.
65 6.3 Uncertainties Even though there were many improvements and advancements made to the crack growth analyses in this program, there are still a considerable number of uncertainties that need to be addressed. The impact of these uncertainties can be addressed in sensitivity analyses in some cases, while others may need to be addr essed by the use of safety factors.
4  Materials Reliability Program (MRP) Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) of Alloy 82, 182, and 132 Welds (MRP-115), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004. 1006696.MRP-115 5  Wilkowski, G. M., Olson, R. J., and Scott, P. M., State-of-the-Art Report on Piping Fracture Mechanics, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission report NUREG/CR-6540, BMI-2196, February 1998.
6.3.1 Leak-rate calculations The calculations of leak rate for this program were conducted using SQUIRT, as described in Section 2.3. The industry used the PICEP code to perform similar calculations. The industry also did a quick sensitiv ity study with SQUIRT that indicated if the exact same parameters were used, SQUIRT gave higher leak rates.
6  Evaluation of Flaws in Austenitic Steel Piping, (Technical basis document for ASME IWB-3640 analysis procedure), prepared by Section XI Task Group for Piping Flaw Evaluation, EPRI Report NP-4690-SR, April 1986.
7  Evaluation of Flaws in Ferritic Piping, EPRI Report NP-6045, prepared by Novetech Corporation, October 1988.
8  G. Wilkowski, H. Xu, D.-J. Shim, and D. Rudland, Determination of the Elastic-Plastic Fracture Mechanics Z-factor for Alloy 82/182 Weld Metal Flaws for Use in the ASME Section XI Appendix C Flaw Evaluation Procedures, Proceedings of ASME-PVP 2007, paper PVP2007- 26733, July 22-26, 2007.
9  Wilkowski, G., Rudland, D.L., Shim, D-J, and Xu, H., Critical Flaw Size Evaluations for Circumferential Cracks in Dissimilar Metal Welds, Technical note, prepared for the NRC by Emc2, April 9, 2007.
10 S. Rahman, G. Wilkowski, Net-Section-Collapse Analysis of Circumferentially Cracked CylindersPart I: Arbitrary-Shaped Cracks and Generalized Equations, Engineering Fracture Mechanics, Vol. 61, pp. 191-211, 1998.
11 P. Scott and others, The Battelle Integrity of Nuclear Piping (BINP) Program Final Report, NUREG/CR-6837, Volumes 1 and 2, June 2005.
12 G. Wilkowski, P. Scott, R. Olson, and D. Rudland, Effect Of Secondary Stresses On Pipe Fracture, Paper PVP2005-71330, Proceedings of ASME-PVP 2005 ASME/JSME Pressure Vessels And Piping Conference, Denver Colorado, July 17-21, 2005.
13 Users Guide for SQUIRT (Windows Version 1.1), Battelle Memorial Institute, March 2003.
14 Scott, P.M., Ghadiali,N., Paul,D., Morbitzer, R., Rudland, D., and Wilkowski, G.,
Technical Development of Loss of Coolant Accident Frequency Distribution Program, Subtask 1a: Finalize and QA SQUIRT Code, Final report to Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2003.
15 Paul, D., and others, Evaluation and Refinement of Leak-Rate Estimation Models, NUREG/CR-5128, Rev. 1, June 1994.
16 El-Wakil, M., M., Nuclear Heat Transport, International Text Book Company, Copyright 1971, Page 362, Figure 12-21.
17 Rahman, S., Ghadiali, N., Paul, D., and Wilkowski, G., Probabilistic Pipe Fracture Evaluations for Leak-Rate Detection Applications, NUREG/CR-6004, April 1995.
18 Rudland D.L., Wilkowski, G., and Scott, P., Effects of Crack Morphology Parameters on Leak-rate Calculations in LBB Evaluations, International Journal of Pressure Vessels and Piping, 79 (2002) 99-102 69


The SQUIRT code has been validated against laboratory experiments for slits, smooth cracks and IGSCC-type defects [13]. In this validation effort, it was shown that the predicted leak rates fall within a factor of 2 for leak rates greater than about 0.1gpm and within a factor of 10 for leak rates lower than 0.1 gpm. A statistical analysis [2] conducted by David Harris as part of the expert panel for this program, suggested that 95 th percentile for leak rate predictions for IGSCC cracks is between 1.5 and 2 for leak rates greater th an 0.1 gpm. This result indicates that the leak rate for IGSCC cracks can be predicted within a factor of 1.5-2.0 95% of the time.  
19 Kupperman, D.S., Sheen, S.H., Shack, W.J., Diercks, D.R., Krishnaswamy, P., Rudland, D., and Wilkowski, G.M., Barrier Integrity Research Program, NUREG/CR-6861, ANL-04/26, December 2004.
20 Rudland D., Wolterman, R. and Wilkowski, G., Impact of PWSCC and Current Leak Detection on Leak-Before-Break, Emc2 final report to NRC, January 31, 2003.
21 Anderson, T.L., Thornwald, G., Revelle, D.A., and Lanaud, C., Stress Intensity Solutions for Surface Cracks and Buried Cracks in Cylinders, Spheres, and Flat Plates, Structural Reliability Technology final report to The Materials Property Council, Inc., March 14, 2000.
22 Phase I Pressurizer Nozzle Dissimilar Metal Weld Crack Growth Calculations Using Advanced FEA, Draft B, Dominion Engineering, Inc., March 2007 23 Shih, C.F., and R.J. Asaro, Elastic-Plastic Analyses of Cracks in Bimaterial Interfaces:
Part I - Small Scale Yielding, Journal of Applied Mechanics, pp. 299-316, 1988.
24 Y.-Y. Wang, Z. Feng, W. Cheng, and S. Liu, Residual Stress Effects on Crack Driving Force in Multipass Welds, Pressure Vessel and Piping (PVP) Conference, San Diego, CA, July, 1998.
25 C. L. Tsai, S. C. Park, and W. Cheng, Welding Distortion of a Thin-Plate Panel Structure, Welding Journal, Vol. 78 No. 5, May 1999, pp. 156s-165s.
26 Z. Feng, X. Wang, C. R. Hubbard, and S. Spooner, A FE Model For Residual Stresses In Repair Welds, Residual Stresses in Design, Fabrication, Assessment and Repair, ASME PVP-Vol. 327, 119-125, 1996.
27 H.D. Hibbitt and P.V. Marcal, A Numerical, Thermo-Mechanical Model for the Welding and Subsequent Loading of a Fabricated Structure, Computers & Structures, Vol. 3, 1145-1174, 1973.
28 K. W. Mahin, W. Winters, T. M. Holden, R. R. Hosbons, and S. R. MacEwen, Prediction and Measurement of Residual Elastic Strain Distributions in Gas Tungsten Arc Welds, Welding Journal, Vol. 70, 245s-260s, 1991.
29 J. Goldak, A. Chakravarti, and M. Bibby, A New Finite Element Model for Welding Heat Sources, Metall. Trans., Vol. 15B, 299-305, 1984.
30 Chen, Y., Rudland, D., and Wilkowski, G., Impact of Welding Sequence on the CRDM Nozzle-to-Vessel Weld Stress Analysis, Proceedings of ASME-PVP 2004: ASME/JSME Pressure Vessels And Piping Conference, Hyatt Regency, La Jolla at Aventine, San Diego, California, July 25 - 29, 2004 31 D. Rudland, G. Wilkowski Y.-Y. Wang, and W. Norris, Analysis of Circumferential Through-Wall Crack K-solutions for CRDM Nozzles, International Journal of Pressure Vessels and Piping, 81 (2004) pp. 961-971 32 Assessment of Dissimilar Metal Weld Integrity: Final Report of the NESC-III Project, EUR 22510 EN, European Commission Joint Research Centre, 2006.
33 NESC-III Project, TG6 2nd (Detailed) Computational Round Robin, NESCDOC TG6 (04) 01, Rev. 2, February 26, 2004 34 Materials Reliability Program (MRP) Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) of Alloy 82, 182, and 132 Welds (MRP-115), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004. 1006696.
35 Dominion Engineering, Inc., Supplemental cases S10a and S10b to August 2, 2007 Final Report (MRP-216), Supplemental presentation slides dated August 6, 2007.
70


However, these leak rates were predicted using well defined and well measured crack morphology parameters. Crack morphologies for SCC flaws should be treat ed in a statistical manner since the measurement of the morphology parameters used in generating the mean values in Table 1 was carried out on a limited number of samples [20]. Therefore, there is uncertainty in the leak rate calculations associated with statistical variations in the crack-morphology parameters. This affect was al so investigated in Reference 36.
36 Rahman, S., Ghadiali, N., Paul, D., and Wilkowski, G., Probabilistic Pipe Fracture Evaluations for Leak-Rate-Detection Applications, NUREG/CR-6004, April 1995 71
Finally, the leak rate validation for actual crack s did not consider the flow across the complex shape of cracks developed in this effort. Both the SQUIRT and PICEP codes assume that the crack has a certain defined shape and that the crack length and COD are equal on the ID and OD (PICEP), or the crack length and COD through th ickness is linear between the inputted values on the ID and OD (SQUIRT). As noted in Section 2.3.3, the results from the finite element analyses suggest that the actual crack opening shape is not idealized.
In addition, so far there are no experimental results with leak rates from complex crack shapes to definitely know how this unique crack shape affects the flow rate.
6.3.2 Welding residual stress As mentioned earlier, the use of geometry specifi c welding residual stresses in the crack growth analyses is a large improvement over using the welding stresses presented in the ASME Section XI code that was based on data from IGSCC in HAZ of BWR welds. However, there are uncertainties associated with the use of these case specific welding stresses.


First of all, the stress analysis procedures fo r predicting welding residual stress in DM welds have not been fully validated. Some comparisons have been performed as part of this effort, and others are planned for the future, but a robust valida tion is not available at this point. In addition, for the comparison conducted, the differences between not only analyses and the experimental 66 results, but between the different an alyses results is quite large. In fact, for all of the participants in the EU round robin, DEI, Emc 2 and Battelle, the scatter (see Appendix A) in the predictions had a range of approximately 20ksi. This is a considerable uncertainty for a problem that was well defined, and well laid out. 
Appendix A - EU Welding Residual Stress Validation Results A-1


In addition, how the current me thodology incorporates the calculated welding stresses may add uncertainty to the final results. As described in Section 2.1, the advanced finite element model using a thermal gradient to simulate the weldi ng stress on the crack plane, and applies this thermal gradient for a 2-inch axial extent. The transition of the stresses from the cracked plane to the far field pipe body is fully defined by the equilibrium state of the model. No comparisons
A.1     Introduction This appendix describes the Emc2 effort to simulate the welding residual stress for a dissimilar metal (DM) weld mock-up that was fabricated by the European Commission Joint Research Centres (JRC) Institute for Energy. The EU project [1] investigated a wide range of issues related to the structural integrity assessment of a stainless steel weld joining stainless steel and low alloy steel components. Also in this effort, a series of round-robin exercises that compared predicted welding residual stress distributions to those measured from the aforementioned welded joint mockup. Complete details of the mockup geometry, welding process, and material properties were made available to all participants in the round-robin. The welding residual stress analysis results for each participant were compared to the through-wall stresses measured by neutron diffraction (ND).
 
In this effort, the problem statement [2] that was delivered to the EU round-robin participants was used by Battelle, Emc2, and DEI for conducting similar analyses. Each company conducted an independent analysis of the welding stresses. The results from each lab are compared here, but the details of the DEI [3] and Battelle [4] analyses can be found elsewhere.
were conducted between the predicted stresses away from the crack plane and thos e calculated in the welding residual stress model. In one case, an analysis was done where the thermal gradient was applied for only a 1-inch axial extent. This case showed a slight decrease in the margin and illustrated the sensitivity of the results to the stress decay away from the crack plane. The level of uncertainty in this case has not been quantified, but is assumed to have a secondary affect on the results.
A.2    Welding Procedure Per the problem statement [2], the five steps of the manufacturing process included:
6.3.3 Crack growth predictions The crack growth law used in these analyses was developed by the MRP [34] from a series laboratory sized specimens under well controlled conditions. Since ther e was a great deal of scatter in the data, a 75 th percentile crack growth rate was used as the baseline in these analyses. As a way to address the scatter in the data, DEI conducted sensitivity studies on this issue by using the 95 th percentile crack growth rate from the same data. As expected, the margin between leakage and rupture was decreased when the higher crack growth law was employed. However, this procedure to use the laboratory crack growth rates for modeling the behavior of a surface crack in a pipe growing due to PW SCC is not validated. Issues with penetration of the water to the tip of the crack for deep surface cracks by either the tightness of the cracks or corrosion product plugging can make the behavior signif icantly different than predicted using the laboratory growth rates.  
Step 1: Buttering The ferritic pipe (A508) had an external diameter of 473mm, a wall thickness of 69mm and was about 530mm long. One side of the pipe was machined with a bevel of 25 degrees. The buttering layer consisted of four layers of weld passes using an E308/E309 stainless steel welding electrode, having a total thickness of 12mm. The total number of weld passes was 72.
Step 2: Buttering machining After the buttering process, the ferritic pipe was machined so that the diameter of the pipe was 467mm with a wall thickness of 64mm. The buttering was also machined down to a final thickness of 7.2mm.
Step 3: Welding The two pipes, austenitic pipe and ferritic pipe, were held together by spot welds. The austenitic pipe had an external diameter of 467mm, a wall thickness of 73mm and was about 510mm long, having one end machined with a 25 degree bevel. The total number of weld passes was 97.
Step 4: Post Weld Heat Treatment After welding, the assembly was allowed to cool to room temperature. A heat treatment process was then performed on the entire assembly using an electric resistance furnace.
Step 5: Final Machining After post-weld heat treatment, the pipe was machined to have a final external diameter of 453mm with a wall thickness of 51mm.
A-2


Another assumption in these analyses that adds to the uncertainty in the results is the shape of the crack at through-wall penetration. In Reference 2, it is explained that if any surface crack reaches a depth of 93 percent of the thickness, it is converted to a through-wall crack with any section of the ligament less than 10 percent being removed in the development of the through-wall crack. As illustrated in Fi gure 4-4 of Reference 2, the resulting through-wall cracks at the OD surface is not necessarily radial, but is probably set for ease of meshing. As described in Section 2.1 of this report, PipeFracCAE transitions a surface crack to a through-wall crack a little more naturally, with the crack front having a shallower angle than that estimated by FEACrack. These differences will produce different stress intensity factors at the OD surface, which will
A.3      Emc2 Finite Element Model An axi-symmetric finite element model of the weld mock-up was developed and is shown in Figure 1. There were 72 butter weld passes modeled as shown in Figure 2. For this time critical analysis, it was decided to lump several of the butter weld passes in order to increase the computational efficiency of the analysis. The lumped butter weld passes are shown in Figure 3.
The total number of the lumped butter weld passes is 15. Figure 3(b) shows the mesh after butter machining (Step 2). The finite element mesh after main welding (Step 3) is presented in Figure 4(a). There were 97 weld passes modeled which were lumped into 20 weld passes as shown in Figure 4(b) to increase the computational efficiency of the analysis. Figure 5 is the mesh after final machining (Step 5). In this model, the total number of 8-noded axi-symmetric elements is 11,000 and the total number of nodes is 12,000. The welding analysis procedures described in Section 4.2 of the main body of the report were used in conducting this analysis.
A.4      Material Properties In this effort, the DM weld was a stainless steel (308L/309L) connecting a 316L stainless pipe to an A508 carbon steel pipe. This weld is slightly different than the Alloy 182 weld modeled in the main body of this report; however, this weld will serve the purpose of initially validating the welding stress predictions. In the EU report [1], some details of material property values as a function of temperature were available; however, full-stress strain curves were not available.
Therefore, it was decided to use the material properties that were available from the analyses conducted in the main body of this report. Since some of the material property data (308/309) needed for this analysis were not used in the main body of the report, the material property data used by Battelle in the VC Summer analysis [5] were used to supplement the data from the main body of the report. Upon comparison, these data are similar to those presented in the EU report.
A.5      Boundary Conditions The boundary conditions used in the model were selected to match the mock-up procedures. The mock-up was welded on rollers with no axial constraint. These conditions were simulated in the analysis.
A.6      Analysis Assumptions As with most welding simulation analyses, modeling assumptions are necessary to conduct the analyses in computationally accurate, yet efficient manner. The following assumptions were used in this analysis:
* Mechanical and structural responses are axi-symmetric,
* Effects of weld pass lumping were neglected,
* Elasto-plastic and temperature-dependent material behaviors were included for all the parts involved,
* Stress relaxation due to creep during the heat-treatment process was ignored,
* Element remove and add techniques were used to model weld passes deposit and material machining. Effects of local cold work from the machining process were ignored.
* Metallurgical phase transformation of heat affected zone material was ignored.
A-3


control the growth around the circumference and directly affect the margin.  
A.7      Results and Discussions The welding residual stress contours after completing the five steps described above are shown in Figure 6 for axial stress and Figure 7 for hoop stress. These results are typical for multi-pass welds. A direct comparison of results between Emc2, DEI and Battellei are given in Figure 8 through Figure 15. In the first four figures, the results from all three participants are shown; however, only Battelle and Emc2 results are shown for the last four figures since DEI did not provide results for these paths. Overall, the trends between the three participants were identical, with the Battelle and Emc2 closer to each other on average. The largest difference comes at 4.25mm from the OD at the weld centerline. In this case, the Emc2 axial stress is much less than the Battelle or DEI results. It is suspected that the lumping and weld sequencing differences may be contributing to the observed trends. The axial stresses along the butter centerline are very close for all three cases. This is encouraging since these stresses are usually chosen as the highest stresses in DM weld analyses. This trend suggests that the differences in the modeling assumptions did not highly influence the axial stresses in the butter region.
A comparison of the Emc2 results with the EU participant results are shown in Figure 16 through Figure 31. These cases include each path through the weld taken by the EU participants. As with the comparison with DEI and Battelle, the Emc2 results follow the same trends as the EU participants in all cases. As before, the largest difference occurs at the weld centerline between 4 and 12 mm from the OD surface. Again, this difference is probably due to the modeling differences.
Overall, the scatter between the predictions is on average between 50MPa and 100MPa. When comparing the prediction to the ND measurements, the analyses usually capture the trends and sometimes the magnitudes measured. However, it is necessary to mention that the measured ND hoop stresses are considered more reliable and complete than those in the axial direction, as pointed out in EU report [1]. In addition, the measurements near the OD are more reliable than the ID measurements since the neutron source was only used on the OD surface.
This quick study is the first step at the validation of the welding residual stress procedures and has shown that the Emc2, Battelle and DEI procedures give generally the same results. In addition, those analysis results match reasonably well with ND measurements and other analyses results from the same problem.
A.8      References 1      Assessment of Dissimilar Metal Weld Integrity: Final Report of the NESC-III Project, EUR 22510 EN, European Commission Joint Research Centre, 2006.
2      NESC-III Project, TG6 2nd (Detailed) Computational Round Robin, NESCDOC TG6 (04) 01, Rev. 2, February 26, 2004 3      Materials Reliability Program: Advanced FEA Evaluation of Growth of Postulated Circumferential PWSCC Flaws in Pressurizer Nozzle Dissimilar Metal Welds (MRP-216)
EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2007. 1015383.MRP-216 i
The Battelle results presented here are for the case where the stress relaxation due to creep is ignored. Battelle conducted their analyses with and without relaxation during the heat-treatment process.
A-4


In addition, the K-values that occur for these complex-type cracks are very high, which may invalidate the linear elastic fracture assumption and the crack growth rate based on K. This possibility adds uncertainty to the analysis results.
4 Brust, F., and Scott, P., Modeling Results of European Commission Dissimilar Weld Mock-up (NESC-III Project), Report to the NRC, July 2007.
67 6.3.4 Critical crack size In this effort, the methodology used for the predic tion of critical crack size was based on a Z-factor approach for through-wall cracks in DM weld
5 P.Scott, R.Olson, J.Bockbrader, M.Wilson, B.Gruen, R.Morbitzer, Y.Yang, Williams , F.
: s. However, the lack of experiential data for cracks in DM welds adds to th e uncertainty in these analyses. The only through-wall crack experiment on a DM weld is cold-leg experime nt where a through-wall crack was placed on the fusion line. That experiment showed a Z-factor about equal to those predicted in Reference 8. This lack of experimental data is especially true for complex cracks in DM welds. Past data [9] suggests that the tearing resistance for complex cracks is greatly reduced as compared to through-wall cracks with the same OD crack leng th. However, the contention by the industry is that these Alloy 182 DM welds are very tough and will not demonstrate the reduction in tearing resistance seen in past tests. So far there is no appropriate experimental data to confirm this statement.  
W. Brust, L.Fredette, N.Ghadiali, G.Wilkowski, D.Rudland, Z.Feng, R.Wolterman, The Battelle Integrity of Nuclear Piping (BINP) Program Final Report, NUREG/CR 6837, Volumes I and II, June, 2005.
A-5


In addition, the treatment of seconda ry stresses in this effort lends itself to a certain amount of uncertainty. Analyses conducted by the industry indicate some of the displacement controlled stresses would be relieved before the complex crack reaches a limit state. However, the true amount of reduction is unclear since the secondary stress an alyses conducted by the industry were based on simplified assumptions. However, based on the results of the analyses in Appendix A and B [2], it is reasonable to consid er a reduction in the s econdary stresses up to approximately 50 percent.
Figure 1 Axi-symmetric finite element model Figure 2 Buttering finite element model before buttering machining 1
6.3.5 Crack path One additional uncertainty in these analyses comes from the assumption that the crack remains planar as it subcritically grows. Typical PWSCC is intergranular and will by definition not follow a straight path. The crack may actually gr ow faster if allowed to grow non-planar since the most susceptible grain boundaries and the true highest stress will be followed. However, this is very difficult to model, and can be considered secondary in nature.
11 6 2
6.4 Applicability of Methodology The methodology developed by the NRC staff, Emc 2 and the industry is a large step forward in improving the predictions of crack growth, leakage, and margin for PWSCC cracking in DM welds. The elimination of the semi-elliptical crack-shape assumption significantly reduces the conservatisms in the margin between leakage and rupture predictions, especially for the smaller diameter piping systems. In addition, the deta iled welding residual stress solutions developed, and the use of FE predicted COD values in the leak-rate calculations, coupled with the conservatisms in the critical crack size calculations and initial flaw size assumptions add confidence to the re sults generated. 
12 7 3
13 8 4
14 9 1510 5 (a)                              (b)
Figure 3 Buttering (lumped) finite element model (a) before buttering machining (b) after buttering machining A-6


However, as with any model that is not fully va lidated, associated uncertainties exist. The residual stress solutions, the crack growth and crack stability models are not fully validated by full-scale experiments. In addition, even though the leak-rate codes have had some SCC validation, leak-rate experiments with PWSCC cracks have not been conducted, and the uncertainty in the PWSCC crack morphology paramete rs has not been addressed. NRC staff, the industry and Emc 2 used their best engineering judgment to reduce the uncertainties used in this advanced FEA model. As a result, the methodologi es developed in this program provide a better and more realistic predictive tool for evaluating flaws in service.
19        20      18 17            16 13    14      15 11        12 9      10 7      8 4 5 6 2 3 1
68 Overall, the methodology developed is applicable for making reasona bly accurate predictions of leakage and rupture for active PWSCC cracks in butt welds. The improvements developed in this effort add confidence in the results generated. From a technical point of view, in an assessment of these results relative to the ni ne subject plants scheduled to perform PDI inspection during the Spring 2008 ou tage season, the associated unc ertainties can be addressed by safety factors.
(a)                                (b)
: 7. Summary This report documents the effort conducted by Emc 2 aimed at confirming the industry's results of their advanced FEA evaluation of growth of postulated PWSCC cracks in pressuizer nozzle DM welds. In this effort, Emc 2 independently developed a cr ack growth computer code, PipeFracCAE, for simulating arbitrary PWSCC growth from an initial flaw size to rupture, simulated welding residual stress in several pressurizer nozzle DM weld locations, verified the industry's FEACrack software by conducting simila r analyses with PipeFracCAE, and conducted independent sensitivity studies on critical cases from the industry's sensitivity matrix.
Figure 4 Finite element mesh of weld (a) without lumping (b) with lumping Figure 5 Finite element mesh after final machining A-7


The results from this study confirm the industry's results in that the same trends and behaviors were predicted. However the specific results were slightly different between the Emc 2 and DEI analyses. For a 1gpm crack size, the Emc 2 analyses gave slightly (7%) higher load margins on critical crack size. These are reasonable differences for the differences in assumptions made by Emc 2 and DEI. However, the biggest differences were seen in the time between the 1gpm leakage and when the crack has a margin of 1.2 on the failure stress. For this case, on average, the DEI results are higher than the Emc 2 results by 30 percent. These differences appear to come from the approximation of crack front shape at first leakage.
Figure 6 Contour plot of axial stress after final machining Figure 7 Contour plot of hoop stress after final machining A-8


Overall, the applicability of this methodology for predicting the leak/rupture response of PWSCC in DM butt welds is greatly improved over the typical ASME Secti on XI-type analysis. Removal of the semi-elliptical crack front assumptions is the largest contributor to this improvement, but the addition of detailed WRS solutions, COD measurements made directly from the FE models, and the detailed sensitivity matrix all add to the confidence in this methodology. However, even though there is conservatism in this analysis procedure, some uncertainty exists. NRC staff, the industry and Emc 2 used their best engineering judgment to reduce the uncertainties used in this advanced FEA model. As a result, the methodologies developed in this program provide a better and more realistic predictive tool for evaluating flaws in service.
600 Butter Centerline ND measurement 500 Emc2 400                                                          DEI Battelle 300 Hoop Stress, MPa 200 100 0
: 8. References 1  Rudland, D.L., Shim, D-J., Xu, H., and Wilkowski, G.W., "Evaluation of Circumferential Indications in Pressurizer Nozzle Dissimilar Metal Welds at the Wolf Creek Power Plant," Summary report to the NRC, April 2007. 2  Materials Reliability Program: Advanced FEA Evaluation of Growth of Postulated Circumferential PWSCC Flaws in Pressurizer Nozzle Dissimilar Metal Welds (MRP-216, Rev. 1) EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2007. 1015383.MRP-216, Rev. 1.
                      -100
69 3  ABAQUS Users Manual, Version 6.6, Hibbit, Karlsson & Sorensen Inc., Pawtucket, Rhode Island, USA, 2006. 4  Materials Reliability Program (MRP) Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) of Alloy 82, 182, and 132 Welds (MRP-115), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004. 1006696.MRP-115 5  Wilkowski, G. M., Olson, R. J., and Sc ott, P. M., "State-of-the-Art Report on Piping Fracture Mechanics," U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission report NUREG/CR-6540, BMI-2196, February 1998. 6  "Evaluation of Flaws in Austenitic Steel Piping," (Technical basis document for ASME IWB-3640 analysis procedure), prepared by Section XI Task Gr oup for Piping Flaw Evaluation, EPRI Report NP-4690-SR, April 1986. 7  "Evaluation of Flaws in Ferritic Piping," EPRI Report NP-6045, prepared by Novetech Corporation, October 1988. 8 G. Wilkowski, H. Xu, D.-J. Shim, and D. Rudland, "Determination of the Elastic-Plastic Fracture Mechanics Z-factor for Alloy 82/182 Weld Metal Flaws for Use in the ASME Section XI Appendix C Flaw Evaluation Pr ocedures," Proceedings of ASME-PVP 2007, paper PVP2007- 26733, July 22-26, 2007. 9  Wilkowski, G., Rudland, D.L., Shim, D-J, and Xu, H., "Critical Flaw Size Evaluations for Circumferential Cracks in Dissimilar Metal Welds," Technical note, prepared for the NRC by Emc 2 , April 9, 2007. 10  S. Rahman, G. Wilkowski, "Net-Section-Coll apse Analysis of Circumferentially Cracked Cylinders-Part I: Arbitrary-Shaped Cracks and Generalized Equations,"
                      -200 316L            508
Engineering Fracture Mechanics , Vol. 61, pp. 191-211, 1998. 11  P. Scott and others, "The Battelle Inte grity of Nuclear Piping (BINP) Program Final Report," NUREG/CR-6837, Volumes 1 and 2, June 2005. 12  G. Wilkowski, P. Scott, R. Olson, and D.
                      -300
Rudland, "Effect Of Secondary Stresses On Pipe Fracture," Paper PVP2005-71330, Proceedings of ASME-PVP 2005 ASME/JSME
                      -400 0            10          20            30      40        50        60 Distance from OD, mm Figure 8 Residual hoop stress comparison with DEI and Battelle along butter center 500 Butter Centerline                                ND measurement 400                                                          Emc2 DEI 300 Battelle 200 Axial Stress, MPa 100 0
                      -100
                      -200 316L          508
                      -300
                      -400 0            10          20            30      40        50        60 Distance from OD, mm Figure 9 Residual axial stress comparison with DEI and Battelle along butter center A-9


Pressure Vessels And Piping Confer ence, Denver Colorado, July 17-21, 2005. 13  "User's Guide for SQUIRT (Windows Version 1.1)," Battelle Memorial Institute, March 2003. 14    Scott, P.M.,  Ghadiali,N., Paul,D., Morbitzer, R., Rudland, D., and Wilkowski, G., "Technical Development of Lo ss of Coolant Accident Fre quency Distribution Program, Subtask 1a:  Finalize and QA SQUIRT Code
600 4.25 mm from OD 500 400 Hoop Stress, MPa 300 200 100 0
," Final report to Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2003. 15  Paul, D., and others, "Evaluation and Refinement of Leak-Rate Estimation Models,"
ND measurement
NUREG/CR-5128, Rev. 1, June 1994. 16  El-Wakil, M., M., Nuclear Heat Transport , International Text Book Company, Copyright 1971, Page 362, Figure 12-21. 17  Rahman, S., Ghadiali, N., Paul, D., and W ilkowski, G., "Probabilistic Pipe Fracture Evaluations for Leak-Rate Detection Applications," NUREG/CR-6004, April 1995. 18  Rudland D.L., Wilkowski, G., and Scott, P., "Effects of Crack Morphology Parameters on Leak-rate Calculations in LBB Evaluations,"
                      -100 316L          508                                        Emc2
International Journal of Pressure Vessels and Piping , 79 (2002) 99-102 70 19  Kupperman, D.S., Sheen, S.H., Shack, W.J., Diercks, D.R., Krishnaswamy, P., Rudland, D., and Wilkowski, G.M., "Barrier Integrity Research Program," NUREG/CR-6861, ANL-04/26, December 2004. 20 Rudland D., Wolterman, R. and Wilkowski, G., "Impact of PWSCC and Current Leak Detection on Leak-Before-Break," Emc 2 final report to NRC, January 31, 2003. 21  Anderson, T.L., Thornwald, G., Revelle, D.A
                      -200                                                                    DEI Battelle
., and Lanaud, C., "Stress Intensity Solutions for Surface Cracks and Buried Cracks in Cylinders, Spheres, and Flat Plates," Structural Reliability Technology final re port to The Materials Prope rty Council, Inc., March 14, 2000. 22    "Phase I Pressurizer Nozzle Dissimilar Metal Weld Crack Growth Calculations Using Advanced FEA," Draft B, Dominion Engineering, Inc., March 2007 23  Shih, C.F., and R.J. Asaro, "Elastic-Plastic Analyses of Cracks in Bimaterial Interfaces: Part I - Small Scale Yielding," Journal of Applied Mechanics, pp. 299-316, 1988. 24  Y.-Y. Wang, Z. Feng, W. Cheng, and S. Li u, "Residual Stress Effects on Crack Driving Force in Multipass Welds,"
                      -300
Pressure Vessel and Piping (PVP) Conference , San Diego, CA, July, 1998. 25  C. L. Tsai, S. C. Park, and W. Cheng, "Welding Distortion of a Thin-Plate Panel Structure,"
                              -60          -40        -20         0        20          40          60        80 Distance from weld CL, mm Figure 10 Residual hoop stress comparison with DEI and Battelle at 4.25 mm below OD 400 4.25 mm from OD 300 200 Axial Stress, MPa 100 0
Welding Journal , Vol. 78 No. 5, May 1999, pp. 156s-165s. 26  Z. Feng, X. Wang, C. R. Hubbard, and S. S pooner, "A FE Model For Residual Stresses In Repair Welds,"
316L          508                                          ND measurement
Residual Stresses in Design, F abrication, Assessment and Repair , ASME PVP-Vol. 327, 119-125, 1996. 27  H.D. Hibbitt and P.V. Marcal, "A Numerical, Thermo-Mechanical Model for the Welding and Subsequent Loading of a Fabricated Structure, "
                      -100                                                                    Emc2 DEI Battelle
Computers & Structures , Vol. 3, 1145-1174, 1973. 28  K. W. Mahin, W. Winters, T. M. Holden, R. R. Hosbons, and S. R. MacEwen, "Prediction and Measurement of Residual Elastic Strain Distributions in Gas Tungsten Arc Welds,"
                      -200
Welding Journal , Vol. 70, 245s-260s, 1991. 29  J. Goldak, A. Chakravarti, and M. Bibby, "A New Finite Element Model for Welding Heat Sources," Metall. Trans., Vol. 15B, 299-305, 1984. 30  Chen, Y., Rudland, D., and Wilkowski, G., "Impact of Welding Sequence on the CRDM Nozzle-to-Vessel Weld Stress Analysis,"
                              -60          -40        -20          0        20          40          60        80 Distance from weld CL, mm Figure 11 Residual axial stress comparison with DEI and Battelle at 4.25 mm below OD A-10
Proceedings of ASME-PVP 2004: ASME/JSME Pressure Vessels And Piping Conference, Hy att Regency, La Jolla at Aventine, San Diego, California, July 25 - 29, 2004 31  D. Rudland, G. Wilkowski Y.-Y. Wang, and W. Norris, "Analysis of Circumferential Through-Wall Crack K-solutions for CRDM Nozzles,"
International Journal of Pressure Vessels and Piping , 81 (2004) pp. 961-971 32  Assessment of Dissimilar Metal Weld Integrity: Final Report of the NESC-III Project, EUR 22510 EN, European Commissi on Joint Research Centre, 2006. 33  NESC-III Project, TG6 2 nd (Detailed) Computational R ound Robin, NESCDOC TG6 (04) 01, Rev. 2, February 26, 2004 34  Materials Reliability Program (MRP) Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) of Alloy 82, 182, and 132 Welds (MRP-115), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004. 1006696.
35  Dominion Engineering, Inc., "Supplemental cases S10a and S10b to August 2, 2007 Final Report (MRP-216)," Supplemental presentation slides dated August 6, 2007.
71 36  Rahman, S., Ghadiali, N., Paul, D., and W ilkowski, G., "Probabilistic Pipe Fracture Evaluations for Leak-Rate-Detection Applications," NUREG/CR-6004, April 1995 A-1   


Appendix A - EU Welding Residua l Stress Validation Results
500 29.75mm from OD                                                  ND measurement 400                                                                      Emc2 Battelle 300 Hoop Stress, MPa 200 100 0
                    -100
                    -200 316L              508
                    -300
                    -400
                          -60          -40            -20            0      20          40        60        80 Distance from weld CL, mm Figure 12 Residual hoop stress comparison with Battelle at 29.75 mm below OD 200 ND measurement Emc2 100 Battelle 0
Axial Stress, MPa
                    -100
                    -200
                    -300 316L            508                                    29.75mm from OD
                    -400
                          -60          -40            -20            0      20          40          60        80 Distance from weld CL, mm Figure 13 Residual axial stress comparison with Battelle at 29.75 mm below OD A-11


A-2 A.1 Introduction This appendix describes the Emc 2 effort to simulate the welding residual stress for a dissimilar metal (DM) weld mock-up that was fabricated by the European Commission Joint Research Centre's (JRC) Institute for Energy. The EU proj ect [1]  investigated a wide range of issues related to the structural integrity assessment of a stainless steel weld joining stainless steel and low alloy steel components. Also in this effort, a series of round-robin exercises that compared predicted welding residual stress distributions to those measured from the aforementioned welded joint mockup. Complete details of the mockup geometry, welding process, and material properties were made available to all participan ts in the round-robin. Th e welding residual stress analysis results for each participant were compared to the through-wall stresses measured by neutron diffraction (ND).
800 Weld Centerline ND measurement Emc2 600 Battelle Hoop Stress, MPa 400 200 0
 
                        -200 316L          508
In this effort, the problem statement [2] that was delivered to the EU round-robin participants was used by Battelle, Emc 2, and DEI for conducting similar analyses. Each company conducted an independent analysis of the welding stresses. The results from each lab are compared here, but the details of the DEI [3] and Battelle [4] analyses can be found elsewhere.
                        -400 0            10            20            30          40  50        60 Distance from OD, mm Figure 14 Residual hoop stress comparison with Battelle along weld center 500 Weld Centerline ND measurement 400                                        Emc2 Battelle 300 Axial Stress, MPa 200 100 0
A.2 Welding Procedure Per the problem statement [2], the five steps of the manufactur ing process included:
                        -100 316L            508
Step 1: Buttering The ferritic pipe (A508) had an external diamet er of 473mm, a wall thic kness of 69mm and was about 530mm long. One side of the pipe was machined with a bevel of 25 degrees. The buttering layer consisted of four layers of weld pa sses using an E308/E309 st ainless steel welding electrode, having a total thickness of 12mm. The total number of weld passes was 72.
                        -200
Step 2: Buttering machining After the buttering process, the ferritic pipe was machined so that the diameter of the pipe was 467mm with a wall thickness of 64mm. The buttering was also machined down to a final thickness of 7.2mm.
                        -300 0            10            20              30        40  50        60 Distance from OD, mm Figure 15 Residual axial stress comparison with Battelle along weld center A-12
 
Step 3: Welding The two pipes, austenitic pipe and ferritic pipe, were held together by spot welds. The austenitic pipe had an external diameter of 467mm, a wall thickness of 73mm and was about 510mm long, having one end machined with a 25 degree bevel. The total number of weld passes was 97.
Step 4: Post Weld Heat Treatment After welding, the assembly was allowed to cool to room temperature. A heat treatment process was then performed on the entire assembly using an electric resistance furnace.


Step 5: Final Machining After post-weld heat treatment, the pipe was machined to have a final external diameter of 453mm with a wall thickness of 51mm.
500 400 300 Residual Hoop Stress, MPa 200 100 0
                                        -100                      ND measurements FE JRC
                                        -200                      FE FANP GmbH FE FANP SAS
                                        -300                      FE DNV EMC2                                              316L        508
                                        -400
                                        -500 0                10            20          30          40              50          60 Distance from outer surface, mm Figure 16 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots along the center of butter 500 ND measurements 400                                                                  FE JRC FE FANP GmbH 300                                                                  FE FANP SAS FE DNV Residual Axial Stress, MPa EMC2 200 100 0
                                              -100
                                              -200 316L          508
                                              -300
                                              -400
                                              -500 0            10            20          30        40              50          60 Distance from outer surface, mm Figure 17 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots along the center of butter A-13


A-3 A.3 Emc 2 Finite Element Model An axi-symmetric finite element model of the weld mock-up was developed and is shown in Figure 1. There were 72 butter weld passes modeled as shown in Figure 2. For this time critical analysis, it was decided to lump several of the butter weld passes in order to increase the computational efficiency of the analysis. The lumped butter weld passes are shown in Figure 3. The total number of the lumped butter weld passes is 15. Figure 3(b) shows the mesh after butter machining (Step 2). The finite element mesh after main welding (Step 3) is presented in Figure 4(a). There were 97 weld passes modeled which were lumped into 20 weld passes as shown in Figure 4(b) to increase the computational efficiency of the analysis. Figure 5 is the mesh after final machining (Step 5). In this model, the total number of 8-noded axi-symmetric elements is 11,000 and the total number of nodes is 12,000. The we lding analysis procedures described in Section 4.2 of the main body of the report we re used in conducting this analysis.
800 Hoop stress (4.25 mm below outer surface), MPa 600 400 200 ND Measurements 0                                              FANP DNV FANP GmbH
A.4 Material Properties In this effort, the DM weld was a stainless st eel (308L/309L) connecting a 316L stainless pipe to an A508 carbon steel pipe. This weld is slightly different than the Alloy 182 weld modeled in the main body of this report; however, this weld will serve the purpose of initially validating the welding stress predictions. In the EU report [1], some details of material property values as a function of temperature were available; however, full-stress strain curves were not available. Therefore, it was decided to use the material properties that were available from the analyses conducted in the main body of this report. Since some of the material property data (308/309) needed for this analysis were not used in the main body of the report, the material property data used by Battelle in the VC Summer analysis [5] were used to supplement the data from the main body of the report. Upon comparison, these data are similar to those presented in the EU report.
                                                                                                    -200                                                JRC 316            508                      DNV (no PWHT)
A.5 Boundary Conditions The boundary conditions used in the model were selected to matc h the mock-up procedures. The mock-up was welded on rollers with no axial constraint. These conditions were simulated in the analysis.
EMC2
A.6 Analysis Assumptions As with most welding simulation analyses, m odeling assumptions are necessary to conduct the analyses in computationally accurate, yet efficient manner. The following assumptions were used in this analysis:  Mechanical and structural responses are axi-symmetric,  Effects of weld pass lumping were neglected,  Elasto-plastic and temperature-dependent mate rial behaviors were included for all the parts involved,  Stress relaxation due to creep during the heat-treatment process was ignored,  Element remove and add techniques were used to model weld passes deposit and material machining. Effects of local cold work from the machining process were ignored. Metallurgical phase transformation of heat affected zone material was ignored.  
                                                                                                    -400
                                                                                                              -60              -40          -20            0          20          40    60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 18 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 4.25 mm below OD 350 Axial stress at 4.25 mm from outer surface, MPa 300 250 200 150 100 50 ND Measurements 0
FANP SAS DNV
                                                  -50                                                              FANP GmbH JRC
                                                  -100                                                              DNV (no PWHT)
EMC2                                                  316L    508
                                                  -150
                                                                                                    -60                  -40            -20          0            20          40    60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 19 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 4.25 mm below OD A-14


A-4 A.7  Results and Discussions The welding residual stress contours after completing the five st eps described above are shown in Figure 6 for axial stress and Figure 7 for hoop stress. These results are typical for multi-pass welds. A direct comparison of results between Emc 2 , DEI and Battelle i are given in Figure 8 through Figure 15. In the first four figures, the results from all three participants are shown; however, only Battelle and Emc 2 results are shown for the last four figures since DEI did not provide results for these paths. Overall, the trends between the th ree participants were identical, with the Battelle and Emc 2 closer to each other on average. The largest difference comes at 4.25mm from the OD at the weld centerline. In this case, the Emc 2 axial stress is much less than the Battelle or DEI results. It is suspected that the lumping and weld sequencing differences may be contributing to the observed trends. The axial stresses along the butter centerline are very close for all three cases. This is encouraging since these stresses are usually chosen as the highest stresses in DM weld analyses. This trend suggests that the di fferences in the modeling assumptions did not highly influence the axial stresses in the butter region.  
800 Hoop stress (12.75 mm below outer surface), MPa 600 400 200 0
ND Measurements
                                                                          -200        FANP DNV FANP GmbH
                                                                          -400        JRC DNV (no PWHT)                            316L        508 EMC2
                                                                          -600
                                                                                -60        -40            -20            0            20          40    60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 20 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 12.75 mm below OD 500 Axial stress at 12.75 mm from outer surface, MPa 400 300 200 100 0
ND Measurements FANP SAS
                                                                          -100        DNV FANP GmbH JRC
                                                                          -200 DNV (no PWHT) 316L      508 EMC2
                                                                          -300
                                                                                -60        -40            -20            0            20        40    60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 21 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 12.75 mm below OD A-15


A comparison of the Emc 2 results with the EU participant re sults are shown in Figure 16 through Figure 31. These cases include each path through the weld taken by the EU participants. As with the comparison with DEI and Battelle, the Emc 2 results follow the same trends as the EU participants in all cases. As before, the largest difference occurs at the weld centerline between 4 and 12 mm from the OD surface. Again, this difference is probably due to the modeling
600 Hoop stress at 21.25 mm from outer surface, MPa 400 200 0
ND measurements
                                                          -200 FE JRC FE FANP GmbH FE FANP SAS
                                                          -400                                          FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT) 316L        508 EMC2
                                                          -600
                                                                  -60          -40              -20            0          20          40          60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 22 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 21.25 mm below OD 500 Axial stress at 21.25 mm from outer surface, MPa 400 300 200 100 0
                                                          -100
                                                          -200 ND measurements FE JRC
                                                          -300                                                                  FE FANP GmbH 316L    508                                            FE FANP SAS
                                                          -400                                                                  FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)
EMC2
                                                          -500
                                                                  -60          -40              -20            0          20          40          60 Distance from from the weld centerline, mm Figure 23 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 21.25 mm below OD A-16


differences.  
600 Hoop stress at 29.75 mm from outer surface, MPa 316          508 400 200 0
                                                                      -200 ND measurements FE JRC FE FANP GmbH
                                                                      -400                                      FE FANP SAS FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)
EMC2
                                                                      -600
                                                                                        -60      -40      -20            0          20            40          60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 24 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 29.75 mm below OD 600 Axial stress at 29.75 mm from outer surface, MPa 316            508 400 200 0
                                                                                  -200 ND measurements FE JRC FE FANP GmbH
                                                                                  -400                            FE FANP SAS FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)
EMC2
                                                                                  -600
                                                                                            -60    -40      -20            0          20            40          60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 25 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 29.75 mm below OD A-17


Overall, the scatter between the predictions is on average between 50MPa and 100MPa. When comparing the prediction to the ND measurements, the analyses usually capture the trends and sometimes the magnitudes measured. However, it is necessary to mention that the measured ND hoop stresses are considered more reliable and co mplete than those in the axial direction, as pointed out in EU report [1]. In addition, the measurements near the OD are more reliable than the ID measurements since the neutron source was only used on the OD surface.   
600 Hoop stress at 38.25 mm from outer surface, MPa 400 200 0
                                                                          -200 ND measurements FE JRC FE FANP GmbH
                                                                          -400                                            FE FANP SAS 316      508 FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)
EMC2
                                                                          -600
                                                                                      -60          -40            -20            0          20        40          60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 26 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 38.25 mm below OD 600 ND measurements Axial stress at 38.25 mm from outer surface, MPa FE JRC 400                                                                FE FANP GmbH FE FANP SAS FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)
EMC2 200 0
                                                                                -200
                                                                                -400 316        508
                                                                                -600
                                                                                        -60          -40            -20            0          20        40          60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 27 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 38.25 mm below OD A-18


This quick study is the first step at the valida tion of the welding residua l stress procedures and has shown that the Emc 2 , Battelle and DEI procedures give generally the same results. In addition, those analysis results match reasonably well with ND measurements and other analyses results from the same problem.
600 ND measurements Hoop stress at 46.75 mm from outer surface, MPa FE JRC FE FANP GmbH 400                                                                  FE FANP SAS FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)
A.8 References 1  Assessment of Dissimilar Metal Weld Integrity: Final Report of the NESC-III Project, EUR 22510 EN, European Commission Jo int Research Centre, 2006. 2  NESC-III Project, TG6 2nd (Detailed) Computational Round Robin, NESCDOC TG6 (04) 01, Rev. 2, February 26, 2004 3  Materials Reliability Program: Advanced FEA Evaluation of Growth of Postulated Circumferential PWSCC Flaws in Pressurizer Nozzle Dissim ilar Metal Welds (MRP-216)
EMC2 200 0
EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2007. 1015383.MRP-216
                                                                            -200
                                                                            -400 316L      508
                                                                            -600
                                                                                      -60            -40            -20          0          20        40            60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 28 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 46.75 mm below OD 600 ND measurements Axial stress at 46.75 mm from outer surface, MPa FE JRC FE FANP GmbH 400                                                                FE FANP SAS FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)
EMC2 200 0
                                                                                -200
                                                                                -400 316L        508
                                                                                -600
                                                                                      -60          -40            -20          0          20        40          60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 29 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 46.75 mm below OD A-19


i The Battelle results presented here are for the case where the stress relaxation due to creep is ignored. Battelle conducted their analyses with and without relaxation during the heat-treatment process.
600 FE JRC FE FANP SAS Hoop stress at 51 mm from outer surface, MPa 400                                                              FE DNV FE FANP GmbH FE DNV (No PWHT) 200                                                              EMC2 0
A-5 4  Brust, F., and Scott, P., "Modeling Results of European Commission Dissimilar Weld Mock-up (NESC-III Project)," Report to the NRC, July 2007. 5  P.Scott, R.Olson, J.Bockbrader, M.Wilson, B.Gruen, R.Morbitzer, Y.Yang, Williams , F. W. Brust, L.Fredette, N.Ghadiali, G.Wilkowski, D.Rudland, Z.Feng, R.Wolterman, 'The Battelle Integrity of Nuclear Piping (BINP) Program Final Report', NUREG/CR 6837, Volumes I and II, June, 2005.
                                                      -200
                                                      -400
                                                      -600 316L    508
                                                      -800
                                                              -60          -40          -20            0          20          40          60 Distance from from the weld centerline, mm Figure 30 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 51 mm (ID) below OD 600 FE JRC FE FANP GmbH Axial stress at 51 mm from outer surface, MPa FE FANP SAS 400 FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)
EMC2 200 0
                                                      -200
                                                      -400 316L    508
                                                      -600
                                                              -60          -40          -20            0          20          40          60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 31 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 51 mm (ID) below OD A-20


A-6  Figure 1 Axi-symmetric finite element model
Appendix B - Margin and Leak Rate Results from Emc2 Confirmatory Analyses B-1


Figure 2 Buttering finite element model before buttering machining
18                                                                                            2.8 Leak - Emc2 16                                                                    Leak - DEI              2.6 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO Margin - Emc2 14                                                                                            2.4 Margin - DEI 12                                                                                            2.2 Leak rate, gpm 10                                                                                            2 8                                                                                      1.8 6                                                                                      1.6 4      Phase I - Relief -                                                              1.4 No safety factors applied 2                                                                                      1.2 0                                                                                      1 0              1          2                3      4          5            6 Time after first leakage, months Figure 1 Margin and leak rate results for the Case P1 7                                                                                  4 Leak Margin                                    3.5 6
Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 3
5 2.5 Leak rate, gpm 4
2 3
1.5 2        Case 1 No safety factors applied                                                  1 1
0.5 0                                                                                  0 0          1          2        3              4      5      6          7 Time after first leakage, months Figure 2 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 1 B-2


(a)    (b) Figure 3 Buttering (lumped) finite element model (a) before buttering machining (b) after buttering machining
10                                                                                      4 Leak 9
Margin 3.5 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 8
7 3
Leak rate, gpm 6
5                                                                                      2.5 Case 3 No safety factors 4
2 3
2 1.5 1
0                                                                                      1 0          1          2          3        4          5        6        7  8 Time after first leakage, months Figure 3 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 3 18                                                                                      2.4 DEI leak 16                                                      Emc2 leak 2.2 Emc2 Margin Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 14                                                      DEI Margin 2
12 Leak rate, gpm 10                                                                                      1.8 8
1.6 6      Relief - Case 6 No safety factors applied                                                      1.4 4
1.2 2
0                                                                                      1 0              0.5            1          1.5                2      2.5      3 Time after first leakage, months Figure 4 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 6 B-3


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 9 11 12 13 14 15 A-7   (a)     (b)
9                                                                                                    2.2 8                                                    Leak Margin                                        2 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 7
Figure 4 Finite element mesh of weld (a) without lumping (b) with lumping
6                                                                                                    1.8 Leak rate, gpm 5
1.6 4
3        Case 6-3                                                                                    1.4 No safety factors applied 2
1.2 1
0                                                                                                    1 0          0.2      0.4          0.6    0.8        1          1.2        1.4         1.6 Time after first leakage, months Figure 5 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 6-3 30                                                                                                  2.2 Emc2 Leak DEI Leak                2 25                                                                          Emc2 Margin 1.8 DEI Margin Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 1.6 20 1.4 Leak rate, gpm 1.2 15 1
0.8 10       Case 6-4 No safety factors applied                                                                  0.6 5                                                                                                  0.4 0.2 0                                                                                                  0 0    0.2    0.4   0.6     0.8    1    1.2    1.4  1.6  1.8        2  2.2      2.4  2.6 Time after first leakage, months Figure 6 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 6-4 B-4


Figure 5 Finite element mesh after final machining 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 A-8 Figure 6  Contour plot of axial stress after final machining Figure 7  Contour plot of hoop stress after final machining
12                                                                                                    4.5 Leak Margin                              4 10 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 3.5 8                                                                                                    3 Leak rate, gpm 2.5 6
2 4                                                                                                    1.5 1
Case 9 2            No safety factors applied 0.5 0                                                                                                    0 0        1       2       3       4       5         6       7       8       9       10   11 Time after first leakage, months Figure 7 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 9 16                                                                                                                        4.5 Leak 14                                                                                Margin                                  4 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 3.5 12 3
10 Leak rate, gpm 2.5 8
2 6              Case 9-1 No safety factors applied                                                                            1.5 4
1 2                                                                                                                    0.5 0                                                                                                                    0 0        1      2      3        4      5      6        7      8       9      10    11    12 Time after first leakage, months Figure 8 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 9-1 B-5


A-9-400-300-200-100 0 100 200 300 400 500 6000102030405060Distance from OD, mmHoop Stress, MPaND measurementEmc2DEIBattelle 316L 508Butter Centerline Figure 8  Residual hoop stress comparison with DEI and Battelle along butter center
15                                                                                                        4.5 Leak 14 Margin                                          4 13 12 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 3.5 11 10                                                                                                        3 Leak rate, gpm 9
-400-300-200-100 0 100 200 300 400 5000102030405060DistancefromOD,mmAxial Stress, MPaND measurementEmc2 DEIBattelle 316L 508Butter Centerline Figure 9   Residual axial stress comparison with DEI and Battelle along butter center A-10-300-200-100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600-60-40-20020406080Distance from weld CL
2.5 8
, mmHoop Stress, MPaND measurementEmc2DEIBattelle316L 5084.25 mm from OD Figure 10  Residual hoop stress comparison with DEI and Battelle at 4.25 mm below OD -200-100 0 100 200 300 400-60-40-20020406080Distance from weld CL
7 2
, mmAxial Stress, MPaND measurementEmc2DEIBattelle 316L 5084.25 mm from OD Figure 11  Residual axial stress comparison with DEI and Battelle at 4.25 mm below OD A-11-400-300-200-100 0 100 200 300 400 500-60-40-20020406080Distance from weld CL, mmHoop Stress, MPaND measurementEmc2Battelle316L 50829.75mm from OD Figure 12  Residual hoop stress comparison with Battelle at 29.75 mm below OD -400-300
6 Case 10 5          No safety factors applied                                                            1.5 4
-200-100 0 100 200-60-40-20020406080Distance from weld CL, mmAxial Stress, MPaND measurementEmc2Battelle316L 50829.75mm from OD Figure 13  Residual axial stress comparison with Battelle at 29.75 mm below OD A-12-400-200 0 200 400 600 8000102030405060Distance from OD, mmHoop Stress, MPaND measurementEmc2Battelle316L508Weld Centerline Figure 14  Residual hoop stress comparison with Battelle along weld center -300-200-100 0100200 3004005000102030405060Distance from OD, mmAxial Stress, MPaND measurementEmc2Battelle316L508Weld Centerline Figure 15  Residual axial stress comparison with Battelle along weld center
1 3
2 0.5 1
0                                                                                               0 0          1      2      3        4            5        6      7      8      9 Time after first leakage, months Figure 9 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 10 70                                                                                    1.6 Leak rate 60                                             Margin                                1.5 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 1.4 50 1.3 Leak rate, gpm 40 Case 17 DEI WRS- Type 8 with SS weld                                   1.2 No safety factors applied 30 1.1 20 1
10 0.9 0                                                                                    0.8 0    0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9              1  1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 Time after first leakage, months Figure 10 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 17-4 B-6


A-13-500-400-300-200
30                                                                                                                            1.6 Leak rate Margin Margin with modified flow stress 25                                                                                                                            1.5 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 20                                                                                                                            1.4 Leak rate, gpm 15                                                                                                                            1.3 10                                                                                                                            1.2 Case 17-10 No safety factors applied 5                                                                                                                            1.1 0                                                                                                                            1 0      0.1    0.2    0.3    0.4         0.5      0.6      0.7  0.8    0.9      1      1.1 Time after first leakage, months Figure 11 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 17-10 40                                                                                                               1.4 Emc2 Leak rate DEI Leak rate 35                                                Emc2 Margin 1.3 DEI Margin Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 30 1.2 25 Leak rate, gpm 20                                                                                                                1.1 15 1
-100 0100200 300 400 5000102030405060Distance from outer surface, mmResidual Hoop Stress, MPaND measurementsFE JRCFE FANP GmbHFE FANP SASFE DNV EMC2316L508 Figure 16  Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots along the center of butter -500-400-300-200
10 0.9 5
-100 0 100 200 300 400 5000102030405060Distance from outer surface, mmResidual Axial Stress, MPaND measurements FE JRCFE FANP GmbHFE FANP SAS FE DNVEMC2316L508 Figure 17 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots along the center of butter A-14-400-200 0200400600800-60-40-200204060Distance from the weld centerline, mmHoop stress (4.25 mm below outer surface), MPaND MeasurementsFANPDNVFANP GmbHJRCDNV (no PWHT)EMC2316508 Figure 18  Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 4.25 mm below OD
Case 17 DEI WRS- Short ID repair Type 8 without SS weld 0                                                                                                                0.8 0                    0.1    0.2    0.3    0.4        0.5        0.6      0.7      0.8    0.9      1 Time after first leakage, months Figure 12 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 17-11 B-7
-150-100-50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350-60-40-200204060Distance from the weld centerline, mmAxial stress at 4.25 mm from outer surface, MPaND MeasurementsFANP SAS DNVFANP GmbHJRCDNV (no PWHT)
EMC2316L508 Figure 19  Comparison of various residua l axial stress plots at 4.25 mm below OD A-15-600-400-200 0200400 600800-60-40-200204060Distance from the weld centerline, mmHoop stress (12.75 mm below outer surface), MPaND MeasurementsFANP DNVFANP GmbH JRCDNV (no PWHT)EMC2316L508 Figure 20  Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 12.75 mm below OD
-300-200-100 0 100 200 300 400 500-60-40-200204060Distance from the weld centerline, mmAxial stress at 12.75 mm from outer surface, MPaND MeasurementsFANP SAS DNVFANP GmbH JRCDNV (no PWHT)EMC2316L508 Figure 21  Comparison of various residua l axial stress plots at 12.75 mm below OD A-16-600-400-200 0 200 400 600-60-40-200204060Distance from the weld centerline, mmHoop stress at 21.25 mm from outer surface, MPa ND measurementsFE JRCFE FANP GmbHFE FANP SASFE DNVFE DNV (No PWHT)EMC2316L508 Figure 22  Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 21.25 mm below OD
-500-400-300-200-100 0 100 200 300 400 500-60-40-200204060Distance from from the weld centerline, mmAxial stress at 21.25 mm from outer surface, MPaND measurementsFE JRCFE FANP GmbHFE FANP SASFE DNVFE DNV (No PWHT)EMC2316L508 Figure 23  Comparison of various residua l axial stress plots at 21.25 mm below OD A-17 -600-400-200 0 200 400 600-60-40-200204060Distance from the weld centerline, mmHoop stress at 29.75 mm from outer surface, MPaND measurementsFE JRCFE FANP GmbHFE FANP SASFE DNVFE DNV (No PWHT)EMC2316508 Figure 24  Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 29.75 mm below OD
-600-400-200 0 200 400 600-60-40-200204060Distance from the weld centerline, mmAxial stress at 29.75 mm from outer surface, MPa ND measurements FE JRCFE FANP GmbHFE FANP SASFE DNVFE DNV (No PWHT)EMC2316 508 Figure 25  Comparison of various resi dual axial stress plots at 29.75 mm below OD A-18-600-400-200 0200400600-60-40-200204060Distance from the weld centerline, mmHoop stress at 38.25 mm from outer surface, MPaND measurementsFE JRCFE FANP GmbHFE FANP SASFE DNVFE DNV (No PWHT)EMC2 508316 Figure 26  Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 38.25 mm below OD
-600-400-200 0 200 400 600-60-40-200204060Distance from the weld centerline, mmAxial stress at 38.25 mm from outer surface, MPaND measurements FE JRCFE FANP GmbHFE FANP SAS FE DNVFE DNV (No PWHT)EMC2 508 316 Figure 27  Comparison of various resi dual axial stress plots at 38.25 mm below OD


A-19-600-400-200 0200400600-60-40-200204060Distance from the weld centerline, mmHoop stress at 46.75 mm from outer surface, MPaND measurementsFE JRCFE FANP GmbHFE FANP SASFE DNVFE DNV (No PWHT)EMC2316L508 Figure 28  Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 46.75 mm below OD -600-400-200 0 200 400 600-60-40-200204060Distance from the weld centerline, mmAxial stress at 46.75 mm from outer surface, MPaND measurementsFE JRCFE FANP GmbHFE FANP SASFE DNVFE DNV (No PWHT)EMC2316L508 Figure 29  Comparison of various residua l axial stress plots at 46.75 mm below OD A-20-800-600-400-200 0200400600-60-40-200204060Distance from from the weld centerline, mmHoop stress at 51 mm from outer surface, MPaFE JRCFE FANP SASFE DNVFE FANP GmbHFE DNV (No PWHT)EMC2316L 508 Figure 30  Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 51 mm (ID) below OD
14                                                                                          1.4 Leak rate Margin Margin with modified flow stress 12                                                                                          1.35 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 1.3 10 1.25 Leak rate, gpm Case 17-12 8         No safety factors applied 1.2 6
-600-400-200 0 200 400 600-60-40-200204060Distance from the weld centerline, mmAxial stress at 51 mm from outer surface, MPaFE JRCFE FANP GmbHFE FANP SASFE DNVFE DNV (No PWHT)EMC2316L508 Figure 31  Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 51 mm (ID) below OD B-1 Appendix B - Margin and Leak Rate Results from Emc 2 Confirmatory Analyses B-2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 180123456Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm 11.21.41.61.8 22.22.42.62.8Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOLeak - Emc2Leak - DEIMargin - Emc2Margin - DEIPhase I - Relief - No safety factors applied Figure 1  Margin and leak rate results for the Case P1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 701234567Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm 00.5 1 1.5 22.5 3 3.5 4Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOLeak Margin Case 1No safety factors applied Figure 2  Margin and leak rate results for the Case 1 B-3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10012345678Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm 11.5 22.5 3
1.15 4
3.5 4Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOLeakMarginCase 3 No safety factors Figure 3  Margin and leak rate results for the Case 3 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 1800.511.522.53Time after first leaka ge, monthsLeak rate, gpm 11.2 1.4 1.61.8 22.2 2.4Margin on Critical Crack Size at NODEI leakEmc2 leak Emc2 Margin DEI MarginRelief - Case 6No safety factors applied Figure 4  Margin and leak rate results for the Case 6 B-4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 900.20.40.60.811.21.41.6Time after first leaka g e , monthsLeak rate, gpm 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOLeakMargin Case 6-3No safety factors applied Figure 5  Margin and leak rate results for the Case 6-3 0 5 10 15 20 25 3000.20.40.60.811.21.41.61.822.22.42.6Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm 00.20.40.6 0.8 11.21.4 1.61.8 22.2Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOEmc2 LeakDEI LeakEmc2 MarginDEI MarginCase 6-4 No safety factors applied Figure 6  Margin and leak rate results for the Case 6-4 B-5 0 2 4 6 8 10 1201234567891011Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOLeakMarginCase 9 No safety factors applied Figure 7  Margin and leak rate results for the Case 9 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 160123456789101112Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO LeakMarginCase 9-1 No safety factors applied Figure Margin and leak rate results for the Case 9-1 B-6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 150123456789Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOLeakMarginCase 10No safety factors applied Figure 9  Margin and leak rate results for the Case 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 7000.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.911.11.21.31.41.5Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm0.80.9 1 1.1 1.21.31.4 1.5 1.6Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOLeak rateMarginCase 17 DEI WRS- Type 8 with SS weldNo safety factors applied Figure 10  Margin and leak rate results for the Case 17-4 B-7 0 5 10 15 20 25 3000.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.911.1Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm 11.11.21.31.41.51.6Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOLeak rateMarginMargin with modified flow stressCase 17-10No safety factors applied Figure 11  Margin and leak rate results for the Case 17-10 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 4000.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.91Time after first leaka g e , monthsLeak rate, gpm0.80.9 11.11.21.31.4Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOEmc2 Leak rateDEI Leak rateEmc2 MarginDEI MarginCase 17 DEI WRS- Short ID repair Type 8 without SS weld Figure 12  Margin and leak rate results for the Case 17-11 B-8 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 1400.10.20.30.40.50.6Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm 11.05 1.1 1.151.21.25 1.3 1.35 1.4Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOLeak rateMarginMargin with modified flow stressCase 17-12No safety factors applied Figure 13  Margin and leak rate results for the Case 17-12 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 7000.511.52Time after first leakage, monthsLeak rate, gpm 00.20.40.6 0.8 11.2 1.41.61.8Margin on Critical Crack Size at NOLeak rateMarginCase 19-1No safety factors applied Figure 14 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 19-1}}
1.1 2
1.05 0                                                                                       1 0             0.1           0.2           0.3         0.4             0.0.6 Time after first leakage, months Figure 13 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 17-12 70                                                                                                        1.8 Leak rate Margin                                              1.6 60 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 1.4 50 1.2 Leak rate, gpm 40 1
30                                                                                                        0.8 Case 19-1 No safety factors applied                                                           0.6 20 0.4 10 0.2 0                                                                                              0 0                      0.5                      1                 1.5                2 Time after first leakage, months Figure 14 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 19-1 B-8}}

Latest revision as of 11:00, 13 March 2020

Final Report on Implication of Wolf Creek Indications.
ML072470394
Person / Time
Site: Wolf Creek Wolf Creek Nuclear Operating Corporation icon.png
Issue date: 08/31/2007
From: David Rudland, Shim D, Wilkowski G, Zhang T
Engineering Mechanics Corp of Columbus
To:
Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
Download: ML072470394 (105)


Text

Final Report on Implication of Wolf Creek Indications -

Final Report to Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington DC by D. Rudland, D.-J. Shim, T. Zhang, and G. Wilkowski Engineering Mechanics Corporation of Columbus 3518 Riverside Drive Suite 202 Columbus, OH 43221 Phone/Fax (614) 459-3200/-6800 August 2007

Table of Contents Table of Contents............................................................................................................................ ii List of Figures ................................................................................................................................ iv List of Tables ................................................................................................................................. vi

1. Introduction............................................................................................................................ 1
2. Description of Confirmatory Analyses .................................................................................. 1 2.1 Development and Description of PipeFracCAE .............................................................. 1 2.1.1 Mesh Generation.................................................................................................. 2 2.1.2 Crack Growth Modeling ...................................................................................... 5 2.1.3 Crack Shape Transition........................................................................................ 5 2.1.4 Limitations ........................................................................................................... 7 2.2 Critical crack size calculation .......................................................................................... 8 2.2.1 Technical basis document for critical crack size determination .......................... 8 2.2.2 Assumptions and methodologies used for this study........................................... 9 2.3 Leak rate modeling ........................................................................................................ 11 2.3.1 The Henry-Fauske flow model in SQUIRT....................................................... 11 2.3.2 Other thermodynamic flow models ................................................................... 11 2.3.3 Crack size assumptions ...................................................................................... 12 2.3.4 Crack morphology parameters........................................................................... 14
3. K-Verification and Model Convergence Results................................................................. 16 3.1 Description of Analyses................................................................................................. 16 3.2 K-Verification ................................................................................................................ 16 3.2.1 Semi-elliptical surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure..... 16 3.2.2 Semi-elliptical surface crack under tension, bending, internal pressure, and welding residual stress ....................................................................................... 20 3.2.3 Arbitrary surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure.............. 24 3.3 Model Convergence ....................................................................................................... 26
4. Welding Residual Stress Results ......................................................................................... 27 4.1 Description of Cases ...................................................................................................... 27 4.2 Description of Emc2 analysis procedures ...................................................................... 28 4.3 Modeling assumptions ................................................................................................... 30 4.4 Relief nozzle results....................................................................................................... 30 4.5 Surge nozzle results ....................................................................................................... 34 4.6 EU report validation....................................................................................................... 41
5. Confirmatory Results ........................................................................................................... 41 5.1 Phase I results ................................................................................................................ 42 5.2 Description of Phase II cases analyzed.......................................................................... 47 5.3 Phase II results ............................................................................................................... 51 5.3.1 Direct confirmatory results ................................................................................ 54 5.3.2 Other cases ......................................................................................................... 58 5.4 Discussion ...................................................................................................................... 60
6. Applicability of Analysis Methodology............................................................................... 61 6.1 Improvements over Standard Analyses ......................................................................... 61 6.1.1 Removal of idealized crack shape assumption .................................................. 61 ii

6.1.2 Detailed WRS solutions..................................................................................... 62 6.1.3 Predictions of leak rate using FE calculated COD............................................. 62 6.1.4 Sensitivity analyses............................................................................................ 62 6.2 Conservatisms ................................................................................................................ 62 6.2.1 Use of stainless steel base metal flow strength properties in critical crack size calculations ........................................................................................................ 62 6.2.2 Secondary stress relief ....................................................................................... 63 6.2.3 No credit taken for transition time to leaking TWC .......................................... 64 6.2.4 Initial flaw size................................................................................................... 64 6.3 Uncertainties .................................................................................................................. 65 6.3.1 Leak-rate calculations ........................................................................................ 65 6.3.2 Welding residual stress ...................................................................................... 65 6.3.3 Crack growth predictions................................................................................... 66 6.3.4 Critical crack size............................................................................................... 67 6.3.5 Crack path .......................................................................................................... 67 6.4 Applicability of Methodology........................................................................................ 67

7. Summary .............................................................................................................................. 68
8. References............................................................................................................................ 68
9. Appendix A - EU Welding Residual Stress Validation Results........................................ A-1
10. Appendix B - Margin and Leak Rate Results from Emc2 Confirmatory Analyses ............B-1 iii

List of Figures Figure 1 Screen shot from PipeFracCAE .................................................................................... 2 Figure 2 Typical FE mesh generated from PipeFracCAE........................................................... 3 Figure 3 Example mesh of (a) semi-elliptical surface crack, (b) rectangular (constant depth) surface crack, (c) idealized through-wall crack, (d) idealized complex crack.............. 3 Figure 4 Example mesh of (a) arbitrary finite length surface crack, (b) 360 degree, arbitrary surface crack, (c) arbitrary complex crack.................................................................... 4 Figure 5 Definition of crack front using 40 points along the crack front.................................... 5 Figure 6 Transition from (a) arbitrary part circumferential surface crack to (b) arbitrary full circumferential surface crack........................................................................................ 6 Figure 7 Transition from (a) full circumferential surface crack to (b) full complex crack......... 7 Figure 8 Illustration showing how the complex crack front is defined from growth of a surface crack.............................................................................................................................. 7 Figure 9 Fictitious crack added to part circumferential surface crack due to meshing limitations ..................................................................................................................... 8 Figure 10 Plot of critical pressure ratio as a function of crack depth to hydraulic diameter ratio showing when the leak rate models in SQUIRT are valid [16] .................................. 12 Figure 11 Normalized half crack opening displacement for Case 6 ........................................... 13 Figure 12 Crack length approximations for SQUIRT calculations............................................. 14 Figure 13 Effect of COD on crack morphology parameters ....................................................... 15 Figure 14 Example of FE mesh employed in the present study (Case18) .................................. 18 Figure 15 Calculated K values along the crack front .................................................................. 19 Figure 16 Extrapolation of K value at the surface point ............................................................. 20 Figure 17 FE model used for K-verification of semi-elliptical surface crack under complex stress field ................................................................................................................... 21 Figure 18 Welding residual stress field at the crack plane.......................................................... 22 Figure 19 Comparison of DEI and Emc2 K-solution for semi-elliptical surface crack in relief nozzle .......................................................................................................................... 23 Figure 20 Comparison of K-solution at free surface................................................................... 23 Figure 21 Effects of residual stress redistribution....................................................................... 24 Figure 22 Crack fronts suggestged for the K-verification study ................................................. 25 Figure 23 Crack front shapes on Wolf Creek Relief nozzle geometry ....................................... 25 Figure 24 Comparison of Emc2 and DEI K-solutions for K-verification study.......................... 26 Figure 25 Time increment comparison for Phase I calculations ................................................. 27 Figure 26 True stress-strain curves for Alloy 182 weld metal .................................................... 29 Figure 27 Comparison of DEI (a) and Emc2 (b) WRS mesh for surge line illustrating weld bead geometry ..................................................................................................................... 30 Figure 28 Geometry for the relief nozzle WRS analyses............................................................ 31 Figure 29 Emc2 relief nozzle mesh.............................................................................................. 31 Figure 30 Emc2 relief nozzle weld mesh details ......................................................................... 32 Figure 31 Axial stress for relief nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 653F (Arrow is maximum stress path) ................................................................................................. 33 Figure 32 Comparison of axial stress results for relief nozzle case (Triangle symbols = Emc2, diamond symbols = DEI) ............................................................................................ 33 Figure 33 Geometry for the surge nozzle WRS analyses............................................................ 34 iv

Figure 34 Emc2 surge nozzle finite element model..................................................................... 34 Figure 35 Emc2 surge nozzle weld details................................................................................... 35 Figure 36 Axial stress for surge nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 644F with left-to-right weld sequence and no repair. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material) ....................................................................................................... 36 Figure 37 Axial stress for surge nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 644F with right-to-left weld sequence and no repair. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material) ............................................................................................................. 36 Figure 38 Axial stress for surge nozzle case with weld repair but without stainless steel weld at 644F. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material)................ 37 Figure 39 Comparison of surge nozzle WRS (left-to-right weld sequence) with no repairs with and without stainless steel safe-end weld at operating temperature (Solid symbols =

Emc2, open symbols = DEI) ....................................................................................... 38 Figure 40 Comparison of surge nozzle WRS (left-to-right weld sequence) with repair and with and without the stainless steel safe-end weld at operating temperature ..................... 38 Figure 41 Effect of fill-in weld sequence for surge nozzle WRS at operating temperature (Triangle symbols = Emc2, diamond symbols = DEI)............................................... 39 Figure 42 Location of section for direct comparison of surge nozzle results ............................. 40 Figure 43 Comparison of surge nozzle axial residual stresses before fill-in weld...................... 40 Figure 44 Comparison of surge nozzle axial residual stress with no safe end weld, and no repair along path described in Figure 42 at operating temperature....................................... 41 Figure 45 Through-thickness weld residual stress profile used in Phase I calculations ............. 43 Figure 46 Axial extent of welding residual stress assumed in Phase I calculations ................... 43 Figure 47 Crack profiles from the Emc2 Phase I calculations using Emc2 WRS fit ................... 44 Figure 48 Crack profiles from the Emc2 Phase I calculations using DEI WRS fit ..................... 44 Figure 49 Comparison of crack profile prior to leakage ............................................................. 45 Figure 50 Comparison of semi-elliptical and natural forming crack shape ................................ 46 Figure 51 Margin and leak rate results for the Phase I calculations............................................ 47 Figure 52 Welding residual stress field used for surge nozzle analyses ..................................... 49 Figure 53 Comparison of resultant stress fields for ID repair case ............................................. 49 Figure 54 Comparison of Emc2 and DEI results for Case 6 (6c) (NO = Normal operating stresses) ....................................................................................................................... 55 Figure 55 Comparison of DEI and Emc2 results for Case 6-4 (35) (NO = Normal operating stresses) ....................................................................................................................... 56 Figure 56 Comparison of leak rates for Case 6 ........................................................................... 56 Figure 57 Comparison of leak rates calculated with COD values from Emc2 elastic FE analysis and GE/EPRI (elastic-plastic) for Case 6.................................................................... 57 Figure 58 Comparison of crack length as a function of time for Case 6 (6c) and 6-4 (35) ........ 58 Figure 59 Comparison of results for Case 17-10 with a modified flow stress............................ 63 v

List of Tables Table 1 Mean values of crack morphology parameters used in SQUIRT (from Ref. 20) ....... 15 Table 2 Crack geometries of four cases considered for validation ........................................... 16 Table 3 Comparison of KI values at surface and deepest points ............................................... 20 Table 4 Mechanical properties for Emc2 weld analyses at 315C .............................................. 29 Table 5 Confirmatory analyses matrix ...................................................................................... 51 Table 6 Loads, welding residual stress profiles and initial crack shapes for the confirmatory analyses ........................................................................................................................ 52 Table 7 Phase II confirmatory results........................................................................................ 53 Table 8 Comparison of Emc2 and DEI results........................................................................... 54 Table 9 Case 6 sensitivity cases ................................................................................................ 59 Table 10 Case 17 Sensitivity Cases............................................................................................. 60 vi

1. Introduction In October 2006, NRC-RES informed Emc2 of circumferential indications that had been located by ultrasonic testing (UT) in three of the pressurizer nozzle dissimilar metal (DM) welds at the Wolf Creek nuclear power plant. The NRC staff tasked Emc2 with analyzing these defects.

Using ASME Section XI type analyses, Emc2 estimated the times to both leakage and rupture for each indication. The results indicated that under certain conditions, no margin between leakage and rupture existed [1]. The results from these analyses led the NRC staff to request that the inspection/mitigation program currently in place for the pressurizer nozzles be accelerated. This acceleration affected nine PWR plants in the current US fleet. In response, the industry embarked on a short-term technical program aimed at refining the crack growth analyses conducted by Emc2. The main emphasis of the industry program was to use advanced finite element (FE) methods to remove the semi-elliptical flaw assumption that is typical in ASME Section XI type analyses. In addition, detailed sensitivity analyses were conducted to demonstrate that sufficient margins exist for the pressurizer nozzles that would be affected by the accelerated inspection request.

The purpose of this report is two fold. First, using similar techniques, confirmatory analyses were conducted by Emc2 in order to verify the calculations conducted by the industry [2]. Since both Emc2 and the NRC staff worked very closely with the industry during the program, many of the technical issues have been discussed and agreed upon. The majority of this report presents the confirmatory results for the stress intensity factor (K) solutions, the welding residual stress, and the leak/rupture margin analyses. Secondly, the applicability of this methodology for predicting leak/rupture margins is addressed by discussing the improvements to the standard methodology, the conservatisms and uncertainties associated with this analysis.

The purpose of this report is not to make an overall judgment of acceptability of these results and their implication to the plants that may be affected by the accelerated inspection request, since that decision requires not only technical but also regulatory insight. The purpose is to verify the industrys results and highlight some of the technical issues that may warrant additional consideration.

2. Description of Confirmatory Analyses 2.1 Development and Description of PipeFracCAE PipeFracCAE is a FE mesh generator developed by Emc2 which can be employed to generate three-dimensional FE mesh for a cracked pipe and plate with and without a weld. The FE model generated from PipeFracCAE can be used as a direct input for the commercial FE code ABAQUS* [3]. During this effort, PipeFracCAE has been updated with a semi-automated process to handle subcritical crack growth analyses. The key features and limitations of PipeFracCAE are described in the following subsections. Figure 1 shows a screen shot from PipeFracCAE.

PipeFracCAE output for Warp3D and ANSYS are under development.

1

Figure 1 Screen shot from PipeFracCAE 2.1.1 Mesh Generation Figure 2 shows a typical FE mesh generated from PipeFracCAE. As shown in this figure, the FE model is a quarter symmetric, three-dimensional model. The weld geometry is simplified by assuming a zero bevel angle. Note that in the current version of the crack growth module in PipeFracCAE, the center of the crack must be located on the symmetry plane.

PipeFracCAE is capable of generating a FE mesh with either 8-noded or 20-noded brick elements. For the present effort, 20-node brick elements were employed. Moreover, collapsed crack-tip elements were used for modeling the crack tip with the midside nodes moved to the quarter-point location to generate the r(-1/2) singularity at the crack tip. As shown in Figure 2, concentric rings of elements were used near the crack-tip to calculate the stress intensity factor values.

The internal pressure was applied to the inner surface of the pipe and also 100% of the internal pressure was applied to the crack face to simulate crack-face pressure loading. Axial tension and bending moment were applied at the end of the pipe as a pressure loading.

In order to impose a welding residual stress on the crack plane, an appropriate temperature distribution varying in the thickness and circumferential direction was applied to the weld region.

This produced simulated welding residual stress on the crack plane. Since the welding residual

Sensitivity studies between 8- and 20-noded elements were conducted and due to the 8-noded mesh density needed for accurate K values, 20-noded elements were used.

2

stress was imposed through applied displacements, the redistribution of the residual stress was properly captured during the crack growth.

Symmetry planes Figure 2 Typical FE mesh generated from PipeFracCAE The meshing capabilities of PipeFracCAE previous to the current effort were limited to the idealized surface crack, idealized through-wall crack, and idealized complex crack in the circumferential and axial direction. An idealized surface crack is defined by the crack depth and length where the crack shape can be either semi-elliptical or rectangular (constant depth). An idealized through-wall crack assumes a crack front parallel to the pipe radius. For idealized complex cracks, the crack is defined by a constant depth surface crack with two curvatures at both ends. Example meshes for these idealized cracks are shown in Figure 3.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Figure 3 Example mesh of (a) semi-elliptical surface crack, (b) rectangular (constant depth) surface crack, (c) idealized through-wall crack, (d) idealized complex crack

An equilibrated initial stress field could have been used instead of the thermal gradient to approximate the welding residual stress; however this approach was taken to verify the industrys analyses.

3

In this project, the amount of crack growth at each location along the crack front was based on the stress intensity factor at that point. Since the stress intensity factor is known to vary along the crack front, it was expected that the crack grows in an arbitrary manner. So the first task in the present effort was to extend the capability of PipeFracCAE to handle arbitrary crack shapes.

For this purpose, PipeFracCAE was modified so that the crack front can be defined by the user-defined coordinates. As a trial, 20 points were used to define the arbitrary crack shape.

However, it was shown that 20 points were not sufficient to smoothly define the crack front for a semi-elliptical crack. Based on this study, PipeFracCAE was modified and 40 points§ were used to define the arbitrary crack front. Another extension that was incorporated to PipeFracCAE is the full circumferential surface crack. In some cases, a part circumferential surface crack can grow significantly in the circumferential direction while the growth in the thickness direction is limited. In this case, the crack grows to form a full circumferential surface crack. PipeFracCAE was modified to cover this type of crack shape where the crack front is also defined by the 40 points. The final extension that was incorporated to PipeFracCAE is the arbitrary full complex crack, where the crack has a 360 degree crack length on the ID surface and part circumferential crack length on the OD surface. Figure 4 shows some examples of arbitrary shaped cracks generated from PipeFracCAE, where the orange color symbols are the 40 points used to define the crack front. As shown in Figure 5, the crack front nodes are distributed along the crack front defined by the 40 points (the crack front node does not have to be defined on one of the 40 points).

(a) (b) (c)

Figure 4 Example mesh of (a) arbitrary finite length surface crack, (b) 360 degree, arbitrary surface crack, (c) arbitrary complex crack

§ The user-defined crack front points are used to generate the crack front nodes, but are not necessarily identical to the nodes.

4

Figure 5 Definition of crack front using 40 points along the crack front 2.1.2 Crack Growth Modeling In the present effort, ABAQUS is employed to calculate the K values at each node along the crack front. These results are then used to determine the amount of crack growth at each location (i.e. each crack front node). The crack growth direction is defined as the direction normal to the crack front at each nodal location. The MRP-115 [4] crack growth rate (75th percentile) for Alloy 182, which is a function of K and temperature, is adopted in the present effort. In PipeFracCAE, the crack growth is controlled by two parameters, i.e., time increment and maximum crack growth length. The time increment, along with the crack growth rate, is used to calculate the amount of crack growth at each crack front node. However, if there is any node point where the amount of crack growth exceeds the maximum crack growth length set by the user, the time increment is automatically reduced so that the maximum crack growth along the crack front does not exceed the maximum crack growth length. This method was employed to ensure that there was no unrealistic jump in the crack growth calculations.

The procedure described above has been incorporated in PipeFracCAE as a semi-automated process. The FE model generated from PipeFracCAE is sent to ABAQUS, which calculates the K values along the crack front. This information is passed back to PipeFracCAE for the crack growth calculation and definition of the new crack front. This process is continued while also considering crack shape transition.

2.1.3 Crack Shape Transition If the initial crack is defined as a part circumferential surface crack and the crack growth in the thickness direction is limited due to compressive welding residual stress, the crack can grow into a full circumferential surface crack. Figure 6 shows an example of a crack front transition from an arbitrary part circumferential surface crack to an arbitrary full circumferential surface crack.

As shown in Figure 6, the transition is made smoothly without any discontinuity.

5

(a) (b)

Figure 6 Transition from (a) arbitrary part circumferential surface crack to (b) arbitrary full circumferential surface crack If the initial crack is defined as a full circumferential surface crack or if a full circumferential surface crack is formed from a part circumferential surface crack, subsequent crack growth can cause the crack to penetrate through the wall thickness and form a complex crack. Figure 7 shows an example of a crack front transition from arbitrary full circumferential surface crack to arbitrary full complex crack. Figure 8 shows how the complex crack front is defined from the last surface crack front. As described earlier, the crack growth direction at each node is normal to the crack front. As shown in Figure 8, the new crack front is calculated from the surface crack.

The intersection of the new crack front and the OD surface is defined as the crack-tip location of the complex crack on the OD surface. So if a small time increment (or small maximum crack growth length) is used in PipeFracCAE, the crack profile just before or after wall penetration can be captured. If the intersection between the new crack front and the OD was sharp, meshing issues occurred. In this case, any ligament less than 5-10% of the wall thickness was eliminated as illustrated in Figure 8.

6

(a) (b)

Figure 7 Transition from (a) full circumferential surface crack to (b) full complex crack Figure 8 Illustration showing how the complex crack front is defined from growth of a surface crack 2.1.4 Limitations In some of the cases considered in the present effort, the part circumferential surface crack grew into a through-wall crack before growing into a full circumferential surface crack. For this type of crack, an arbitrary through-wall crack module was needed. The need for the arbitrary through-wall crack module arose in the mid-stage of the project. Due to limited time schedule, it was not possible to update PipeFracCAE. As an alternative method, as shown in Figure 9, a fictitious crack was added to extend the part circumferential surface crack into a full circumferential surface crack. Subsequent crack growth was based on the full circumferential surface crack, which grew into a full complex crack. This assumption is conservative in both critical crack size margin and leak rate.

7

Small fictitious crack applied Part circumferential surface crack Full circumferential surface crack Full complex crack Figure 9 Fictitious crack added to part circumferential surface crack due to meshing limitations 2.2 Critical crack size calculation Accurate determination of the critical crack size is very important to the prediction of the margin between leakage and rupture. The determination of critical circumferential flaw sizes has been extensively investigated in experimental and analytical efforts since the 1970s for nuclear piping. Much of that work was summarized in Reference 5. The evaluation of cracks in nuclear piping for in-service flaw evaluation procedures is incorporated for nuclear piping in ASME Section XI Articles IWB-3600 as well as Appendix C [6] and H [7]. This flaw evaluation procedure incorporated safety factors on stress that vary for service level. There are criterion for circumferential flaws in stainless steel piping and their welds, ferritic piping and their welds, but not yet for high nickel alloy welds like Alloy 82/182. Currently the criterion for Alloy 82/182 is under development [8].

2.2.1 Technical basis document for critical crack size determination In order to fully document the past work on the calculation of critical crack size, Emc2 developed a technical basis document on this subject [9]. This technical basis document was meant as a reference to document the relevant experimental and analytical results for accurately predicting the critical size of both surface and through-wall cracks. It was not meant as a comprehensive review of all of the technical issues pertaining to the criticality of these cracks, but more as a reference document that the reader can use as a guide to finding more technical detail if desired.

The issues discussed in this document included:

  • The behavior of surface, complex, and through-wall cracks,
  • The use of limit-load versus elastic-plastic fracture mechanics,
  • Proper material properties to use for accurate failure predictions, and
  • Role of secondary stresses.

8

This document was used as a basis for the calculation of critical crack size in this effort.

2.2.2 Assumptions and methodologies used for this study This section of the report describes the methodologies for the calculation of critical crack size used as part of this effort. The methodology used in this effort was developed from the documentation in Reference 9 and much discussion between the NRC staff and the industry in many of the public meetings that were held in the spring and early summer of 2007. The methodology used was not meant to be generic, but specific for this need and only applicable because further research and development was not possible in the time frame of the program.

Surface cracks For non-idealized surface cracks, the calculation of critical crack size was determined using the NSC criteria for arbitrary surface cracks developed by Rahman [10]. In this approach, the integration of the cracked area is balanced with the uncracked area and the membrane and bending load required to reach the flow stress is calculated. Extensive past research [9] for cracks in similar metal welds suggest that for limit-load conditions, the base metal flow properties control the behavior. For DM welds, numerical analyses suggest that the lower strength base metal flow properties would produce the limiting results. If the crack in the DM weld is near the center of the weld, a combination of the carbon steel and stainless steel flow stress would control. However, in this effort, since these postulated defects can occur at any location in the weld or butter, the stainless steel flow strength was used conservatively.

Note that in Reference 9, some experimental data were developed which suggest that for deep surface flaws, the NSC predictions were non-conservative, i.e., the experimental loads at failure were much less than predicted by the NSC criteria. However, since further research on this topic was not possible, it was agreed to ignore this effect.

Complex cracks The analyses conducted in the Phase I effort (Section 5) suggested that once these arbitrary surface cracks break the surface, they would become complex cracks. A complex crack is a combination of a surface and through-wall crack. Limited research has been performed on complex cracks, but the data and analyses presented in Reference 9 (which is based only on base metal experiments), suggests that NSC may be appropriate for these flaws when the Dimensionless Plastic Zone Parameter (DPZP) is greater than 1.0. However, there has been limited research on complex cracks that suggests that the tearing resistance is much lower than a through-wall crack with the same OD crack length, and therefore the appropriate apparent fracture toughness must be used in calculating the DPZP parameter. When the DPZP parameter is less than 1.0, it has been shown that EPFM conditions exist. In those cases, it is appropriate to estimate the load-carrying capacity by the use of the Z-factor, as is done in ASME Section XI analyses. Z-factors have not been developed for complex cracks in Alloy 82/182 materials, but have been suggested for TWC in these materials [8]. Therefore, due to the lack of experimental data on complex cracks in DM welds, it was decided that these flaws would be analyzed using the NSC equations for an arbitrary crack and applying the Z factors per Reference 8 for all cases including those where DPZP>1.

9

Secondary stresses The role of displacement-controlled secondary stresses in the critical crack size determination is a hotly debated topic. To understand the role of secondary stresses, the NRC staff** conducted pipe system experiments (mid 1990s and early 2000) with typical and elevated levels of thermal expansion stresses [11 and 12]. The details of these experiments are discussed in Reference 9.

In summary, the experimental results showed that the secondary stress in this pipe system test acted as a primary stress from a fracture viewpoint due to the size of the surface flaw (a/t 0.65 and / 0.5), which localized the plasticity at the crack plane and allowed negligible plasticity in the uncracked pipe loop. The rotations due to the surface crack (up to maximum load) are very small compared to the pipe rotations that can occur due to the thermal expansion stress.

Due to the limited experimental results, it was decided that for the analyses in this study the displacement-controlled thermal expansion stresses (which include the normal thermal stratifications stresses) would be included in the critical crack size determination. All other displacement-controlled stresses, such as the transient thermal stratification stresses, were assumed to be relieved for complex crack evaluations.

The industry conducted two separate analyses to demonstrate the effect of secondary loads on cracked pipe [2]. In the first industry analysis (Appendix B of Ref. 2), an elastic surge line piping analysis was conducted with the appropriate displacement-controlled stresses. The rotational degrees of freedom restraints at the surge nozzle DM weld node were removed and the equivalent rotation at that location approached 2 degrees. It was argued that since the limited experimental results on complex cracks showed slightly more than 2 degrees of crack rotation at maximum load, all of the displacement-controlled stresses would be relieved before the complex crack reached a critical state. However, the 2-degree rotation (from the displacement-controlled stresses) would displace the complex cracked pipe to a near critical state. Therefore engineering judgment dictates that the displacement-controlled loads must have an impact on the critical crack size, since rotation from these loads occur. In addition, not all complex cracks will fail at 2 degrees of crack rotation. Since no experimental data for complex cracks in Alloy 82/182 exists, the rotation at failure is unknown for these types of flaws.

In their second analyses (Appendix C of Ref. 2), detailed elastic and elastic-plastic finite element analyses were conducted on through-wall cracks in straight pipe of different lengths. The loads were applied with both bending moments and equivalent rotations. The comparison of the reaction moment (from the rotation runs) with the applied moments gave an indication of how much of the displacement-controlled bending moment was relieved by the compliance of the pipe. These results show that for a through-wall crack of 50% of the circumference with a simulated pipe system compliance equal to 60 feet of straight pipe, one half of bending moment was relieved. In addition, it was shown that at this point, the crack driving force was reduced significantly (still slightly above JIc, but still below critical). These results show that for the cases analyzed, the displacement-controlled stresses are relieved, but actual magnitude is dependent on the crack size and pipe system compliance.

These data were generated through the international group programs, BINP and IPIRG, where participants other than the NRC funded this work 10

2.3 Leak rate modeling The leak-rate calculations performed in the confirmatory calculations were conducted using the SQUIRT leak rate code. SQUIRT, which stands for Seepage Quantification of Upsets In Reactor Tubes, is a computer program that predicts the leakage rates for cracked pipes in nuclear power plants. The development of the SQUIRT computer model enables licensing authorities and industry users to conduct the leak-rate evaluations for leak-before-break applications in a more efficient manner. The SQUIRT code also includes technical advances that are not available in other computer codes currently used for leak-rate estimation. The SQUIRT code has been benchmarked against other leak-rate codes and validated against experimental results [13,14].

2.3.1 The Henry-Fauske flow model in SQUIRT A review [15] of existing thermal-hydraulic models indicated that the Henry-Fauske model was the best currently available representation of two-phase fluid flow through tight cracks in a piping system. This model allows for non-equilibrium vapor generation rates as the fluid flows through the crack. The rate at which vapor is formed approaches the equilibrium value using an exponential relaxation correlation, with the correlation coefficients determined from the experimental data of Henry. In addition to the uncertainty associated with specifying the non-equilibrium vapor generation rate, other uncertainties in the analysis arise due to incomplete knowledge of the flow path losses, the friction factors for tight cracks, and the potential for particulate plugging.

2.3.2 Other thermodynamic flow models The SQUIRT code has three different thermal-hydraulic flow models depending on the thermodynamic state of the fluid inside the pipe. The default model is the Henry-Fauske two-phase model for tight cracks for subcooled liquid as described above. The other two models are as follows.

1. Single-phase liquid model. A model was added to predict the leakage rate through a pipe crack when the fluid inside the pipe is under pressure, but the fluid temperature is below the saturation temperature corresponding to the ambient pressure outside of the pipe. In this case the fluid remains a liquid as it flows through the pipe crack and as it is discharged. This model solves the flow equations associated with non-compressible fluid flow.
2. Superheated single-phase steam model. A model was added to predict the leakage rate through a pipe crack when the fluid inside the pipe is superheated steam. By definition, superheated steam has a steam quality of 100%. In this case, the fluid remains a gas as it flows through the pipe crack and as it is discharged. This module solves the flow equations associated with compressible gas flow.

If the temperature of the fluid inside the pipe is less than or equal to the saturation temperature of the fluid at the ambient pressure, then the single-phase liquid flow model can be used to calculate a leakage rate. Alternatively, if the crack depth (pipe wall thickness) to hydraulic diameter ratio is less than 0.5, then the single-phase liquid model can also be used because the fluid is assumed to pass through the crack as a liquid before it has time to flash to a two-phase mixture.

11

If the temperature of the fluid inside the pipe is greater than the saturation temperature of water at the pipe operating pressure, then the superheated steam fluid flow model may be used to calculate the leakage rate. Under these circumstances, the steam quality is assumed to be 100%

throughout the crack depth, and the fluid is modeled as a single-phase compressible flow.

Finally, if the crack depth (pipe wall thickness) to hydraulic-diameter ratio is greater than 15 (tight crack) and the fluid inside the pipe is a liquid, the fluid will flash to a two-phase mixture at the ambient pressure, and the Henry-Fauske two-phase flow model in SQUIRT may be used to calculate the flow rate. Figure 10 shows the critical pressure ratio as a function of the crack depth (pipe wall thickness) to hydraulic diameter ratio for two-phase flow. This figure also shows the region on the plot where the Henry-Fauske model is valid. Likewise, the figure also shows the region on the plot where the single-phase liquid model may be used to approximate the leakage rate. Finally, the current version of SQUIRT does not have a transitional two-phase flow model to handle pipe cracks with depth (pipe wall thickness) to hydraulic diameter ratios between 0.5 and 15. A sensitivity study was done in a previous study [14] and it was determined that at L/D=15, the single-phase model overpredicted the two-phase flow model by 30% for both large and small leak rates. This is within the normal scatter of leak rate data where the scatter was a factor of 2 (except at very low leak rates). Therefore, it was decided that for conditions where L/D<15, the all-liquid model should be used but the results should be scaled by a factor that would range linearly from 0.7 (at L/D=15) to 1 (at L/D=1).

0.6 Orifice Flow -- Can be 0.5 approximated with single-phase liquid model Critical Pressure Ratio Henry/Fauske Two-0.4 Phase Flow Model for Tight Cracks 0.3 0.2 SQUIRT currently does not have a two-phase 0.1 flow model to simulate this region 0

0 5 10 15 20 Crack Depth to Hydraulic Diameter Ratio Figure 10 Plot of critical pressure ratio as a function of crack depth to hydraulic diameter ratio showing when the leak rate models in SQUIRT are valid [16]

2.3.3 Crack size assumptions The SQUIRT code has two modules. SQUIRT2 calculates the leakage rate from a crack given the crack length, crack opening displacement (COD) and thermodynamic conditions. SQUIRT4 uses an iterative approach to calculate the crack length given the thermodynamic conditions, the material properties, and the leak rate. This iterative process uses typical J-estimation schemes to 12

predict the COD at a given condition. In this effort, since detailed FE analyses were conducted for each time step, the COD from those analyses were used with the SQUIRT2 module. In addition, SQUIRT2 allows the input of both the ID and OD crack length and COD. According to the SQUIRT users manual [13], SQUIRT assumes that the behavior in both crack length and COD is linear between the OD and ID.

Since SQUIRT assumes that the behavior between the ID and the OD is linear, the results from the FE analyses can be used to determine the accuracy of this assumption. Figure 11 shows the normalized half COD (normalized by the half COD at the OD) for the relief nozzle geometry (Case 6, see Section 6 for details). In this figure, two different crack lengths are shown, and the results suggest that for the shorter OD crack lengths, the trend of COD through the thickness is not linear. However, as the OD crack length increases, the trend becomes linear. For the shorter crack lengths, the COD values are slightly less than the linear approximation, suggesting that the linear approximation would yield higher leak rates.

1.2 Solid line is linear approximation 1

Half Crack opening displacement 0.8 0.6 OD=2.7" OD=7.8" 0.4 0.2 0

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 Distance from OD, inch Figure 11 Normalized half crack opening displacement for Case 6 A much larger effect is seen when an approximation of the ID crack length is made. As described in Section 5 of this report, for most of these analyses, the resulting leaking crack was complex in shape in that the ID length extended completely around the circumference, and the OD crack length was limited in circumferential extent. An example of the profile for a leaking crack in Case 6 is shown in Figure 12a. In this figure, which shows half of the crack profile, the solid red line represents the leaking crack front with an OD crack length of approximately 3 inches. The purple dashed line represents the linear approximation in crack depth from the OD length to the full ID length. The blue dashed line represents the approximation that the ID crack length is equal to the OD crack length. In addition, Figure 12b shows the COD profile for this same crack. These figures suggest that the approximation of the ID crack length equal to the ID circumference is overly conservative for full extent complex cracks, i.e., too large of a flow path 13

is assumed, while the approximation that the ID and OD crack length being equal may be too restrictive. Since there is no available complex crack leak rate experimental data that can be used to verify these predictions, it can only be assumed that the actual leak rate will fall between these two bounds. Therefore, for the purposes of these analyses, leak rates at both conditions were calculated and averaged.

5 4

3 2

1 0

0 1 2 3 4 5

-1

-2

-3

-4

-5 (a) Crack shape (b) Numerical COD Scale = inch Figure 12 Crack length approximations for SQUIRT calculations 2.3.4 Crack morphology parameters The SQUIRT code contains a COD-dependent crack morphology model for leak-rate calculations. This model is described in detail in References 17 and 18. In essence, this model assumes that the pressure drops that occur as the fluid passes over the crack morphology are dependent on the opening of the crack. The effect is simply illustrated in Figure 13. For large values of COD, the fluid passes directly across the global roughness, which induces the pressure drops. However, if the COD is small, the fluid must weave around the grain boundaries and the pressure drops are dominated by the change in flow path and local grain surface roughness. The relationships between these effects are given in detail in Reference 18 and are fully encoded in the current version of SQUIRT. Even though this procedure has not been fully validated experimentally, computational fluid mechanics work [19] suggests that this procedure is appropriate for modeling the pressure loss across tortuous crack morphologies.

14

Figure 13 Effect of COD on crack morphology parameters Within the current version of SQUIRT, the key crack morphology parameters are:

µL - Local roughness,

µG - Global roughness, ntL - Number of turns in flow path when the crack is tight (/µG <0.1),

KG - Global path deviation factor, ratio of flow path to pipe thickness, and KG+L - Local path deviation factor, ratio of flow path to pipe thickness.

The SQUIRT code has three types of cracking mechanisms:

IGSCC - Intergranular stress corrosion crack, Fatigue - Fatigue crack, and PWSCC - Primary water stress corrosion crack.

Table 1 gives the mean values of the crack morphology parameters for the three different crack mechanisms as determined from cracks removed from service. For the analyses conducted in this effort, the PWSCC crack morphology parameters with the COD-dependence behavior were used.

Table 1 Mean values of crack morphology parameters used in SQUIRT (from Ref. 20 )

Crack Morphology Variable IGSCC Fatigue PWSCC

µL, µm 4.699 8.814 16.86

µG, µm 80.010 40.513 113.9 ntL, mm-1 28.2 6.73 5.94 KG 1.07 1.017 1.009 KG+L 1.33 1.06 1.243

For PWSCC these values are for cracks that are traveling parallel to the dendritic grain structure, see Reference 20 15

3. K-Verification and Model Convergence Results 3.1 Description of Analyses As described in Section 2 of this report, the subcritical crack growth that is calculated in this effort is driven by the stress intensity factors at every crack tip (nodal) location along the crack front. The same basic procedure is used in both PipeFracCAE and the industry code FEACrack.

Therefore, it is essential to verify the K-solutions from both the Emc2 and DEI computer codes.

In the present effort, three different cases were considered. First, a semi-elliptical (idealized) surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure was considered. The Emc2 and DEI K-solutions were compared and these solutions were also compared with the Anderson [21]

solution. In addition, a semi-elliptical surface crack under tension, bending, internal pressure, and welding residual stress was considered. As a final step, an arbitrary (non-idealized) surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure was considered.

In addition to the K-verification, model convergence studies were conducted. For this study, the time increment was varied for the crack growth analyses. The time and crack shape at leakage was compared.

3.2 K-Verification 3.2.1 Semi-elliptical surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure In order to verify the stress intensity solutions along the crack front for semi-elliptical surface cracks, FE analyses were performed for models only with internal pressure, axial tension, and bending moment (no WRS). These results were compared with the Anderson [21] solution and the results provided by DEI in their Phase I effort [22].

Table 2 lists the four cases considered in this effort, where the outer pipe diameter, Do = 7.75 inches and the wall thickness, t = 1.29 inches. These cases were selected from a subset of the 36 DEI analyses that most closely matched conditions for the Wolf Creek cases considered.

The mesh generator developed by Emc2, PipeFracCAE, was employed to generate the FE model.

Figure 14 shows an example mesh generated from PipeFracCAE. A quarter symmetric model was used. Twenty-noded brick elements were used for the model. The crack tip elements were collapsed at the crack front and the midside nodes nearest the crack tip were moved to the quarter point location to generate the r(-1/2) singularity at the crack tip.

Table 2 Crack geometries of four cases considered for validation Case Ri/t a/t a 2ci/a 2 (deg) 3 2.004 0.1 0.129 15 42.9 15 2.004 0.3 0.387 5 42.9 18 2.004 0.3 0.387 21 180.1 20 2.004 0.3 0.387 30 257.3 Below are the loading conditions used in this effort:

16

- internal pressure : 2.235 ksi

- axial tension : 2.0 ksi

- effective global bending moment : 277.5 in-kips The internal pressure was applied to the inner surface of the pipe and also 100% of the internal pressure was applied to the crack face to simulate crack-face pressure loading. Axial tension and a bending moment were applied at the end of the pipe as a pressure loading.

The elastic modulus and the Poissons ratio were set to 30x106 psi and 0.3, respectively.

The stress intensity factor, K, was directly obtained from ABAQUS. In ABAQUS, the interaction integral method [23] is used to extract the K values. The KI value was determined as the mean value of the 2nd to 5th contours along the crack front.

Figure 15 shows the K values along the crack front for the four cases considered in this effort. In this figure, results provided by DEI are also plotted for comparison. As shown in Figure 15, the two results match well along the crack front except near the free surface. Since it is difficult to numerically calculate the K value at the free surface point, the K value is typically extrapolated from the K values near the free surface. In their Phase I effort, DEI linearly extrapolated the path independent J-integral values near the free surface for the points where the path dependence was high. These results are shown in Figure 16. As shown in this figure, the extrapolated K values do not follow the trends of the previous K values along the crack front. Figure 16 also shows the K values calculated by Emc2, where the J-integral path independence was valid very close to the free surface (difference was less than 5%). This was possibly due to the fine mesh used near the free surface [see Figure 14(c)]. The K value at the surface point was extrapolated by using a 4th order polynomial fit. Table 3 compares the K values at the free surface and the deepest points calculated by DEI and Emc2 and also these values are compared with the Anderson solution. As summarized in Table 3, the K values agree well at the deepest point whereas the values at the free surface location show some difference. Such difference is due to the different extrapolation method used to estimate the K value at the free surface.

17

(a) Overall view (b) Close-up view near crack front (c) Close-up view near surface point Figure 14 Example of FE mesh employed in the present study (Case18) 18

10 15 CASE3 CASE15 8 12 KI (ksi-in ) KI (ksi-in )

0.5 0.5 6 9 4 6 EMC2 EMC2 2 DEI 3 DEI 0 0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 2 / 2 /

(a) Case 3 (b) Case 15 15 15 CASE18 CASE20 12 12 KI (ksi-in ) KI (ksi-in )

0.5 0.5 9 9 6 6 EMC2 EMC2 3 DEI 3 DEI 0 0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 2 / 2 /

(c) Case 18 (d) Case 20 (e) Definition of angle ( ) along the crack front Figure 15 Calculated K values along the crack front 19

5 12 EMC2 CASE15 EMC2 CASE3 4 DEI DEI Poly. (EMC2) 9 Poly. (EMC2)

KI (ksi-in ) KI (ksi-in )

0.5 0.5 3

6 2

y = 354.23x 4 - 242.93x 3 + 83.125x 2 - 10.256x + 7.0177 y = 1277.2x 4 - 755.18x 3 + 157.22x 2 - 5.2869x + 2.3291 R2 = 0.9999 R2 = 0.9998 3 1

0 0 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 2 / 2 /

(a) (b) 4 2 EMC2 CASE18 EMC2 CASE20 3 DEI 1.5 DEI Poly. (EMC2) Poly. (EMC2)

KI (ksi-in ) KI (ksi-in )

0.5 0.5 2 1 y = 1435.6x 4 - 787.02x 3 + 155.61x 2 - 3.1039x + 1.8376 1 R2 = 1 0.5 y = 585.46x 4 - 270.62x 3 + 49.406x 2 + 0.1258x + 0.4062 R2 = 0.9999 0 0 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 2 / 2 /

(c) (d)

Figure 16 Extrapolation of K value at the surface point Table 3 Comparison of KI values at surface and deepest points Anderson (ksi-in0.5) DEI (ksi-in0.5) Emc2 (ksi-in0.5)

Ksurf Kdeep Ksurf Kdeep Ksurf Kdeep Case3 2.6 6.2 2.9 6.4 2.33 6.35 Case15 7.2 9.9 7.8 10.1 7.02 10.05 Case18 2.4 12.2 2.3 12.1 1.84 12.01 Case20 1.5 13 0.6 12.2 0.41 12.14 3.2.2 Semi-elliptical surface crack under tension, bending, internal pressure, and welding residual stress As part of the K-verification, FE analysis was conducted for the indication found in the Wolf Creek relief nozzle DM weld. The purpose of this effort was to verify the stress intensity solutions along the crack front for an idealized crack (semi-elliptical crack) in a complex stress 20

field, i.e., tension, bending, internal pressure, and welding residual stress. All of the geometry, loads, and assumptions are identical to those presented in DEI Phase I report [22], except for those presented below. For these analyses, PipeFracCAE was employed to generate the FE model where the semi-elliptical crack was modeled using the arbitrary crack-front option. The model generated for this analysis is shown in Figure 17.

Figure 17 FE model used for K-verification of semi-elliptical surface crack under complex stress field In the DEI Phase I analyses, the WRS field initially developed by Emc2 for the relief nozzle flaw was simulated numerically through an elastic FE analysis by imposing a temperature field on the crack plane and in the weld metal. In their analyses, a constant temperature was imposed on all nodes from the crack plane to the end of the simulated weld, which had an axial location of 1 inch from the crack plane. The coefficient of thermal expansion was then modified by nodal location until the required stress field was obtained. For the material outside of the weld, the thermal expansion coefficient was set to zero. This allowed the stress to relax and return to zero far from the crack plane. This numerically simulated stress field was added to the normal operating conditions, and was used to drive the crack in their Phase I analyses.

In order to verify these calculations, Emc2 conducted similar analyses. However, the development of the stress fields was handled in a slightly different manner§§. In this case, the entire FE model had the same coefficient of thermal expansion, but the temperature field was adjusted to produce the required stress field at the crack plane. The temperature field at the crack plane was used at every axial location from the crack plane to the end of the simulated weld, i.e.,

1-inch away from the crack plane. Beyond the 1-inch location, the nodal temperatures were set to the initial condition.

This WRS was based in ASME Section XI efforts for IGSCC cracking in the HAZ of stainless steel welds

§§ Note that in later analyses, DEI adopted the Emc2 procedure for applying the thermal loads in the crack growth analyses 21

Figure 18 shows the stress field at the crack plane. In this figure, the x-axis is the normalized distance from the ID surface, while the y-axis is the axial welding residual stress. The solid line in this figure represents the stress field used in the original NRC scoping analyses. The dashed line represents the DEI simulated WRS field. Note that the stress on the ID is underpredicted, at 30% though-wall is overpredicted, and at 80% through wall is again underpredicted. The solid squares in this figure represent Emc2 predictions of the WRS (Case 1). Finally, the open triangles represent the Emc2 estimate of the DEI calculated WRS (Case 2). In this case, we attempted to match the DEI predictions and not the original curve fit from the scoping analysis.

60 NRC Fit to ASME Thick Data 50 DEI estimation Emc2 estimation - Case1 40 Emc2 estiamtion of DEI WRS - Case2 Axial Welding Residual Stress (ksi) 30 20 10 0

-10

-20

-30 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 Normalized Distance from ID Surface, (R-Ri)/t Figure 18 Welding residual stress field at the crack plane Figure 19 illustrates a comparison of the K values for the semi-elliptical surface flaw as a function of pipe circumferential position relative to the symmetry plane for the three residual stress cases shown in Figure 18. Note that for the Emc2 Case 2 results, the residual stresses were generated to match the DEI simulated stresses as closely as possible, where for the Case 1 results, the residual stresses were generated to match the original stresses used in the scoping analyses. When the Emc2 welding residual stresses match those of DEI, the K-values are very similar along most of the crack front, but deviate slightly at the free surface. However, when the Emc2 WRS matched those of the original scoping analysis, the Emc2 K-values were lower than the DEI values by about 13% along the entire crack front.

22

30.0 DEI Emc2 - Case 2 Emc2 - Case 1 25.0 FEA Stress Intensity Factor, (ksi-in0.5) 20.0 15.0 10.0 5.0 0.0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Pipe Circumferential Position, (deg)

Figure 19 Comparison of DEI and Emc2 K-solution for semi-elliptical surface crack in relief nozzle A closer view of the K-values at the free surface is shown in Figure 20. As shown in this figure, the results compare well until the transition to the free surface begins. At the free surface, the K-values vary by about 15%. It is suspected that this difference is due to the estimation of the welding residual stress since the comparison of K-values for semi-elliptical flaws under only membrane and global bending loads showed excellent agreement between the Emc2 and DEI results.

30.0 DEI Emc2 Case 2 FEA Stress Intensity Factor, (ksi-in0.5) 25.0 20.0 15.0 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 Pipe Circumferential Position, (deg)

Figure 20 Comparison of K-solution at free surface 23

The effects of stress redistribution can be examined by the results shown in Figure 21. In this figure, the symbols represent the K values from the Emc2 analyses where temperature was used to predict the welding residual stress at the crack plane and the decay of that stress along the axial length of pipe. The solid line in this figure, represents the application of the crack plane residual stress field at the end of model, i.e., the residual stress does not decay with axial distance. As shown in this figure, the K-values are identical which indicate that for this size crack in this residual stress field, redistribution has no affect on the driving force.

30.0 Emc2 Case 2 Emc2 Case 2 Far field stress FEA Stress Intensity Factor, (ksi-in0.5) 25.0 20.0 15.0 10.0 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 Normalized Distance along the crack front Figure 21 Effects of residual stress redistribution 3.2.3 Arbitrary surface crack under tension, bending, and internal pressure As final step of K-verification, continuous, non-ideal crack fronts were generated using a modified Bessel function to verify the K-solutions from both the Emc2 and DEI computer codes.

These crack fronts are shown in Figure 22. In this figure, the alpha term is the order of the Bessel function. Also included in this figure is an additional crack front (Extra Case) suggested by DEI that is still continuous but much less ideal as compared to the Bessel function. For these verification analyses, the Wolf Creek relief line geometry and loads were considered. No welding residual stress was used in these analyses. Figure 23 shows the four crack front shapes on the Wolf Creek relief line geometry.

24

0.9 alpha=8, a/t=5, c=5 0.8 alpha=2, a/t=0.8, c=7 0.7 alpha=5, a/t=0.25, c=1.5 Extra Case 0.6 0.5 a/t 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Surface Crack length (inch)

Figure 22 Crack fronts suggestged for the K-verification study alpha=5, a/t=0.25, c=1.5 alpha=8, a/t=0.5, c=5 alpha=2, a/t=0.8, c=7 Extra Case Figure 23 Crack front shapes on Wolf Creek Relief nozzle geometry 25

Using PipeFracCAE and ABAQUS, the K-solutions for these cracks were generated along the crack front as shown in Figure 24. In this figure, results provided by DEI are also plotted for comparison. As shown in this figure, the comparisons are excellent between the two independent calculations.

35 Case1 - Emc2 30 Case2 - Emc2 Case3 - Emc2 Case4 - Emc2 Case1 - DEI 25 Case2 - DEI Case3 - DEI Case 4 - DEI 0.5 20 K, ksi*in 15 10 5

0 0 2 4 6 8 Inner surface crack length, inch Figure 24 Comparison of Emc2 and DEI K-solutions for K-verification study 3.3 Model Convergence In order to verify that the inputs used in the crack growth analyses were producing a converged solution, a model convergence study was completed. In the Emc2 analyses, the crack growth is controlled not only on time, but also on maximum crack extension per increment. For instance, a one month time step can be used with 0.05-inch crack growth increment. In this case, the crack will be grown for one month at the specified inputs, however, if that growth exceeds 0.05 inch, the time step will be reduced until it does not exceed that value. For this study, the Phase I case (See Section 5.1) was run with a time increment of 1 month and 0.25 month. In these cases, the average crack growth increment was 0.09 inch and 0.02 inch respectively. The results of the crack growth predictions are shown in Figure 25. This figure illustrates that there are some slight differences in crack growth, but the times to leakage only differed by about 3%, which is slightly better than the 5% claimed by DEI in their convergence study. Therefore, it is assumed that the model is converged within these time and crack growth increments.

26

Dashed line - 0.25 mo 1.2 Solid lines - 1mo Time = 0.333 yr Time = 1yr 1 Time = 2 yr Time = 3yr Increasing time Crack Depth (in)

Time = 4 yr 0.8 Time = 5yr Time = 5.25 yr 0.6 0.4 0.2 1 mo - 5.58 year at leak 0.25 mo - 5.40 year at leak 0

0 2 4 6 8 Circumferential Distance along ID (in)

Figure 25 Time increment comparison for Phase I calculations

4. Welding Residual Stress Results In this section of the report, the confirmatory welding residual stress analyses are discussed. As described in the industrys report [2], the welding residual stress analyses conducted were chosen to investigate the range of nozzle to safe end welds in the as-welded conditions and in the presence of weld repairs. All of the geometry and welding details were retrieved by the industry through a survey conducted as part of the industrys effort. For the confirmatory analyses presented here, the geometries used were identical to those used by the industry; however, the material properties, mesh development, and analysis procedures were unique.

4.1 Description of Cases The nozzles analyzed in this effort consisted on the pressurizer surge, relief/safety and spray nozzles. For the nine plants affected by the possible acceleration in inspection/mitigation schedule, seven were Westinghouse designs, while the remaining two were CE designs.

Therefore, in the analyses conducted both Westinghouse and CE designs were considered.

For the safety/relief nozzle cases, two geometries were used in the modeling effort. These geometries, labeled Type 1a and Type 2b [2] represent the typical relief/safety geometry with and without an ID liner. For the purposes of the confirmatory analyses, the Type1a geometry was chosen in this effort. The industry conducted the following cases with the relief/safety nozzle geometry.

  • Nozzle butt weld alone with and without safe-end weld, 27
  • Nozzle butt weld with 0.75-inch deep x 360 degree ID weld repair (3D solution) without safe end weld, and

In the industrys analyses, it was assumed that the safety/relief analyses were representative of the smaller spray nozzle welds; therefore, no spray nozzle analyses were conducted.

For the surge nozzle, two geometries were also considered, i.e., Type 8 and Type 9 [2] with the following analyses conducted:

  • Type 8 nozzle butt weld alone with and without the stainless steel safe-end weld,
  • Type 8 nozzle butt weld with 5/16-inch x 360 degree ID weld repair with the safe-end weld, and
  • Type 9 nozzle butt weld alone without the safe-end weld.

The Emc2 confirmatory analyses focused on the Type 1a safety/relief nozzle with and without the stainless steel safe-end weld and the Type 8 surge nozzle with and without the 5/16-inch repair and with and without the safe-end weld. These analyses were conducted in a purely axi-symmetric manner, which assumes that the resulting residual stresses do not vary circumferentially.

4.2 Description of Emc2 analysis procedures Emc2 has been conducting welding simulation analyses for years and is the main NRC contractor conducting welding simulations for the J-welds in CRDM nozzles. The approach used in the predictions of welding residual stresses and strains is based on extensive knowledge of the welding process and has been refined as the commercial finite element codes have been updated and improved. In all of the Emc2 welding analyses, thermo-elastic-plastic FE simulations were performed to simulate welding the subject butt welds. The formation of the welding residual stress is a result of the thermo-mechanical deformation process during welding. In this study, the heat flow and mechanical deformation during welding were simulated using a sequentially coupled approach [24,25,26]. In such approach, the transient heat-transfer analysis was conducted to solve the temporal and spatial distribution of the temperature in the model, and then the computed thermal history was used as input as thermal loading in the subsequent mechanical analysis calculating the residual stress field. Temperature-dependent mechanical properties were utilized and isotropic hardening was assumed. The effects of melting, solidification, and annealing were simulated in the analysis. Heat transfer to the environment is assumed to occur on all free surfaces of the model. The justifications of the sequentially coupled modeling approach were provided elsewhere [11, 27,28].

The welding heat flow was modeled as a heat-conduction problem. Temperature-dependent thermal conductivity and specific heat values were used. Typically, the welding arc is treated as a volumetric moving heat source, taking the double-ellipsoidal distribution proposed by Goldak et al. [29]. However, such moving source analyses can be very computationally intense [30]. In the axisymmetric models assumed in this effort, the welding heat was effectively applied simultaneously over the weld length.

28

The welding simulation was performed on a pass-by-pass basis following the weld sequence described for butt weld. A weld pass was activated only when it was deposited. The analysis procedure included not only the pass-by-pass welding steps, but also other essential fabrication steps that would be expected to have strong effects on the stresses in the butt weld: back chipping, last pass welding, hydrotesting, and application of operating temperature.

As mentioned, temperature-dependent material properties were used for simulating welding residual stress, including the thermophysical and mechanical properties of the materials involved in butt weld fabrication. Great care was taken to ensure that the material properties used in the weld simulation analysis were as realistic as possible. The material properties necessary for the butt weld stress analysis were collected from various sources in the open literature and through data exchanges with industry. These data were originally developed for the CRDM effort conducted at Emc2 [31]. In addition, the temperature-dependent stress-strain curves for Alloy 182 solution-annealed weld metal [up to 1,255°K (1,800°F)] and carbon steel SA-508 [up to 1,033°K (1,400°F)] were experimentally determined at ORNL through that CRDM effort.

Table 4 shows a summary of the mechanical properties at 315C. An example of the temperature dependent stress-strain curves for the Alloy 182 material is shown in Figure 26.

Table 4 Mechanical properties for Emc2 weld analyses at 315C Elastic Poissons y, Material Use Modulus, Ratio MPa GPa SA-508 Nozzle 183.15 0.30 268.9 Alloy 182 Weld and butter 203.16 0.32 162.8 SS309/304/316L Cladding, SS weld, Safe end 176.29 0.30 148.8 1000 900 25C 315C 800 427C 700 True Stress (MPa) 550C 600 650C 760C 500 870C 400 980C 300 1300C 200 100 0

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 True Plastic Strain Figure 26 True stress-strain curves for Alloy 182 weld metal 29

4.3 Modeling assumptions In all of the welding analyses conducted in this program, modeling assumptions were necessary.

Since the exact details of the welding procedures were not available, these assumptions were necessary in order to complete the analyses. The following assumptions were used in all analyses:

  • An axi-symmetric assumption was used for all welds in the Emc2 study.
  • Typical size weld beads were simulated in all cases. The size of the weld beads was developed from investigation of micrographs of other similar welds. The number of weld passes was generated from the dimensions and the typical weld bead size. DEI assumed a different weld bead size, see Figure 27.
  • The effects of the butter welding and post-weld heat treat were ignored. It was assumed the butter was in a stress free state when the main welding occurred. DEI made the same assumption. This is a reasonable assumption since past work [11] has shown that after welding and post-weld heat treatment, the stresses in the butter are typically small.
  • All of the welds modeled were U-groove type welds, i.e., the butter and the safe end butted together with a 0.07-inch land, which was melted when the first weld pass was deposited. This land was later removed by a back chipping process and a last pass weld was re-deposited on the ID. In these analyses, it was assumed that this land was 0.1-inch inches for all nozzles. The land was not modeled for the stainless steel safe-end welds.
  • The back chipping process for land removal and repair process was numerically simulated using an element removal process. The effect of grinding/cold work due to this process was not simulated.
  • A linear spring was used at the end of the stainless steel pipe to simulate the stiffness of the remaining pipe system. The stiffness used corresponded to a length of approximately 60 feet.
  • Isotropic hardening was used in all analyses.

(a) (b) 2 Figure 27 Comparison of DEI (a) and Emc (b) WRS mesh for surge line illustrating weld bead geometry 4.4 Relief nozzle results The geometry for the Type 1a relief nozzle was provided to Emc2 by DEI and is shown in Figure 28, while the axi-symmetric finite element model generated is shown in Figure 29.

30

Figure 28 Geometry for the relief nozzle WRS analyses Figure 29 Emc2 relief nozzle mesh In addition, the details of the mesh for both the main DM weld and the stainless steel safe-end weld are shown in Figure 30. In this figure, each weld pass is given a separate color so that the weld pass details are illustrated.

The following sequence was followed in the relief nozzle welding simulation analyses:

  • Each pass of the main DM weld was deposited from the ID to the OD in a left-to-right sequence.
  • The land (0.1) was removed from the ID using an element removal technique.
  • The last pass was deposited on the ID in one weld pass.
  • The stainless steel weld was deposited from the ID to the OD in a left-to-right sequence.

(Note this step was omitted in some of the analyses).

31

  • A hydrotest was simulated at a pressure of 2,794 psi (1.25*2,235 psi) at ambient conditions.
  • The model was then taken to operating temperature (653F).

(a) Main weld (b) Stainless steel safe end weld 2

Figure 30 Emc relief nozzle weld mesh details For the relief nozzle analyses, the cases with and without the stainless steel safe-end weld were considered. In addition, since the analysis in this report deals with circumferential crack growth, only axial stresses are reported. An example of an axial stress (in MPa) contour plot for the relief nozzle case without the stainless steel safe-end weld is shown in Figure 31. This figure illustrates that high ID axial stress is in the butter adjacent to the DM weld. The arrow shown in this figure represents the linear path that best approximates the maximum stress path. This arrow goes through the highest tensile stress on both the ID and OD, while going through the smallest compressive stress at the mid thickness. This path will be used to compare axial stresses for the other relief nozzle runs.

A comparison of the axial stresses from the DEI (open symbols) and Emc2 (solid symbols) analyses for the relief nozzle are given in Figure 32. Also included in this figure are the residual stresses assumed in the original scoping study. A comparison of the welding residual stresses without the stainless steel safe end weld for the DEI and Emc2 analyses can be made by comparing the open symbols in Figure 32. These results indicate that the stresses are similar when the analysis is conducted without the stainless steel safe-end weld. In fact, the Emc2 stresses are slightly higher on the compressive side, but slightly lower on the tensile side. In addition, the Emc2 stress field crosses from tension-to-compression at a slightly higher through-thickness location, suggesting that it may be slightly more limiting in a crack growth sense.

The results with the stainless steel safe-end weld modeled are given by the solid symbols in Figure 32. For these results, it appears that there is a large difference between the ID stresses for the Emc2 and DEI analyses when the safe end weld is added. The DEI results show a tensile stress of over 200 MPa on the ID surface, while the Emc2 results show a slight compressive stress. However, the results are very similar through-out the rest of the wall thickness. It is suspected that the difference is due to the safe-weld weld modeling. In the Emc2 analyses, a linear spring is added to the end of the stainless steel pipe to represent the compliance of the piping system. It is assumed that the piping system is a straight section of pipe. In the DEI analyses, no piping system compliance is modeled, but the nodes at the end of the stainless pipe are coupled in the axial direction. This procedure models the pipe movement as if the pipe was continuous, but does not estimate the system compliance. Since the addition of the stainless steel 32

weld creates through thickness bending, the piping system compliance will be important.

However, at this point, further analyses would be required to determine the differences shown in ID stress. In addition to the system compliance, other issues, such as the stainless steel weld sequencing, may affect the stress in the DM weld.

Figure 31 Axial stress for relief nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 653F (Arrow is maximum stress path) 600 87 70 400 52 Axial Stress, MPa 35 Axial stress, ksi 200 17 0 0

-17

-200

-35

-52

-400

-70

-600 -87 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 Normalized Distance (along Defined Path from ID to OD)

NoRepair-NoSS NoRepair-WithSS Scoping DEI - Type 1a NoSS DEI - Type 1a withSS Figure 32 Comparison of axial stress results for relief nozzle case (Triangle symbols =

Emc2, diamond symbols = DEI) 33

4.5 Surge nozzle results The geometry for the Type 8 surge nozzle was provided to Emc2 by DEI and is shown in Figure 33, while the axi-symmetric finite element model generated is shown in Figure 34.

The details of the Emc2 mesh for both the main DM weld and the stainless steel safe-end weld are shown in Figure 35. In this figure, each weld pass is given a separate color so that the weld pass details are illustrated. In addition, the section highlighted in Figure 35a represents the area removed for the repair analysis.

Figure 33 Geometry for the surge nozzle WRS analyses Figure 34 Emc2 surge nozzle finite element model 34

Fill-in weld (a) Main weld (b) Stainless steel safe-end weld Figure 35 Emc2 surge nozzle weld details The following sequence was followed in the surge nozzle welding simulation analyses:

  • Each pass of the main DM weld was deposited from the ID to the OD in a left-to-right sequence.
  • The land (0.1) was removed from the ID using an element removal technique.
  • The last pass was deposited on the ID in one weld pass.
  • For certain cases, the weld repair area was removed using an element removal technique.

The repair was made in three weld passes with either a left-to-right or right-to-left sequence. The repair was always assumed to be centered within the weld and not centered on the fusion line.

  • The fill-in weld*** was added in five passes with either a left-to-right or right-to-left sequence.
  • The stainless steel weld was deposited from the ID to the OD in a left-to-right sequence.

(Note this step was omitted in some of the analyses).

  • A hydrotest was simulated at a pressure of 2,794 psi (1.25*2,235 psi) at ambient conditions.
  • The model was then taken to operating temperature (644F).

In addition, the following individual welding residual stress calculations were considered for the surge nozzle analyses:

3/4 Main DM weld including the safe-end weld With no repair (0.1-inch last pass) - left to right sequence With no repair (0.1-inch last pass) - right to left sequence With repair (5/16 inch) - left to right sequence With repair (5/16 inch) - right to left sequence 3/4 Main DM weld excluding the safe-end weld With no repair (0.1-inch last pass) - left to right sequence With no repair (0.1-inch last pass) - right to left sequence With repair (5/16 inch) - left to right sequence With repair (5/16 inch) - right to left sequence An example of the axial stress (in MPa) contour plot for the surge nozzle with a left-to-right weld sequence but without the repair and stainless steel safe-end weld is shown in Figure 36, The fill-in weld is used to seat the thermal sleeve in the Westinghouse surge nozzles.

35

while the similar run but with a right-to-left weld sequence is shown in Figure 37 In each of these cases, the arrow represents the linear path that best approximates the maximum stress path in the weld material. This arrow goes through the highest tensile stress on both the ID and OD, while going through the smallest compressive stress at the mid thickness. It should be noted the weld sequence not only changes the magnitude of the stresses but also the path with the maximum stress.

Figure 36 Axial stress for surge nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 644F with left-to-right weld sequence and no repair. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material)

Figure 37 Axial stress for surge nozzle case without stainless steel weld at 644F with right-to-left weld sequence and no repair. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material) 36

Figure 38 shows a similar contour plot as shown in Figure 36, but includes the weld repair. As with the weld sequencing, the addition of the weld repair also moved the location of the maximum stress path from the butter to more centered in the weld.

Figure 38 Axial stress for surge nozzle case with weld repair but without stainless steel weld at 644F. (Arrow indicates the path of maximum stress in the weld material)

A comparison of the axial stresses (solid symbols = Emc2, open symbols = DEI) along the paths described above for the surge nozzle case with no repair and with and without stainless steel safe-end weld is given in Figure 39. Also included in this figure is the surge nozzle welding residual stress profile used in the scoping analyses. As was described in Reference 1, the scoping analysis surge nozzle WRS was developed by Battelle in the LB-LOCA contract for a slightly different geometry than analyzed here. For the cases without the stainless steel safe-end weld (triangles), the results are relatively close. The Emc2 analysis results tend to be slightly higher than the DEI results, especially before the ID tension transitions to compression. The ID stresses from the Emc2 analyses were very similar in magnitude to those used in the scoping analysis. Overall the trends from the scoping analysis results tend to fall between those calculated by Emc2 and DEI. However, when the stainless steel safe end weld is considered (circles), larger differences in the results are present. The differences between the Emc2 and DEI results occur on the ID and can again be attributed to the modeling of the compliance of the piping system. As was similar with the relief analyses, the Emc2 analysis assumes a system compliance by use of a linear spring at the end of the model, while the DEI analysis assumes no compliance. The pipe system compliance is important since the added resistance may affect the axial and local bending stress generated during the stainless steel welding process.

A comparison of the surge nozzle results with the weld repair are shown in Figure 40. In this figure the results from DEI are only with the stainless steel safe-end since they did not complete an analysis with repair and without the stainless steel weld. The comparisons in the figure are very similar to those in Figure 39 and the same conclusion can be drawn about the comparisons.

37

600 87 70 400 52 Axial Stress, MPa 35 Axial Stress, ksi 200 17 0 0

-17

-200

-35

-52

-400

-70

-600 -87 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 Normalized Distance (along Defined Path from ID to OD)

NoRepair-NoSS (Left-Right) NoRepair-WithSS (Left-Right)

DEI NoRepair-NoSS DEI-NoRepair-WithSS Scoping Figure 39 Comparison of surge nozzle WRS (left-to-right weld sequence) with no repairs with and without stainless steel safe-end weld at operating temperature (Solid symbols = Emc2, open symbols = DEI) 600 87 70 400 52 Axial Stress, MPa 35 Axial Stress, ksi 200 17 0 0

-17

-200

-35

-52

-400

-70

-600 -87 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 Normalized Distance (along Defined Path from ID to OD)

Repair-NoSS (Left-Right) Repair-WithSS (Left-Right) DEI 8-2 with repair - withSS Figure 40 Comparison of surge nozzle WRS (left-to-right weld sequence) with repair and with and without the stainless steel safe-end weld at operating temperature 38

The effect of the weld sequencing is further explored in Figure 41. In this figure, the results without the stainless steel safe-end weld are shown for both DEI (diamond symbols) and Emc2 (triangle symbols). The Emc2 results include both the left-to-right (open symbols) and right-to-left (closed symbols) weld sequence. Note that the weld sequence in the DEI results is undefined since each weld pass spanned the entire width of the weld, whereas the Emc2 analyses used reasonably sized weld beads and was able to change the weld fill-in sequence during the welding process. Also note that each of these stresses come from a different location in the weld. In the Emc2 analysis, the maximum path was chosen for a particular analysis, with the weld sequence affecting the location of this path. Even with these stipulations, the trends in the results are similar. The weld sequence appears to affect the stresses on the ID by about 100 MPa (14.5 ksi),

with the left-to-right sequence producing higher stresses. There is an additional 100 MPa difference in the ID stresses when DEI weld sequence is considered. The largest difference in the results is the through-thickness location where the ID stresses pass into compression. For the Emc2 right-to-left sequence, this occurs at a distance of 45% of the wall thickness from the ID, while the Emc2 left-to-right sequence, this point occurs at 35% of the wall thickness. For the DEI sequence, this transition happens quickly, the ID stresses become compressive after 18% of the wall thickness. It is suspected that the location of this transition from tension to compression will have a direct impact on when/if a growing PWSCC crack will arrest.

600 87 70 400 52 Axial Stress, MPa 35 Axial Stress, ksi 200 17 0 0

-17

-200

-35

-52

-400

-70

-600 -87 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 Normalized Distance (along Defined Path from ID to OD)

NoRepair-NoSS (Right-Left) NoRepair-NoSS (Left-Right)

DEI NoRepair-NoSS Figure 41 Effect of fill-in weld sequence for surge nozzle WRS at operating temperature (Triangle symbols = Emc2, diamond symbols = DEI)

Since the figures previously presented were determined from the maximum stress paths for each individual finite element run, it was prudent to compare these stresses across the same path to determine if the welding stresses calculated by DEI are confirmed with these analyses. The path chosen to make these direct comparisons is shown in Figure 42. The path chosen was vertical in nature and located 0.25 inch from the top of the main DM weld toward the butter.

39

Figure 42 Location of section for direct comparison of surge nozzle results A comparison of the axial stress values along the path given above for the surge nozzle without weld repair and before the fill-in weld is given in Figure 43. As shown in this figure, the comparison of stress is very good, with less than 10 ksi difference on the ID surface. However, when the fill-in weld is added, large differences occur, as shown in Figure 44. This figure is very similar to Figure 41, but all stress values are taken along the path shown in Figure 42. This figure again illustrates the effect of the weld sequencing on the final welding residual stress.

Therefore it is very important to properly model the weld sequence to make accurate predictions of welding residual stress.

80 60 Axial Stress, ksi 40 20 0

-20

-40 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 Normalized Distance, x/t DEI Axial Pre Fill-in EMC2 Axial Pre Fill-in Figure 43 Comparison of surge nozzle axial residual stresses before fill-in weld 40

600 87 400 58 Axial Stress, MPa Axial Stress, ksi 200 29 0 0

-200 -29

-400 -58

-600 -87 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 Normalized Distance, x/t DEI EMC2 left-to-right Emc2 right-to-left Figure 44 Comparison of surge nozzle axial residual stress with no safe end weld, and no repair along path described in Figure 42 at operating temperature 4.6 EU report validation As a first attempt at validation of the welding residual stress predictions, Battelle, Emc2 and DEI conducted an additional set of welding residual stress analyses. In this small effort, the DM weld mock-up conducted by the European Commission Joint Research Centres (JRC) Institute for Energy was analyzed. The EU project [32] investigated a wide range of issues related to the structural integrity assessment of a stainless steel weld joining stainless steel and low alloy steel components. Also in this effort, a series of round-robin exercises that compared predicted welding residual stress distributions to those measured from the aforementioned welded joint mockup was conducted. Complete details of the mockup geometry, welding process, and material properties were made available to all participants in the round-robin. The welding residual stress analysis results for each participant were compared to the through-wall stresses measured by neutron diffraction (ND).

In this effort, the problem statement [33] that was delivered to the EU round-robin participants was used by Battelle, Emc2, and DEI for conducting similar analyses. A description of the Emc2 analyses results and the comparison of the Battelle, Emc2 and DEI results to the EU round robin participant results and the ND results are given in Appendix A.

5. Confirmatory Results The purpose of this section of the report is to compare and contrast the crack growth analyses conducted by Emc2 with those conducted by DEI. As noted previously, the confirmatory results presented in this section were calculated separately from the DEI effort with the computer code 41

PipeFracCAE that was written by Emc2 specifically for this purpose. DEI had no direct influence on the development or output of the PipeFracCAE code. The same holds true for Emc2 influence on the industrys FEACrack code.

This section of the report will first begin by discussing the results of the Phase I effort, then transition to the confirmatory Phase II calculations. This section will conclude with a short discussion on the differences between the results.

5.1 Phase I results The Phase I effort in this program was to verify the usability of these unique crack growth codes, by re-analyzing the critical case from the NRC staffs original Wolf Creek scoping analysis [1].

As mentioned earlier, in that report, it was shown that the Wolf Creek relief line was the limiting case, in that the 21:1 indication aspect ratio found in that DM weld may rupture before leakage when reasonable ASME Section XI assumptions were made. To demonstrate the level of conservatism brought on by using a semi-elliptical flaw assumption in the crack growth analysis, all of the loads, geometry, and the welding residual stress profile used in the scoping analysis were retained in the Phase I calculations. As explained in Section 2 of this report, the crack growth analysis procedure is linear elastic in nature; therefore, the welding residual stress profile can be incorporated into the fracture model by use of an equivalent temperature distribution over the weld length. Depending on mesh size and density, there may be some differences in how this temperature distribution resolves into elastic stresses in the model. For instance, in the Phase I analyses, the resultant residual stresses from the Emc2 and DEI analyses can be compared against the residual stress definition, see Figure 45. In this figure, the open and solid circle represent the resultant welding residual stress on the crack plane in the Emc2 model at the 0 degree (crack center) and 180 degree locations. The solid triangle represents the DEI welding stress at 180 degrees in their model. The results show a good comparison.

However, if the axial extent of the welding residual stresses are investigated, larger differences are noticed as shown in Figure 46. In this figure, the open symbols represent the Emc2 results while the solid symbols represent the DEI results. The difference in the stresses can be attributed to the mesh density differences in the models.

As part of the confirmatory analyses, Emc2 completed two runs of the Phase I problem. The first was with a welding residual stress that best matched the Phase I DEI welding residual stress assumptions (called DEI fit), and the second was the Emc2 best fit (called Emc2 fit) to the cubic trend labeled ASME WRS in Figure 45.

42

70 ASME WRS 60 Emc2 180 degree location Emc2 0 degree location DEI 180 degree location 50 Axial Welding Residual Stress (ksi) 40 30 20 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 Normalized Distance from ID Surface, (R-Ri)/t Figure 45 Through-thickness weld residual stress profile used in Phase I calculations 60 "weld" interface 50 Axial Welding Residual Stress (ksi)

Pipe OD - DEI MidWall - DEI 40 Pipe ID - DEI Pipe OD - EMC2 30 MidWall - EMC2 Pipe ID - EMC2 20 10 0

-10

-20 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 Axial Distance from Model Symmetry Plane, inches Figure 46 Axial extent of welding residual stress assumed in Phase I calculations The crack profiles for the two Phase I runs conducted in this effort are given in Figure 47 and Figure 48 for the Emc2 fit and DEI fit of the WRS respectively. As shown in these figure, the crack profile shapes are very similar, but the times to first leakage are different by 1.2 years.

Further investigation of this difference indicated that the curve fit of the WRS results in the 43

compressive zone were responsible for this difference. At this point, the K-values are approaching zero, and a slight under or overestimation can have a large impact on the time to leakage.

1.2 Time, years First leakage 6.6 years 0 Emc2 fit to WRS 0.25 1

1 2

3 Crack Depth (in) 0.8 4 5

6 0.6 6.5 6.70 0.4 0.2 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Circumferential Distance along ID (in)

Figure 47 Crack profiles from the Emc2 Phase I calculations using Emc2 WRS fit 0.33 yr 1.2 First Leak at 5.40 year Using DEI fit WRS 1.00 yr 2.00 yr 1 3.00 yr 4.00 yr 5.00 yr Crack Depth (in) 0.8 5.25 yr 5.43 yr 0.6 5.47 yr 0.4 0.2 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Circumferential Distance along ID (in)

Figure 48 Crack profiles from the Emc2 Phase I calculations using DEI WRS fit However, even though the times to leakage are different, the crack shapes near leakage are almost identical, as illustrated in Figure 49. In this figure, the crack profiles near leakage are plotted using both the DEI fit and Emc2 fit to the WRS. Even though these cracks happen at 44

different times, the shapes are near identical. This fact indicates that even though these differences in WRS fit affect the time to leakage, the load margin on critical crack size and further growth of the through-wall crack will not be affected by these difference in the WRS fit.

1.2 DEI WRS 1 Emc2 WRS Crack Depth (in) 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Circumferential Distance along ID (in)

Figure 49 Comparison of crack profile prior to leakage The calculations made in this effort can be directly compared to those calculated by DEI in their report [2]. As stated in Section 4.4 of their report [2], they also got varying times to crack initiation when slight changes in the WRS were made. These differences also did not affect the shape of the crack at leakage. As a direct comparison, when DEI used the WRS fit that is labeled DEI fit in this report, they calculated a time to leakage of 5.36 years as compared to 5.40 years calculated by Emc2. This is in excellent agreement and confirms that the computer codes are outputting very similar crack growth predictions for similar inputs.

One other aspect from this Phase I work was the investigation of the load margin on critical crack size for the surface crack at first leakage. This study was necessary since the original scoping study claimed that the surface crack would be critical for these conditions. For the flaw shape just before leakage, the actual crack profile and the semi-elliptical assumptions are compared in Figure 50. For this crack, the natural crack shape has a crack stability load margin of 2.7, which illustrates the level of conservatism in making semi-elliptical assumption in this type of analyses. The level of conservatism can also be estimated by comparing the crack areas.

In this case, the natural forming crack has a crack area that is 57% of the semi-elliptical crack.

Eliminating the semi-elliptical assumption clearly reduced the conservatism in this type of analysis.

45

1 Phase I - Wolf Creek Relief - Prior to leakage 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 x/t 0.4 0.3 Natural 0.2 Semi-elliptical 0.1 0

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 Normalized distance around circumference Figure 50 Comparison of semi-elliptical and natural forming crack shape In addition, the margin between leakage and rupture can be calculated using the procedures listed in this report. For the Phase I case, the margin and leak-rate results are shown in Figure 51. In this figure, the Emc2 fit to the WRS was used; however, the case with the DEI fit was also run with only minimal difference between the results. The results in Figure 51 suggest there is almost 4 months between the first leakage and rupture of the relief nozzle.

Also shown in Figure 51 are the DEI results from the Phase I study. At first leakage, both the leakage rate and the margin on critical crack size were very similar. However, the Emc2 results decreased quicker than the DEI results. As discussed in the next section of this report, this difference is due to the crack front shape assumption made at first leakage. In the DEI analyses, the crack front at first leakage is much more rounded, while the crack from the Emc2 analyses is more sharp causing higher K-values and faster growth rates. This difference is further discussed in Section 5.3.1.

No difference was noted since after leakage, the time between leakage and rupture is more controlled by the bending moment from operational stresses than the residual stress.

46

18 2.8 Leak - Emc2 16 Leak - DEI 2.6 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO Margin - Emc2 14 2.4 Margin - DEI 12 2.2 Leak rate, gpm 10 2 8 1.8 6 1.6 4 Phase I - Relief - 1.4 No safety factors applied 2 1.2 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Time after first leakage, months Figure 51 Margin and leak rate results for the Phase I calculations 5.2 Description of Phase II cases analyzed The Phase II analysis matrix was developed by DEI, EPRI and their expert panel with review and comments from the NRC staff and Emc2. DEI was the main developer of the matrix, with its development and review presented at public meetings throughout the first half of 2007. The purpose of these analyses presented in this report is to confirm some of the results generated by DEI. It is not the purpose of these analyses to replicate every run and conditions in their program, but to check to make sure their results are reasonable. Throughout the development of this test matrix, there were many detailed discussions on technical topics pertaining to how to correctly conduct these analyses. Agreement on all technical points was not possible, and many compromises were necessary due to the time constraints in this program. Because of these compromises, a couple of points need to be addressed:

  • All of the loads and geometries were generated by industry and are fully documented in Reference 2. A few of the plant specific drawings were reviewed by the NRC staff and Emc2, but for the majority, these values were not confirmed by the NRC staff or Emc2.
  • The critical crack size was calculated per Section 2.2 of this report.
  • Due to analyses conducted by the industry, and as discussed in Section 3.2.2, the only secondary stresses assumed in these analyses are the normal thermal expansion (which includes normal stratification) stresses. Other secondary stresses, such as transient thermal stratification stresses, are assumed to be relieved for critical crack size calculations, and assumed not to impact subcritical crack growth calculations. As discussed, on average, the normal thermal loads are on average 59 percent of the limiting thermal loads.
  • Occurrence of SSE loading is assumed to have a small probability over the short time period in question, and is therefore not considered in these analyses.

47

  • The crack is assumed to grow subcritically per the MRP-115 [34] 75th percentile crack growth law in these confirmatory analyses. DEI conducted sensitivity analyses on both the crack growth coefficient and exponent. It also assumed that linear-elastic fracture mechanics controls the subcritical crack growth. As will be discussed later, the stress intensity solutions at through-wall penetration may be very high and some ductile tearing may occur. This is neglected in these analyses.

The analyses conducted in this confirmatory effort were conducted in stages. First, confirmatory analyses were conducted for certain cases in the overall DEI analysis matrix [2]. From these cases, critical cases were identified, and other parameters were varied to aid in the understanding of the impact of these parameters on the margin between leakage and rupture. In all cases, Emc2 conducted the crack growth analyses completely independent of the DEI analyses.

Table 5 gives the details for the cases run for the confirmatory analyses. The case labeled P1 is the result from the Phase I analysis. The second column in this table lists the corresponding DEI analysis case number. The detailed description of the geometry configurations and Plant ID is given in Reference 2. The DEI case S10b is not included in Reference 2, but is discussed in Reference 35.

Table 6 gives the loads, welding residual stress cases, and the initial crack sizes for each of the confirmatory analyses conducted. A couple of notes about the welding residual stress cases shown:

  • ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit - This residual stress field is the same one used in the original Emc2 scoping analysis. It is labeled Emc2 fit since the Phase I work showed that the DEI and Emc2 curve fits of this residual stress field did not produce the exact same results. The reason for this discrepancy, as described earlier, is a difference in finite element mesh density. The thermal strain procedure used to estimate these residual stresses in the crack growth models make the estimation of stresses somewhat mesh size dependent. Therefore some difference in the comparisons may occur because of this modeling difference.
  • ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit - 1" weld - This is the same stress field as the previous bullet, but the length of the weld assumed in this case is a total of one inch instead of the two inch length used in the other analyses.
  • DEI - Type 8 without SS weld - All of the residual stress field labeled this way, i.e.,

DEI/Emc2 - Type XX, etc., were taken from the finite element analyses conducted in this program. For instance, DEI - Type 8 without SS weld is the DEI finite element analysis results for the Type 8 geometry without taking credit for the stainless steel safe-end weld.

In all cases, the curve fitting and implementing via the thermal strain approximation was performed by Emc2.

  • Emc2 - Type 8 with SS weld (modified) - In this one case, a residual stress field was chosen that was not directly calculated by the finite element analyses. To investigate the sensitivity of WRS on the surge nozzle results, the Emc2 case with a stainless steel safe-end weld was modified to have a slightly higher ID stress, see Figure 52.
  • DEI - repair without SS weld - In this one case, DEI supplied Emc2 with temperature distributions and resultant stress distributions for a limited extent (40 degrees) ID repair case they constructed for the surge nozzle. Emc2 took the temperatures and applied them 48

to the Emc2 surge model. The resultant stress fields are compared in Figure 53. In this figure, the repaired stress field is applied over 40 degrees centered at the top of the pipe. The unrepaired stress field is applied over 280 degrees centered on the bottom of the pipe. The remaining 40 degrees (20 degrees on each side of the symmetry plane) is the transition between the two aforementioned stress fields. The resultant stresses were shown to be in equilibrium across the entire cross section. The results show some slight differences in the stress which can be attributed to the differences in the meshes used.

80 60 Emc2 with SS (original)

Emc2 with SS (modified)

Emc2 without SS 40 DEI without SS Axial stress, ksi DEI with SS 20 0

-20

-40

-60 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 (R-Ri)/t Figure 52 Welding residual stress field used for surge nozzle analyses 60 Emc2 Repair 50 DEI Repair 40 Emc2 Unrepaired DEI Unrepaired 30 Emc2 Transition 20 DEI Transition Axial stress, ksi 10 0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 a/t Figure 53 Comparison of resultant stress fields for ID repair case Along with the cases that were meant to directly confirm the DEI results, additional cases were conducted in order to understand the sensitivity of key parameters. Since it is not 49

directly obvious what the pertinent varied parameter is in each case, the following lists the variations in the critical cases:

  • Case 6 was found to be the critical case for the safety/relief/spray nozzles.

o Case 6-1 and Case 6-2 varied the initial flaw size (21:1 with a/t=26% for Case 6-1 and 6:1 with a/t=10% for Case 6-2), keeping everything else constant.

o Case 6-3 was identical to Case 6-1 except the initial flaw was placed on the bottom of the pipe instead of on the top. This case was meant to further investigate the effect of crack placement. Note that the placement of the crack on the bottom of the pipe was simulated by reversing the sign of the applied moment (See Table 6) o Case 6-4 was identical to Case 6, except the WRS was assumed to occur over a 1-inch weld as compared to the 2-inch weld assumed in Case 6.

  • Case 17 was found to be the critical case for the surge nozzle.

o Case 17 and 17-2 were identical to cases run by DEI (Case S1b and 17b respectively).

o Case 17-1 was the same as Case 17 except used the Emc2 WRS without the stainless steel safe-end weld.

o Case 17-3 is identical to Case 17-2 except used the Emc2 WRS without the stainless steel safe-end weld.

o Case 17-4 is identical to Case 17 except with the DEI WRS with the stainless steel safe-end weld.

o Case 17-5 is identical to Case 17-2 expect the initial flaw was placed on the bottom of the pipe instead of the top. Note that the placement of the crack on the bottom of the pipe was simulated by reversing the sign of the applied moment (See Table 6) o Case 17-6 is identical to Case 17 except used the Emc2 WRS with the stainless steel safe-end weld.

o Case 17-7 is identical to Case 17 except used the Emc2 modified WRS with the stainless steel safe-end weld.

o Case 17-8 is identical to Case 17-2 except with the DEI WRS with the stainless steel safe-end weld.

o Case 17-9 and 17-10 are identical to Case 17 but with lower bending moment specific to Plants B and C, respectively.

o Case 17-11 is identical to Case 17 except the WRS used was identical to the surge nozzle limited extent ID repair case conducted by DEI.

o Case 17-12 is identical to Case 17 except the bending moment used after through-wall crack penetration was decreased to 2205.57 in-kips.

  • An additional case was run for Case 9 to investigate the initial flaw size approximation.
  • An additional case was run for Case 11 since the original case used the incorrect bending moment for direct comparison to DEI.
  • An additional case was run for Case 19, since using a Type 8 WRS without stainless weld is not appropriate for a CE geometry.

50

Table 5 Confirmatory analyses matrix DEI Case Nozzle Geometry Ro t Case # # Type Configuration Plants (in) (in) Ri/t P1 P1 S&R Type 1a AEH 3.875 1.290 2.004 1 1c S&R Type 1a AEH 3.875 1.290 2.004 1-1 1b S&R Type 1a AEH 3.875 1.290 2.004 3 3c S&R Type 1a AEH 3.875 1.290 2.004 6 6c S&R Type 2a/2b BCG 3.875 1.065 2.638 6-1 38c S&R Type 2a/2b BCG 3.875 1.065 2.638 6-2 - S&R Type 2a/2b BCG 3.875 1.065 2.638 6-3 - S&R Type 2a/2b BCG 3.875 1.065 2.638 6-4 35c S&R Type 2a/2b BCG 3.875 1.065 2.638 9 - S&R Type 3 DI 4.000 1.405 1.847 9-1 9c S&R Type 3 DI 4.000 1.405 1.847 10 10c spray Type 4 AE 2.905 0.900 2.228 11 - spray Type 4 AE 2.905 0.900 2.228 11-1 11c spray Type 4 AE 2.905 0.900 2.228 15 15c spray Type 7 DI 2.595 1.045 1.483 17 S1b surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17-1 - surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17-2 17b surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17-3 - surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17-4 - surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17-5 - surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17-6 - surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17-7 - surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17-8 - surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17-9 - surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17-10 - surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17-11 S10b surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 17-12 - surge Type 8 AEHBCG 7.500 1.580 3.747 19 - surge Type 9 DI 6.530 1.470 3.442 19-1 19b surge Type 9 DI 6.530 1.470 3.442 20 20b surge Type 9 DI 6.530 1.470 3.442 5.3 Phase II results As mentioned before, the purpose of the Phase II results in this effort is to confirm the industrys analysis results and to investigate some of the issues that may have not been fully discussed in the industrys report.

51

Table 7 presents the overall results for the Phase II confirmatory analyses. In this table, the first column is the case number and the second column is the corresponding DEI case number. The next four columns are margins and times at first leakage and 1gpm leakage. The final four columns are time and leakage for a crack size with a 1.2 and 1.0 load margin on critical crack size. The selection of a load margin on failure of 1.2 was chosen by the industry as one of their evaluation criteria. It was used here for comparison purposes only.

Table 6 Loads, welding residual stress profiles and initial crack shapes for the confirmatory analyses DEI p Temp Faxial M Depth Case # Case # (ksi) (F) (kips) (in-kips) WRS Case 2c/a (%tw)

P1 P1 2.235 653 52.33 277.5 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 21 26%

1 1c 2.235 653 45.64 209.28 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 360° 10%

DEI - Type 1 S&R without 1-1 1b 2.235 653 45.64 209.28 SSWeld 360° 10%

3 3c 2.235 653 45.64 178.90 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 360° 10%

6 6c 2.235 653 52.44 252.14 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 360° 10%

6-1 38c 2.235 653 52.44 252.14 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 21 26%

6-2 - 2.235 653 52.44 252.14 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 6 10%

6-3 - 2.235 653 52.44 -252.14 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 21 26%

ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit -

6-4 35c 2.235 653 52.44 252.14 1"weld 360° 10%

9 - 2.235 653 47.94 201.91 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 21 26%

9-1 9c 2.235 653 47.94 201.91 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 360° 10%

10 10c 2.235 653 26.96 72.78 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 360° 10%

11 - 2.235 653 26.96 61.48 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 360° 10%

11-1 11c 2.235 653 26.96 66.98 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 360° 10%

15 15c 2.235 653 17.49 55.65 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 360° 10%

17 S1b 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 360° 10%

17-1 - 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 Emc2 - Type 8 without SS weld 360° 10%

17-2 17b 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 21 26%

17-3 - 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 Emc2 - Type 8 without SS weld 21 26%

17-4 - 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 DEI - Type 8 with SS weld 360° 10%

17-5 - 2.235 644 247.70 -2750.77 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 21 26%

17-6 - 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 Emc2 - Type 8 with SS weld 360° 10%

Emc2 - Type 8 with SS weld 17-7 - 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 (modified) 360° 10%

17-8 - 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 DEI - Type 8 with SS weld 21 26%

17-9 - 2.235 644 247.70 2629.32 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 360° 10%

17-10 - 2.235 644 247.70 1687.89 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 360° 10%

17-11 S10b 2.235 644 247.70 2750.77 DEI- ID repair without SS weld 360° 10%

17-12 - 2.235 644 247.70 2205.57 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 360° 10%

19 - 2.235 644 180.96 2034.30 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 360° 10%

19-1 19b 2.235 644 180.96 2034.30 DEI - Type 8 with SS weld 360° 10%

20 20b 2.235 644 180.96 682.65 DEI - Type 8 with SS weld 360° 10%

52

Table 7 Phase II confirmatory results Leak Crack Size TW Penetration 1gpm leak Load Margin = 1.2 Load Margin = 1 Delta Delta Delta DEI Time Load Time Load Time Leakage Time Leakage Case # Case # (yr) Margin (mo) Margin (mo) (gpm) (mo) (gpm)

P1 P1 6.6 2.61 1.56 2.1 3.21 4.8 3.42 7.3 1 1c 20.16 3.45 3.28 2.46 5.46 5.80 5.68 8.65 1-1 1b Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest 3 3c 29.40 3.68 4.48 2.55 6.90 6.80 7.34 9.20 6 6c 4.13 2.20 1.03 1.79 2.16 6.25 2.34 11.00 6-1 38c 4.09 2.43 N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C 6-2 - 5.44 2.60 N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C 6-3 - 9.95 2.08 0.52 1.80 1.26 3.75 1.44 6.25 6-4 35c 3.26 2.07 0.59 1.81 1.30 5.50 1.48 9.40 9 - 125.36 4.25 7.40 2.51 9.58 4.26 9.80 7.40 9-1 9c 119.18 4.27 7.50 2.50 10.40 6.25 10.8 10.00 10 10c 51.36 3.96 5.40 2.48 7.25 4.30 7.60 12.50 11 - Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest 11-1 11c Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest 15 15c Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest 17 S1b 1.30 1.00 0.00 1.00 N/A N/A 0.00 10.86 SC 17-1 - critical N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 17-2 17b 1.36 1.80 N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C 17-3 - 0.53 1.62 0.00 1.62 N/C N/C N/C N/C 17-4 - 5.80 1.53 0.13 1.50 1.07 20.90 1.39 65.00 17-5 - 9.07 0.80 N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.00 29.17 17-6 - Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest 17-7 - Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest 17-8 - 6.15 1.64 0.06 1.58 N/C N/C N/C N/C 17-9 - 1.39 1.05 0.00 1.05 N/A N/A 0.00 2.38 17-10 - 2.84 1.38 0.00 1.38 0.64 6.40 0.94 18.20 17-11 S10b 0.86 1.37 0.00 1.37 0.31 12.40 0.62 33.00 17-12 - 1.30 1.19 0.00 1.19 N/A N/A 0.48 10.00 19 - 1.36 1.07 N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.00 2.27 19-1 19b 9.50 1.60 0.30 1.58 1.48 16.00 1.79 55.00 20 20b Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest N/C = Not Calculated N/A = Not Available The results shown in Table 7 were extracted from the individual runs for each case. The results for a 1gpm leaking crack and a crack at a load margin 1.2 were chosen since those cases were specified in the DEI report as the basis for their evaluation criteria. DEI did not supply the 53

leakage rate and margin as a function of time for every case, therefore direct comparison can only be made for a few cases. For every case conducted in this effort where crack growth occurred between a 1gpm leakage and a load margin of 1.0, a plot of the leakage rate and margin as a function of time was generated and is given in Appendix B.

5.3.1 Direct confirmatory results A direct comparison of the DEI and Emc2 Phase II analyses results is shown in Table 8. This table shows three comparisons, i.e., time to first leakage, critical crack size load margin at a leakage of 1gpm and time between 1gpm leakage and a critical crack size load margin of 1.2.

For the time to first leakage comparison, when arrests did not occur, the time estimated by Emc2 was always longer than the time estimated by DEI. On average the estimates by Emc2 were about 12% higher, expect for cases 9-1 and 10, which were much higher. For those cases, the results were investigated further, and it was determined that the residual stresses caused the crack to slow down. In fact the K-solution was approaching zero, and it took many years before it began to increase. As mentioned in the Phase I work, the arrest behavior of these cracks can be influenced by the fit to the welding residual stress, if those stresses produce a stress intensity near zero. In this effort, Emc2 fit and implemented these welding residual stresses into the crack growth code independently of DEI. This difference in WRS fit and the mesh differences cause the difference in time to leakage and arrest versus non-arrest behavior of Cases 11-1, 17-8 and 19-1. Interestingly, in one case (11-1) Emc2 predicted arrest where DEI did not, while in two cases (17-8 and 19-1) DEI predicted arrest, while Emc2 did not. This illustrates the uncertainty in the curve fit for the welding residual stress, as it is implemented into these crack growth codes.

Table 8 Comparison of Emc2 and DEI results Time since 1gpm DEI Time at first Load Margin at leak to 1.2 margin Case leakage (yr) 1gpm leak on load (Month)

Case # # DEI Emc2 DEI Emc2 DEI Emc2 P1 P1 5.36 6.6 1.98 2.1 2.33 1.65 1 1c 17.4 20.16 2.24 2.46 3.63 2.18 1-1 1b Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest 3 3c 26.3 29.40 2.40 2.55 4.17 2.42 6 6c 3.4 4.13 1.70 1.79 1.37 1.13 6-4 35c 2.9 3.26 1.62 1.81 1.07 0.70 9-1 9c 32.2 119.18 2.50 2.50 4.80 2.90 10 10c 21.2 51.36 2.07 2.48 2.43 1.85 11-1 11c 25.3 Arrest 2.08 Arrest 2.43 Arrest 15 15c Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest 17-1 S1b 1.2 1.30 1.03 1.00 0.00 0.00 17-2 17b 1.2 1.36 1.71 1.80 1.17 N/A 17-8 17a Arrest 6.15 Arrest 1.58 Arrest N/A 17-11 S10b 0.50 0.86 1.36 1.37 0.43 0.31 19-1 19b Arrest 9.50 Arrest 1.58 Arrest 1.18 20 20b Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest 54

For the critical crack margins at crack size that gives a leakage of 1 gpm, the Emc2 analyses were higher on average by 7%. These are reasonable differences for the differences in assumptions made by Emc2 and DEI. However, the biggest differences are seen in the time between the 1gpm leakage and when the load margin reaches 1.2. On average the DEI results are higher than the Emc2 results by 30%. In order to investigate this difference, the trends of leakage and margin as a function of time for both the DEI and Emc2 analyses for Case 6c and 35c (Emc2 Case 6 and 6-4) are shown in Figure 54 and Figure 55, respectively.

18 2.5 DEI leak 16 Emc2 leak Emc2 Margin 2

Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 14 DEI Margin 12 Leak rate, gpm 1.5 10 8

1 6 Relief - Case 6 No safety factors applied 4

0.5 2

0 0 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 Time after first leakage, months 2

Figure 54 Comparison of Emc and DEI results for Case 6 (6c) (NO = Normal operating stresses)

In each of these figures, the solid symbols are the Emc2 results and the open symbols are the DEI results. In terms of margin, the Emc2 results are always higher than the DEI results at first leakage, but then appear to decrease more rapidly than the DEI results. The leakages are relatively consistent up to about 2 gpm, but then begin to diverge with the Emc2 results becoming much larger than the DEI results. The differences in the leak rates are most probably due to the crack length assumptions made in the calculations, and the differences in the leak rates codes for the 100% steam calculations. As described earlier, in the Emc2 analyses, since SQUIRT allows the input of the OD and ID crack length and COD, the ID crack length was assumed to be the actual ID crack length and equal to the OD crack length. The results from these two cases were averaged. As an example, the results from Case 6 are shown in Figure 56.

In this figure, the diamond symbols are the Emc2 SQUIRT calculations with the ID length of the crack equal to the ID circumference (long ID) in the first case, and equal to the OD crack length (short ID) in the second case. There is some difference between these cases, with the DEI results falling between these cases up to about 2gpm. However, after that point, the Emc2 results are still much higher than the DEI results. In addition, if the leak rates are compared at the same load margin on critical crack size, the Emc2 leakage rates are higher than the DEI results. The difference is due to the 100% steam flow models in PICEP and SQUIRT.

In order to check the elastic COD calculated with the finite element model, the same leak rate calculations were conducted with SQUIRT, but using the GE/EPRI method for calculating the 55

COD (elastic and plastic contributions to the COD). These results are shown in Figure 57. The GE/EPRI solution gave COD values that were similar for the smaller crack lengths, but larger for the longer crack lengths. This difference is due to the elastic-plastic contribution that is not accounted for the elastic FE analyses conducted in this effort. In no cases were the calculated COD values much less than the Emc2 FE generated COD values as was suggested by the DEI results in Figure 56.

30 2.2 Emc2 Leak DEI Leak 2 25 Emc2 Margin 1.8 DEI Margin Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 1.6 20 1.4 Leak rate, gpm 1.2 15 1

0.8 10 Case 6-4 No safety factors applied 0.6 5 0.4 0.2 0 0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 Time after first leakage, months Figure 55 Comparison of DEI and Emc2 results for Case 6-4 (35) (NO = Normal operating stresses) 20 Emc2 leak - long ID 18 Emc2 leak - short ID 16 DEI leak 14 Leak rate, gpm Relief - Case 6 12 10 8

6 4

2 0

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 Time after first leakage, months Figure 56 Comparison of leak rates for Case 6 56

14 From Advanced FE 12 Using GE/EPRI 10 Leak Rate, gpm 8

Case 6 6

4 2

0 0 2 4 6 8 10 Total Crack Length, inch Figure 57 Comparison of leak rates calculated with COD values from Emc2 elastic FE analysis and GE/EPRI (elastic-plastic) for Case 6 The differences seen in the critical crack size margin, suggest that the Emc2 crack at first leakage is smaller than the DEI crack at first leakage, but the rate of crack growth in the Emc2 analyses is greater. Quality assurance checks of the critical crack size calculations were carried out and it was shown through several examples, that the same limit load was calculated for identical cracks within about 1%. Therefore, the crack evolution with time was investigated for Cases 6 and 35, as shown in Figure 58. In this figure, the solid symbols are the DEI results, while the open symbols are the Emc2 results. As expected, the OD crack length at first leakage is much shorter in the Emc2 analysis then in the DEI analysis, but the trends suggest that the cracks are growing at different rates. It is possible that the number of crack growth steps may be causing the difference. Note that the same crack growth procedure was used in the Emc2 analysis for both the surface and complex crack growth. For the Case 6 analysis, the DEI results showed a total of 53 steps between first leakage and 1.0 margin on load, while the Emc2 analysis showed only 25 steps. However, for Case 35, the DEI analysis results showed a total of 26 steps between first leakage and 1.0 margin on load, while the Emc2 analysis showed 49 steps. Since the trends between the Emc2 and DEI results are the same regardless of whether Case 6 or 35 are considered, this difference in number of steps does not affect the results. In fact, if Case 35 is looked at in detail, the average OD crack growth per increment was 0.064 inch for DEI and 0.068 inch for Emc2. Therefore, if the crack growth increment per step is similar, but the times are different, the K-values must be higher in the Emc2 case in order to drive the crack faster during these growth increments. Further investigation would be required to confirm this statement.

57

5.0 Case 6c - DEI 4.5 Case 6c - Emc2 Half Crack Length on Weld OD (in)

Case 35 - DEI 4.0 Case 35 - Emc2 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 Time after Initial TW Crack (Months)

Figure 58 Comparison of crack length as a function of time for Case 6 (6c) and 6-4 (35) 5.3.2 Other cases In addition to the direct comparisons, some additional cases were run in order to investigate input parameters that may not have been completely addressed in the industry report. Case 6 was shown to be the limiting case for the safety, relief and spray nozzles. So for this case, the initial crack size and the length of the welding residual stress zone were varied. The results of those additional analyses are given in Table 9. In this table, Case 6-1 and 6-2 have the same inputs as Case 6 except the length of the initial flaw was decreased to 2c/a=21, a/t=26% for Case 6-1 and 2c/a=6, a/t=10% for Case 6-2. These results both show that Case 6 is the limiting crack size case. In both Cases 6-1 and 6-2, the margin at first leakage is greater than that for Case 6. Since the margins at first leakage were greater, these cases were terminated since the margins on critical crack size would be larger than that for Case 6. In addition, neither Case 6-1 nor Case 6-2 went 360 degrees before going through-wall. However, for Case 6-3, the crack from Case 6-1 was placed on the bottom (minimum bending) of the pipe with all other inputs the same. This crack grew around the circumference and became through-wall at a much longer time, i.e., 10 years as compared to 4 years, but was more critical than Case 6. This difference is due to the fact that the crack actually penetrates the wall thickness at about 20 degrees from top-dead-center, resulting in a longer leaking crack than Case 6. In addition, the time between leakage and margin of 1.2 is also greatly reduced.

Putting the crack on the bottom is one way to account for the variability in the crack initiation location of the flaws. The probability is higher that a crack will initiate at the highest load location, i.e., at the location of maximum moment. However, the probability is not zero that a 58

crack may form at any location with a tensile stress. Therefore, the possibility of a crack initiating at the bottom of the pipe needs to be accounted for in these analyses.

Case 6-4 investigated the effect of modifying the axial extent in the finite element model where the temperature gradient is placed to simulate the welding residual stresses. In Case 6-4, the axial extent was reduced from 2 inches to 1 inch. In this case, this difference decreased the time from through-wall penetration to a margin of 1.2 by about 35%. Similar results by DEI showed only a 25% decrease in time. Superposition suggests that these two results should be identical.

Further investigation of these results illustrate that the differences in the calculated stress fields from the applied thermal gradients and the approximation made at first through-wall crack penetration account for these differences.

Table 9 Case 6 sensitivity cases Leak Crack Size TW Penetration 1gpm leak Margin=1.2 Margin =1 M Depth Delta Delta Leakage Delta Leakage Case # (in-kips) WRS Case 2c/a (%tw) Time (yr) Margin Time (mo) Margin Time (mo) (gpm) Time (mo) (gpm) 6 252.14 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 360° 10% 4.13 2.20 1.03 1.79 2.16 6.25 2.34 11.00 6-1 252.14 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 21 26% 4.09 2.43 N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C 6-2 252.14 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 6 10% 5.44 2.60 N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C 6-3 -252.14 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit 21 26% 9.95 2.08 0.52 1.80 1.26 3.75 1.44 6.25 6-4 252.14 ASME - Emc2 Mod - Emc2 fit - 1"weld 360° 10% 3.26 2.07 0.59 1.81 1.30 5.50 1.48 9.40 N/C = Not Calculated Case 17 was the limiting case for the surge nozzle analyses. Table 10 shows a summary of the additional cases run to compliment Case 17. In this table, the results have been sorted by welding residual stress assumption and then by load and crack shape. The first two rows are Cases 17-4 and 17-8. These cases were run with the DEI Type 8 welding residual stress with the stainless steel safe end weld, see Figure 52. If a 360 degree, 10% deep crack is assumed (Case 17-4), a margin of 1.5 was calculated at a 1gpm leakage, with about 1 month between that time and a critical crack size load margin of 1.2. If a 21:1 flaw with a/t=26% is considered, those margins increase. In contrast, if the Emc2 Type 8 welding residual stresses with the safe-end weld was used, the crack arrests. In addition, if the ID stress of this residual stress field is increased to 10 ksi, the crack still arrests (Case 17-7).

The next five cases use a more conservative WRS distribution, i.e., the DEI Type 8 WRS without the stainless steel safe-end weld. For these cases, when a 360 degree, 10% deep flaw was assumed, the flaw at first leakage had a load margin for failure of only 1.0, and a leakage of about 11 gpm. If a 21:1 flaw that was 26% deep was assumed, the load margin for failure at leakage was increased to 1.8 with a first leakage of 2.25 gpm. This margin is very similar to the 1.7 load margin at first leakage calculated by DEI for this same case. To investigate the effect of a lower bending stress on this result, Cases 17-9 and 17-10 were conducted with bending stresses corresponding to Plants B and C, respectively, while Case 17-12 was conducted with a bending moment after through-wall penetration between Cases 17-9 and 17-10. For Cases 17-9 and 17-10, both the time to first leakage and the load margin at failure was increased from Case 17. In addition, the decreased bending moment after through-wall penetration in Case 17-12 increased the margin and time between leakage rupture as compared to Case 17.

59

Table 10 Case 17 Sensitivity Cases Leak Crack Size TW Penetration 1gpm leak Margin=1.2 Margin =1 M Depth Delta Delta Leakage Delta Leakage Case # (in-kips) WRS Case 2c/a (%tw) Time (yr) Margin Time (mo) Margin Time (mo) (gpm) Time (mo) (gpm) 17-4 2750.77 DEI - Type 8 with SS weld 360° 10% 5.80 1.53 0.13 1.50 1.07 20.90 1.39 65.00 17-8 2750.77 DEI - Type 8 with SS weld 21 26% 6.15 1.64 0.06 1.58 N/C N/C N/C N/C 17-6 2750.77 EMC2 - Type 8 with SS weld 360° 10% Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest 17-7 2750.77 EMC2 - Type 8 with SS weld (modified) 360° 10% Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest Arrest 17-2 2750.77 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 21 26% 1.36 1.80 1.36 1.80 N/C N/C N/C N/C 17 2750.77 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 360° 10% 1.30 1.00 0.00 1.00 N/A N/A 0.00 10.86 17-9 2629.32 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 360° 10% 1.39 1.05 0.00 1.05 N/A N/A 0.00 2.38 17-12 2205.57 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 360° 10% 1.30 1.19 0.00 1.19 N/A N/A 0.48 10.00 17-10 1687.89 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 360° 10% 2.84 1.38 0.00 1.38 0.64 6.40 0.94 18.20 17-5 -2750.77 DEI - Type 8 without SS weld 21 26% 9.07 0.80 N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.00 29.17 17-3 2750.77 EMC2 - Type 8 without SS weld 21 26% 0.53 1.62 0.00 1.62 N/C N/C N/C N/C 17-1 2750.77 EMC2 - Type 8 without SS weld 360° 10% SC critical N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 17-11 2750.77 DEI-repair without SS weld 360° 10% 0.86 1.37 0.00 1.37 0.31 12.40 0.62 33.00 N/C = Not Calculated N/A = Not Available Case 17-5 is identical to Case 17-2 expect the initial flaw was placed on the bottom of the pipe instead of on top of the pipe centered on the maximum moment. This case simulates the possibility of the crack initiating at a location other than at the maximum moment location. As shown in Table 10, this flaw took nine times longer to leak, but had a lower load margin at first leakage.

The next two cases are identical to Cases 17-4, and 17-8 expect the Emc2 Type 8 WRS without the stainless steel safe-end weld was used. This WRS is assumed to be conservative. For the case with the 21:1 flaw that was 26% deep, the flaw became through-wall very quickly, but had a load margin at leakage that was similar to the other cases. When the 360 degree flaw that was 26% deep was used with this WRS, the surface flaw was critical before leakage.

The final case, 17-11, was identical to Case 17 except the 40 degree, ID repair weld WRS solution was used. This case illustrates that the limited extent ID repair caused the crack to go through-wall quicker and have more margin on failure than without the repair. It should also be noted that the repair simulated in this case was only 5/16 inch deep. A deeper limited extent ID weld repair would increase the local ID stress and tend to increase the margin on critical crack size further.

5.4 Discussion For all of the cases analyzed, the DEI results presented in their report were confirmed. There were some distinct difference in the times between leakage and rupture, i.e., the Emc2 times were always less by about 30 percent. The differences must be due to the shape of the crack at first leakage. Other than the confirmed results, the critical case for the relief/safety/spray nozzle geometries is Case 6, while Case 17 is the critical case for the surge nozzle geometry. The extra cases run that were associated with Case 6 illustrated how the variability in the WRS solution affect the results of these analyses. Slightly changing how the same residual stress field is 60

applied to the model gave a 35% decrease in the time between 1gpm leakage and a load margin of 1.2. In addition, the decay in WRS away from the crack plane in the crack growth model was never directly compared to the actual simulated axial extent of the WRS field. It is unknown if using the applied temperatures to simulate the WRS in the fracture model correctly captures the behavior away from the crack plane.

The possibility of multiple crack initiations or initiation occurring at a location other than at the maximum moment location were investigated with the extra cases run that were associated with Case 17. These cases illustrated that if a 21:1 flaw (or shorter) was located at the maximum moment location, the flaw would leak with considerable load margin on critical crack size at 1gpm, and sufficient time between leakage and a load margin on critical crack size of 1.2.

However, if a 360 degree flaw that is 10% deep is assumed to model multiple crack initiations, the flaw would be near critical at first leakage. In addition, if the flaw initiated at a location other than at the maximum moment, i.e., at the bottom of the pipe, the flaw could grow completely around the ID of the pipe before leakage, and would again be near critical at first leakage. If the bending load is decreased after through-wall crack penetration, as it may be due to the relief of displacement-controlled loads, the margin at critical crack size increases significantly. In addition, if a limited extent ID repair is present, the crack will grow quickly through-wall and have more margin on critical crack size than the case without the repair.

6. Applicability of Analysis Methodology The purpose of this section of the report is to make overall conclusions about the applicability of this advanced FEA methodology for making predictions of leak and rupture for postulated defects in pressurizer nozzles. The applicability of this methodology pertains only to the case at hand, i.e., the nine subject plants that may have to inspect their pressurizer nozzles prior to Spring 2008. This section is not meant to address the overall and global applicability of this analysis procedure and methodology.

6.1 Improvements over Standard Analyses In order to address the applicability of this work, the direct improvements made over standard crack growth analyses are first discussed. In this case, the standard analysis considered is a typical ASME Section XI type analysis.

6.1.1 Removal of idealized crack shape assumption Probably the main improvement made to the typical Section XI-type analysis is the removal of the idealized crack shape assumption. In Section XI analyses, standard K-solutions are used to analyze indications found in service. In addition, in most probabilistic piping leak/rupture fracture mechanics codes, this same assumption is employed. These K-solutions are developed through detailed elastic finite element analyses of idealized cracks in pipes. Surface cracks are usually modeled with a semi-elliptical assumption and through-wall cracks are modeled with a radial crack front. As discussed in Section 5.1, the Phase I result of this program strongly suggested that the semi-elliptical surface crack assumption is highly conservative when considering the combination of loads used in this program. Therefore, eliminating this conservatism is a large step toward improving predictions of both leakage and rupture.

61

6.1.2 Detailed WRS solutions Even though Section XI requires that inclusion of welding residual stress in the crack growth analyses, there is no guidance on how to calculate these values. ASME Section XI IWB-3460 contains an approximation for through-thickness welding residual stresses. However, this WRS was for BWR piping and was actually measured from the sensitized HAZ of the lower strength stainless steel pipe and not the higher strength Alloy 182 weld metal. Currently, weld metal WRS fields are not available in the Code. In this program, geometry specific welding residual stress analyses were conducted for both unrepaired and repaired geometries. These analyses were conducted not only by the industry, but also by Emc2. Having this type of information for the subcritical crack growth analyses greatly increases the reliability of these predictions.

6.1.3 Predictions of leak rate using FE calculated COD In typical Section XI-type analyses, J-estimation schemes are used to predict the crack opening displacement needed for leak-rate analyses. These estimation schemes are based on idealized type cracks and may not represent the true crack opening. In the current analyses, the crack opening displacements used in the leakage calculations were extracted directly from the advanced finite element model results. Therefore, the elastically calculated crack opening for the complex leaking cracks was used in making leakage predictions. This is significant improvement over using crack opening displacements based on estimation scheme predictions.

However, for very large cracks, elastic-plastic FE analyses are needed for accurate predictions of the COD. Using the elastic COD values would underpredict the leak rate for large flaws.

6.1.4 Sensitivity analyses To account for the differences in the load for these specific plants, the sensitivity analyses include cases where the load was varied for each geometry. An industry survey was conducted and a range of design loads was developed for each nozzle configuration. Calculations were performed varying the bending and membrane stresses and their impact on the margins and leak rates was addressed. This comprehensive look at the loads is an improvement over flaw analyses where only one set of loading is considered.

6.2 Conservatisms In addition to the improvements made to the standard crack growth analyses, there were several major conservatisms that were present in these analyses. These conservatisms add confidence to the calculated times between leakage and rupture.

6.2.1 Use of stainless steel base metal flow strength properties in critical crack size calculations As discussed in Section 2.2, the critical crack size calculation in this project was based on the Net-Section-Collapse criteria for arbitrary shaped flaws, with a Z-factor adjustment to account for elastic-plastic fracture. Analyses conducted by Emc2 in another effort [8], show that for the analyses conducted the appropriate stress-strain curve to use in analyzing flaws in DM welds is a function of the location of the flaw within the weld, i.e., distance relative to the base metal.

These analyses also indicated that if the crack was near the stainless steel safe end, the lower strength stainless steel controlled the failure. In the analysis of postulated defects presented in Section 5, it was assumed that the stainless steel base metal flow properties controlled the collapse of the pipe net section. The welding residual stress analyses conducted suggest that the 62

highest ID stress is within the buttered region, which is closer to the higher strength carbon steel than the lower strength stainless steel. Therefore, using the stainless steel flow properties in the Net-Section-Collapse analyses is conservative for predicting the failure of cracks in the buttered region of DM welds.

The degree of conservatism can be illustrated by the example shown in Figure 59. In this case, the flow stress was modified per Reference 1. In the modified case, the crack was assumed to be in the center of the weld. This gave an appropriate flow stress that was between that of the stainless steel safe end and the nozzle material. This result indicates that the load margin on critical crack size is increased by about 13 percent. If the crack was closer to the carbon steel nozzle, the margin may be increased by as much as 17 percent. In order to reduce the conservatism, it is appropriate to increase the critical crack size load margin by 13% to account for the actual flow stress that will control collapse for flaws in the butter region.

30 1.6 Leak rate Margin Margin with modified flow stress 25 1.5 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 20 1.4 Leak rate, gpm 15 1.3 10 1.2 Case 17-10 No safety factors applied 5 1.1 0 1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 Time after first leakage, months Figure 59 Comparison of results for Case 17-10 with a modified flow stress 6.2.2 Secondary stress relief The industry conducted analyses that show that displacement-controlled stresses on the cracked pipe section are relieved due to the rotation of the crack before the cracked section becomes critical. In one case (Appendix B of Reference 2), an elastic surge-line piping analysis was conducted with all of the appropriate displacement-controlled stresses. Rotational degrees of freedom were released from the node at the DM weld location, and the resultant rotation was 2 degrees. Some experimental results for complex cracks suggest that maximum load was reached at a 2 degree rotation, suggesting that the maximum displacement-controlled loads can not take the pipe beyond the critical rotation. In other analyses (Appendix C of Reference 2), idealized through-wall cracked pipes were analyzed with different simulated compliances with both load controlled and displacement-controlled moments using elastic-plastic finite element analyses.

These results show that the reduction in the displacement-controlled stresses was a function of the system compliance and the size of the crack, indicating that for these analyses the 63

displacement-controlled loads would be relaxed as the crack length is increased. In addition, when the crack reached about 50 percent of the circumference, the elastic-plastic J-integral along the crack began to approach zero compared to the high elastic value of J. This point again supports a reduction in the displacement-controlled stresses as the crack reaches limit conditions.

As noted earlier, in all of these analyses, the normal thermal loads were used, and the higher transient thermal stratification stresses were assumed to be relaxed. Figure 2-10 of Reference 2 shows a ratio of the normal thermal loads to the limiting thermal loads for each of the nine plants. The results are presented in this figure for membrane stress only, bending stress only and bending plus membrane. If the bending only data (since the largest contributor to displacement-controlled stresses is bending) is investigated, it shows that on average, for the plants in question, the normal thermal loads are about 59 percent of the limiting thermal loads. For most cases conducted by DEI and Emc2, the cracked area at critical size ranged from 50 to 60 percent of the pipe cross-sectional area, which would illustrate from Figure C-10 of Appendix C of Reference 2 that the appropriate moment knock-down factor would be between 40 and 50 percent.

Therefore, on average, using only the normal thermal loads in the analysis would be conservative. On a plant specific basis, from Figure 2-10 of Reference 2, it can be seen that Plants B, G, H and I were conservatively analyzed using the normal thermal stresses only. The analyses of Plants C, D and E were only slightly conservative since the normal thermal bending loads were between 40 and 50 percent of the limiting thermal bending load. Plant A seems to be the least conservative, since its normal thermal bending loads are only 26 percent of the limiting thermal bending loads. However, Plant A is bounded by Plant G, which has the same overall nozzle geometries and higher loads.

6.2.3 No credit taken for transition time to leaking TWC In these analyses, as the growing surface crack approaches through-wall penetration, an assumption is made in the shape of the resulting through-wall crack at the OD surface. Due to meshing difficulties, any ligament that is less than 5-10 percent of the thickness is eliminated. If the surface crack is stable, and the material is tough, the local ligament ahead of the crack may be very small before local ligament instability occurs. By making the assumption that the crack goes through-wall when its depth reaches between 90 and 95 percent of the thickness, no credit is taken for the transition time.

6.2.4 Initial flaw size One of the main assumptions in these analyses is that there is one flaw and that flaw is centered on the maximum moment. The flaw sizes chosen for these analyses was relatively large, i.e.,

either a 21:1 flaw with a depth of 26% of the wall thickness or a 360 degree flaw with a depth of 10 percent of the wall thickness. These size flaws were chosen to attempt to conservatively account for multiple crack initiations. Using this assumption will lead to very conservative times to leakage. However, for most of the cases (excluding the surge nozzle), the choice of initial crack size did not affect the shape of the crack at first leakage; therefore it would not affect the margin between leakage and rupture.

This result also assumed that a complex crack and a through-wall crack with a 50 percent cracked area have the same elastic-plastic behavior, and the pipe system compliance is properly accounted for by the 60 foot straight pipe assumption.

64

6.3 Uncertainties Even though there were many improvements and advancements made to the crack growth analyses in this program, there are still a considerable number of uncertainties that need to be addressed. The impact of these uncertainties can be addressed in sensitivity analyses in some cases, while others may need to be addressed by the use of safety factors.

6.3.1 Leak-rate calculations The calculations of leak rate for this program were conducted using SQUIRT, as described in Section 2.3. The industry used the PICEP code to perform similar calculations. The industry also did a quick sensitivity study with SQUIRT that indicated if the exact same parameters were used, SQUIRT gave higher leak rates.

The SQUIRT code has been validated against laboratory experiments for slits, smooth cracks and IGSCC-type defects [13]. In this validation effort, it was shown that the predicted leak rates fall within a factor of 2 for leak rates greater than about 0.1gpm and within a factor of 10 for leak rates lower than 0.1 gpm. A statistical analysis [2] conducted by David Harris as part of the expert panel for this program, suggested that 95th percentile for leak rate predictions for IGSCC cracks is between 1.5 and 2 for leak rates greater than 0.1 gpm. This result indicates that the leak rate for IGSCC cracks can be predicted within a factor of 1.5-2.0 95% of the time.

However, these leak rates were predicted using well defined and well measured crack morphology parameters. Crack morphologies for SCC flaws should be treated in a statistical manner since the measurement of the morphology parameters used in generating the mean values in Table 1 was carried out on a limited number of samples [20]. Therefore, there is uncertainty in the leak rate calculations associated with statistical variations in the crack-morphology parameters. This affect was also investigated in Reference 36.

Finally, the leak rate validation for actual cracks did not consider the flow across the complex shape of cracks developed in this effort. Both the SQUIRT and PICEP codes assume that the crack has a certain defined shape and that the crack length and COD are equal on the ID and OD (PICEP), or the crack length and COD through thickness is linear between the inputted values on the ID and OD (SQUIRT). As noted in Section 2.3.3, the results from the finite element analyses suggest that the actual crack opening shape is not idealized. In addition, so far there are no experimental results with leak rates from complex crack shapes to definitely know how this unique crack shape affects the flow rate.

6.3.2 Welding residual stress As mentioned earlier, the use of geometry specific welding residual stresses in the crack growth analyses is a large improvement over using the welding stresses presented in the ASME Section XI code that was based on data from IGSCC in HAZ of BWR welds. However, there are uncertainties associated with the use of these case specific welding stresses.

First of all, the stress analysis procedures for predicting welding residual stress in DM welds have not been fully validated. Some comparisons have been performed as part of this effort, and others are planned for the future, but a robust validation is not available at this point. In addition, for the comparison conducted, the differences between not only analyses and the experimental 65

results, but between the different analyses results is quite large. In fact, for all of the participants in the EU round robin, DEI, Emc2 and Battelle, the scatter (see Appendix A) in the predictions had a range of approximately 20ksi. This is a considerable uncertainty for a problem that was well defined, and well laid out.

In addition, how the current methodology incorporates the calculated welding stresses may add uncertainty to the final results. As described in Section 2.1, the advanced finite element model using a thermal gradient to simulate the welding stress on the crack plane, and applies this thermal gradient for a 2-inch axial extent. The transition of the stresses from the cracked plane to the far field pipe body is fully defined by the equilibrium state of the model. No comparisons were conducted between the predicted stresses away from the crack plane and those calculated in the welding residual stress model. In one case, an analysis was done where the thermal gradient was applied for only a 1-inch axial extent. This case showed a slight decrease in the margin and illustrated the sensitivity of the results to the stress decay away from the crack plane. The level of uncertainty in this case has not been quantified, but is assumed to have a secondary affect on the results.

6.3.3 Crack growth predictions The crack growth law used in these analyses was developed by the MRP [34] from a series laboratory sized specimens under well controlled conditions. Since there was a great deal of scatter in the data, a 75th percentile crack growth rate was used as the baseline in these analyses.

As a way to address the scatter in the data, DEI conducted sensitivity studies on this issue by using the 95th percentile crack growth rate from the same data. As expected, the margin between leakage and rupture was decreased when the higher crack growth law was employed. However, this procedure to use the laboratory crack growth rates for modeling the behavior of a surface crack in a pipe growing due to PWSCC is not validated. Issues with penetration of the water to the tip of the crack for deep surface cracks by either the tightness of the cracks or corrosion product plugging can make the behavior significantly different than predicted using the laboratory growth rates.

Another assumption in these analyses that adds to the uncertainty in the results is the shape of the crack at through-wall penetration. In Reference 2, it is explained that if any surface crack reaches a depth of 93 percent of the thickness, it is converted to a through-wall crack with any section of the ligament less than 10 percent being removed in the development of the through-wall crack. As illustrated in Figure 4-4 of Reference 2, the resulting through-wall cracks at the OD surface is not necessarily radial, but is probably set for ease of meshing. As described in Section 2.1 of this report, PipeFracCAE transitions a surface crack to a through-wall crack a little more naturally, with the crack front having a shallower angle than that estimated by FEACrack.

These differences will produce different stress intensity factors at the OD surface, which will control the growth around the circumference and directly affect the margin.

In addition, the K-values that occur for these complex-type cracks are very high, which may invalidate the linear elastic fracture assumption and the crack growth rate based on K. This possibility adds uncertainty to the analysis results.

66

6.3.4 Critical crack size In this effort, the methodology used for the prediction of critical crack size was based on a Z-factor approach for through-wall cracks in DM welds. However, the lack of experiential data for cracks in DM welds adds to the uncertainty in these analyses. The only through-wall crack experiment on a DM weld is cold-leg experiment where a through-wall crack was placed on the fusion line. That experiment showed a Z-factor about equal to those predicted in Reference 8.

This lack of experimental data is especially true for complex cracks in DM welds. Past data [9]

suggests that the tearing resistance for complex cracks is greatly reduced as compared to through-wall cracks with the same OD crack length. However, the contention by the industry is that these Alloy 182 DM welds are very tough and will not demonstrate the reduction in tearing resistance seen in past tests. So far there is no appropriate experimental data to confirm this statement.

In addition, the treatment of secondary stresses in this effort lends itself to a certain amount of uncertainty. Analyses conducted by the industry indicate some of the displacement controlled stresses would be relieved before the complex crack reaches a limit state. However, the true amount of reduction is unclear since the secondary stress analyses conducted by the industry were based on simplified assumptions. However, based on the results of the analyses in Appendix A and B [2], it is reasonable to consider a reduction in the secondary stresses up to approximately 50 percent.

6.3.5 Crack path One additional uncertainty in these analyses comes from the assumption that the crack remains planar as it subcritically grows. Typical PWSCC is intergranular and will by definition not follow a straight path. The crack may actually grow faster if allowed to grow non-planar since the most susceptible grain boundaries and the true highest stress will be followed. However, this is very difficult to model, and can be considered secondary in nature.

6.4 Applicability of Methodology The methodology developed by the NRC staff, Emc2 and the industry is a large step forward in improving the predictions of crack growth, leakage, and margin for PWSCC cracking in DM welds. The elimination of the semi-elliptical crack-shape assumption significantly reduces the conservatisms in the margin between leakage and rupture predictions, especially for the smaller diameter piping systems. In addition, the detailed welding residual stress solutions developed, and the use of FE predicted COD values in the leak-rate calculations, coupled with the conservatisms in the critical crack size calculations and initial flaw size assumptions add confidence to the results generated.

However, as with any model that is not fully validated, associated uncertainties exist. The residual stress solutions, the crack growth and crack stability models are not fully validated by full-scale experiments. In addition, even though the leak-rate codes have had some SCC validation, leak-rate experiments with PWSCC cracks have not been conducted, and the uncertainty in the PWSCC crack morphology parameters has not been addressed. NRC staff, the industry and Emc2 used their best engineering judgment to reduce the uncertainties used in this advanced FEA model. As a result, the methodologies developed in this program provide a better and more realistic predictive tool for evaluating flaws in service.

67

Overall, the methodology developed is applicable for making reasonably accurate predictions of leakage and rupture for active PWSCC cracks in butt welds. The improvements developed in this effort add confidence in the results generated. From a technical point of view, in an assessment of these results relative to the nine subject plants scheduled to perform PDI inspection during the Spring 2008 outage season, the associated uncertainties can be addressed by safety factors.

7. Summary This report documents the effort conducted by Emc2 aimed at confirming the industrys results of their advanced FEA evaluation of growth of postulated PWSCC cracks in pressuizer nozzle DM welds. In this effort, Emc2 independently developed a crack growth computer code, PipeFracCAE, for simulating arbitrary PWSCC growth from an initial flaw size to rupture, simulated welding residual stress in several pressurizer nozzle DM weld locations, verified the industrys FEACrack software by conducting similar analyses with PipeFracCAE, and conducted independent sensitivity studies on critical cases from the industrys sensitivity matrix.

The results from this study confirm the industrys results in that the same trends and behaviors were predicted. However the specific results were slightly different between the Emc2 and DEI analyses. For a 1gpm crack size, the Emc2 analyses gave slightly (7%) higher load margins on critical crack size. These are reasonable differences for the differences in assumptions made by Emc2 and DEI. However, the biggest differences were seen in the time between the 1gpm leakage and when the crack has a margin of 1.2 on the failure stress. For this case, on average, the DEI results are higher than the Emc2 results by 30 percent. These differences appear to come from the approximation of crack front shape at first leakage.

Overall, the applicability of this methodology for predicting the leak/rupture response of PWSCC in DM butt welds is greatly improved over the typical ASME Section XI-type analysis.

Removal of the semi-elliptical crack front assumptions is the largest contributor to this improvement, but the addition of detailed WRS solutions, COD measurements made directly from the FE models, and the detailed sensitivity matrix all add to the confidence in this methodology. However, even though there is conservatism in this analysis procedure, some uncertainty exists. NRC staff, the industry and Emc2 used their best engineering judgment to reduce the uncertainties used in this advanced FEA model. As a result, the methodologies developed in this program provide a better and more realistic predictive tool for evaluating flaws in service.

8. References 1 Rudland, D.L., Shim, D-J., Xu, H., and Wilkowski, G.W., Evaluation of Circumferential Indications in Pressurizer Nozzle Dissimilar Metal Welds at the Wolf Creek Power Plant, Summary report to the NRC, April 2007.

2 Materials Reliability Program: Advanced FEA Evaluation of Growth of Postulated Circumferential PWSCC Flaws in Pressurizer Nozzle Dissimilar Metal Welds (MRP-216, Rev. 1) EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2007. 1015383.MRP-216, Rev. 1.

68

3 ABAQUS Users Manual, Version 6.6, Hibbit, Karlsson & Sorensen Inc., Pawtucket, Rhode Island, USA, 2006.

4 Materials Reliability Program (MRP) Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) of Alloy 82, 182, and 132 Welds (MRP-115), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004. 1006696.MRP-115 5 Wilkowski, G. M., Olson, R. J., and Scott, P. M., State-of-the-Art Report on Piping Fracture Mechanics, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission report NUREG/CR-6540, BMI-2196, February 1998.

6 Evaluation of Flaws in Austenitic Steel Piping, (Technical basis document for ASME IWB-3640 analysis procedure), prepared by Section XI Task Group for Piping Flaw Evaluation, EPRI Report NP-4690-SR, April 1986.

7 Evaluation of Flaws in Ferritic Piping, EPRI Report NP-6045, prepared by Novetech Corporation, October 1988.

8 G. Wilkowski, H. Xu, D.-J. Shim, and D. Rudland, Determination of the Elastic-Plastic Fracture Mechanics Z-factor for Alloy 82/182 Weld Metal Flaws for Use in the ASME Section XI Appendix C Flaw Evaluation Procedures, Proceedings of ASME-PVP 2007, paper PVP2007- 26733, July 22-26, 2007.

9 Wilkowski, G., Rudland, D.L., Shim, D-J, and Xu, H., Critical Flaw Size Evaluations for Circumferential Cracks in Dissimilar Metal Welds, Technical note, prepared for the NRC by Emc2, April 9, 2007.

10 S. Rahman, G. Wilkowski, Net-Section-Collapse Analysis of Circumferentially Cracked CylindersPart I: Arbitrary-Shaped Cracks and Generalized Equations, Engineering Fracture Mechanics, Vol. 61, pp. 191-211, 1998.

11 P. Scott and others, The Battelle Integrity of Nuclear Piping (BINP) Program Final Report, NUREG/CR-6837, Volumes 1 and 2, June 2005.

12 G. Wilkowski, P. Scott, R. Olson, and D. Rudland, Effect Of Secondary Stresses On Pipe Fracture, Paper PVP2005-71330, Proceedings of ASME-PVP 2005 ASME/JSME Pressure Vessels And Piping Conference, Denver Colorado, July 17-21, 2005.

13 Users Guide for SQUIRT (Windows Version 1.1), Battelle Memorial Institute, March 2003.

14 Scott, P.M., Ghadiali,N., Paul,D., Morbitzer, R., Rudland, D., and Wilkowski, G.,

Technical Development of Loss of Coolant Accident Frequency Distribution Program, Subtask 1a: Finalize and QA SQUIRT Code, Final report to Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2003.

15 Paul, D., and others, Evaluation and Refinement of Leak-Rate Estimation Models, NUREG/CR-5128, Rev. 1, June 1994.

16 El-Wakil, M., M., Nuclear Heat Transport, International Text Book Company, Copyright 1971, Page 362, Figure 12-21.

17 Rahman, S., Ghadiali, N., Paul, D., and Wilkowski, G., Probabilistic Pipe Fracture Evaluations for Leak-Rate Detection Applications, NUREG/CR-6004, April 1995.

18 Rudland D.L., Wilkowski, G., and Scott, P., Effects of Crack Morphology Parameters on Leak-rate Calculations in LBB Evaluations, International Journal of Pressure Vessels and Piping, 79 (2002)99-102 69

19 Kupperman, D.S., Sheen, S.H., Shack, W.J., Diercks, D.R., Krishnaswamy, P., Rudland, D., and Wilkowski, G.M., Barrier Integrity Research Program, NUREG/CR-6861, ANL-04/26, December 2004.

20 Rudland D., Wolterman, R. and Wilkowski, G., Impact of PWSCC and Current Leak Detection on Leak-Before-Break, Emc2 final report to NRC, January 31, 2003.

21 Anderson, T.L., Thornwald, G., Revelle, D.A., and Lanaud, C., Stress Intensity Solutions for Surface Cracks and Buried Cracks in Cylinders, Spheres, and Flat Plates, Structural Reliability Technology final report to The Materials Property Council, Inc., March 14, 2000.

22 Phase I Pressurizer Nozzle Dissimilar Metal Weld Crack Growth Calculations Using Advanced FEA, Draft B, Dominion Engineering, Inc., March 2007 23 Shih, C.F., and R.J. Asaro, Elastic-Plastic Analyses of Cracks in Bimaterial Interfaces:

Part I - Small Scale Yielding, Journal of Applied Mechanics, pp. 299-316, 1988.

24 Y.-Y. Wang, Z. Feng, W. Cheng, and S. Liu, Residual Stress Effects on Crack Driving Force in Multipass Welds, Pressure Vessel and Piping (PVP) Conference, San Diego, CA, July, 1998.

25 C. L. Tsai, S. C. Park, and W. Cheng, Welding Distortion of a Thin-Plate Panel Structure, Welding Journal, Vol. 78 No. 5, May 1999, pp. 156s-165s.

26 Z. Feng, X. Wang, C. R. Hubbard, and S. Spooner, A FE Model For Residual Stresses In Repair Welds, Residual Stresses in Design, Fabrication, Assessment and Repair, ASME PVP-Vol. 327, 119-125, 1996.

27 H.D. Hibbitt and P.V. Marcal, A Numerical, Thermo-Mechanical Model for the Welding and Subsequent Loading of a Fabricated Structure, Computers & Structures, Vol. 3, 1145-1174, 1973.

28 K. W. Mahin, W. Winters, T. M. Holden, R. R. Hosbons, and S. R. MacEwen, Prediction and Measurement of Residual Elastic Strain Distributions in Gas Tungsten Arc Welds, Welding Journal, Vol. 70, 245s-260s, 1991.

29 J. Goldak, A. Chakravarti, and M. Bibby, A New Finite Element Model for Welding Heat Sources, Metall. Trans., Vol. 15B, 299-305, 1984.

30 Chen, Y., Rudland, D., and Wilkowski, G., Impact of Welding Sequence on the CRDM Nozzle-to-Vessel Weld Stress Analysis, Proceedings of ASME-PVP 2004: ASME/JSME Pressure Vessels And Piping Conference, Hyatt Regency, La Jolla at Aventine, San Diego, California, July 25 - 29, 2004 31 D. Rudland, G. Wilkowski Y.-Y. Wang, and W. Norris, Analysis of Circumferential Through-Wall Crack K-solutions for CRDM Nozzles, International Journal of Pressure Vessels and Piping, 81 (2004) pp. 961-971 32 Assessment of Dissimilar Metal Weld Integrity: Final Report of the NESC-III Project, EUR 22510 EN, European Commission Joint Research Centre, 2006.

33 NESC-III Project, TG6 2nd (Detailed) Computational Round Robin, NESCDOC TG6 (04) 01, Rev. 2, February 26, 2004 34 Materials Reliability Program (MRP) Crack Growth Rates for Evaluating Primary Water Stress Corrosion Cracking (PWSCC) of Alloy 82, 182, and 132 Welds (MRP-115), EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2004. 1006696.

35 Dominion Engineering, Inc., Supplemental cases S10a and S10b to August 2, 2007 Final Report (MRP-216), Supplemental presentation slides dated August 6, 2007.

70

36 Rahman, S., Ghadiali, N., Paul, D., and Wilkowski, G., Probabilistic Pipe Fracture Evaluations for Leak-Rate-Detection Applications, NUREG/CR-6004, April 1995 71

Appendix A - EU Welding Residual Stress Validation Results A-1

A.1 Introduction This appendix describes the Emc2 effort to simulate the welding residual stress for a dissimilar metal (DM) weld mock-up that was fabricated by the European Commission Joint Research Centres (JRC) Institute for Energy. The EU project [1] investigated a wide range of issues related to the structural integrity assessment of a stainless steel weld joining stainless steel and low alloy steel components. Also in this effort, a series of round-robin exercises that compared predicted welding residual stress distributions to those measured from the aforementioned welded joint mockup. Complete details of the mockup geometry, welding process, and material properties were made available to all participants in the round-robin. The welding residual stress analysis results for each participant were compared to the through-wall stresses measured by neutron diffraction (ND).

In this effort, the problem statement [2] that was delivered to the EU round-robin participants was used by Battelle, Emc2, and DEI for conducting similar analyses. Each company conducted an independent analysis of the welding stresses. The results from each lab are compared here, but the details of the DEI [3] and Battelle [4] analyses can be found elsewhere.

A.2 Welding Procedure Per the problem statement [2], the five steps of the manufacturing process included:

Step 1: Buttering The ferritic pipe (A508) had an external diameter of 473mm, a wall thickness of 69mm and was about 530mm long. One side of the pipe was machined with a bevel of 25 degrees. The buttering layer consisted of four layers of weld passes using an E308/E309 stainless steel welding electrode, having a total thickness of 12mm. The total number of weld passes was 72.

Step 2: Buttering machining After the buttering process, the ferritic pipe was machined so that the diameter of the pipe was 467mm with a wall thickness of 64mm. The buttering was also machined down to a final thickness of 7.2mm.

Step 3: Welding The two pipes, austenitic pipe and ferritic pipe, were held together by spot welds. The austenitic pipe had an external diameter of 467mm, a wall thickness of 73mm and was about 510mm long, having one end machined with a 25 degree bevel. The total number of weld passes was 97.

Step 4: Post Weld Heat Treatment After welding, the assembly was allowed to cool to room temperature. A heat treatment process was then performed on the entire assembly using an electric resistance furnace.

Step 5: Final Machining After post-weld heat treatment, the pipe was machined to have a final external diameter of 453mm with a wall thickness of 51mm.

A-2

A.3 Emc2 Finite Element Model An axi-symmetric finite element model of the weld mock-up was developed and is shown in Figure 1. There were 72 butter weld passes modeled as shown in Figure 2. For this time critical analysis, it was decided to lump several of the butter weld passes in order to increase the computational efficiency of the analysis. The lumped butter weld passes are shown in Figure 3.

The total number of the lumped butter weld passes is 15. Figure 3(b) shows the mesh after butter machining (Step 2). The finite element mesh after main welding (Step 3) is presented in Figure 4(a). There were 97 weld passes modeled which were lumped into 20 weld passes as shown in Figure 4(b) to increase the computational efficiency of the analysis. Figure 5 is the mesh after final machining (Step 5). In this model, the total number of 8-noded axi-symmetric elements is 11,000 and the total number of nodes is 12,000. The welding analysis procedures described in Section 4.2 of the main body of the report were used in conducting this analysis.

A.4 Material Properties In this effort, the DM weld was a stainless steel (308L/309L) connecting a 316L stainless pipe to an A508 carbon steel pipe. This weld is slightly different than the Alloy 182 weld modeled in the main body of this report; however, this weld will serve the purpose of initially validating the welding stress predictions. In the EU report [1], some details of material property values as a function of temperature were available; however, full-stress strain curves were not available.

Therefore, it was decided to use the material properties that were available from the analyses conducted in the main body of this report. Since some of the material property data (308/309) needed for this analysis were not used in the main body of the report, the material property data used by Battelle in the VC Summer analysis [5] were used to supplement the data from the main body of the report. Upon comparison, these data are similar to those presented in the EU report.

A.5 Boundary Conditions The boundary conditions used in the model were selected to match the mock-up procedures. The mock-up was welded on rollers with no axial constraint. These conditions were simulated in the analysis.

A.6 Analysis Assumptions As with most welding simulation analyses, modeling assumptions are necessary to conduct the analyses in computationally accurate, yet efficient manner. The following assumptions were used in this analysis:

  • Mechanical and structural responses are axi-symmetric,
  • Effects of weld pass lumping were neglected,
  • Elasto-plastic and temperature-dependent material behaviors were included for all the parts involved,
  • Stress relaxation due to creep during the heat-treatment process was ignored,
  • Element remove and add techniques were used to model weld passes deposit and material machining. Effects of local cold work from the machining process were ignored.
  • Metallurgical phase transformation of heat affected zone material was ignored.

A-3

A.7 Results and Discussions The welding residual stress contours after completing the five steps described above are shown in Figure 6 for axial stress and Figure 7 for hoop stress. These results are typical for multi-pass welds. A direct comparison of results between Emc2, DEI and Battellei are given in Figure 8 through Figure 15. In the first four figures, the results from all three participants are shown; however, only Battelle and Emc2 results are shown for the last four figures since DEI did not provide results for these paths. Overall, the trends between the three participants were identical, with the Battelle and Emc2 closer to each other on average. The largest difference comes at 4.25mm from the OD at the weld centerline. In this case, the Emc2 axial stress is much less than the Battelle or DEI results. It is suspected that the lumping and weld sequencing differences may be contributing to the observed trends. The axial stresses along the butter centerline are very close for all three cases. This is encouraging since these stresses are usually chosen as the highest stresses in DM weld analyses. This trend suggests that the differences in the modeling assumptions did not highly influence the axial stresses in the butter region.

A comparison of the Emc2 results with the EU participant results are shown in Figure 16 through Figure 31. These cases include each path through the weld taken by the EU participants. As with the comparison with DEI and Battelle, the Emc2 results follow the same trends as the EU participants in all cases. As before, the largest difference occurs at the weld centerline between 4 and 12 mm from the OD surface. Again, this difference is probably due to the modeling differences.

Overall, the scatter between the predictions is on average between 50MPa and 100MPa. When comparing the prediction to the ND measurements, the analyses usually capture the trends and sometimes the magnitudes measured. However, it is necessary to mention that the measured ND hoop stresses are considered more reliable and complete than those in the axial direction, as pointed out in EU report [1]. In addition, the measurements near the OD are more reliable than the ID measurements since the neutron source was only used on the OD surface.

This quick study is the first step at the validation of the welding residual stress procedures and has shown that the Emc2, Battelle and DEI procedures give generally the same results. In addition, those analysis results match reasonably well with ND measurements and other analyses results from the same problem.

A.8 References 1 Assessment of Dissimilar Metal Weld Integrity: Final Report of the NESC-III Project, EUR 22510 EN, European Commission Joint Research Centre, 2006.

2 NESC-III Project, TG6 2nd (Detailed) Computational Round Robin, NESCDOC TG6 (04) 01, Rev. 2, February 26, 2004 3 Materials Reliability Program: Advanced FEA Evaluation of Growth of Postulated Circumferential PWSCC Flaws in Pressurizer Nozzle Dissimilar Metal Welds (MRP-216)

EPRI, Palo Alto, CA: 2007. 1015383.MRP-216 i

The Battelle results presented here are for the case where the stress relaxation due to creep is ignored. Battelle conducted their analyses with and without relaxation during the heat-treatment process.

A-4

4 Brust, F., and Scott, P., Modeling Results of European Commission Dissimilar Weld Mock-up (NESC-III Project), Report to the NRC, July 2007.

5 P.Scott, R.Olson, J.Bockbrader, M.Wilson, B.Gruen, R.Morbitzer, Y.Yang, Williams , F.

W. Brust, L.Fredette, N.Ghadiali, G.Wilkowski, D.Rudland, Z.Feng, R.Wolterman, The Battelle Integrity of Nuclear Piping (BINP) Program Final Report, NUREG/CR 6837, Volumes I and II, June, 2005.

A-5

Figure 1 Axi-symmetric finite element model Figure 2 Buttering finite element model before buttering machining 1

11 6 2

12 7 3

13 8 4

14 9 1510 5 (a) (b)

Figure 3 Buttering (lumped) finite element model (a) before buttering machining (b) after buttering machining A-6

19 20 18 17 16 13 14 15 11 12 9 10 7 8 4 5 6 2 3 1

(a) (b)

Figure 4 Finite element mesh of weld (a) without lumping (b) with lumping Figure 5 Finite element mesh after final machining A-7

Figure 6 Contour plot of axial stress after final machining Figure 7 Contour plot of hoop stress after final machining A-8

600 Butter Centerline ND measurement 500 Emc2 400 DEI Battelle 300 Hoop Stress, MPa 200 100 0

-100

-200 316L 508

-300

-400 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Distance from OD, mm Figure 8 Residual hoop stress comparison with DEI and Battelle along butter center 500 Butter Centerline ND measurement 400 Emc2 DEI 300 Battelle 200 Axial Stress, MPa 100 0

-100

-200 316L 508

-300

-400 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Distance from OD, mm Figure 9 Residual axial stress comparison with DEI and Battelle along butter center A-9

600 4.25 mm from OD 500 400 Hoop Stress, MPa 300 200 100 0

ND measurement

-100 316L 508 Emc2

-200 DEI Battelle

-300

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 Distance from weld CL, mm Figure 10 Residual hoop stress comparison with DEI and Battelle at 4.25 mm below OD 400 4.25 mm from OD 300 200 Axial Stress, MPa 100 0

316L 508 ND measurement

-100 Emc2 DEI Battelle

-200

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 Distance from weld CL, mm Figure 11 Residual axial stress comparison with DEI and Battelle at 4.25 mm below OD A-10

500 29.75mm from OD ND measurement 400 Emc2 Battelle 300 Hoop Stress, MPa 200 100 0

-100

-200 316L 508

-300

-400

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 Distance from weld CL, mm Figure 12 Residual hoop stress comparison with Battelle at 29.75 mm below OD 200 ND measurement Emc2 100 Battelle 0

Axial Stress, MPa

-100

-200

-300 316L 508 29.75mm from OD

-400

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 Distance from weld CL, mm Figure 13 Residual axial stress comparison with Battelle at 29.75 mm below OD A-11

800 Weld Centerline ND measurement Emc2 600 Battelle Hoop Stress, MPa 400 200 0

-200 316L 508

-400 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Distance from OD, mm Figure 14 Residual hoop stress comparison with Battelle along weld center 500 Weld Centerline ND measurement 400 Emc2 Battelle 300 Axial Stress, MPa 200 100 0

-100 316L 508

-200

-300 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Distance from OD, mm Figure 15 Residual axial stress comparison with Battelle along weld center A-12

500 400 300 Residual Hoop Stress, MPa 200 100 0

-100 ND measurements FE JRC

-200 FE FANP GmbH FE FANP SAS

-300 FE DNV EMC2 316L 508

-400

-500 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Distance from outer surface, mm Figure 16 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots along the center of butter 500 ND measurements 400 FE JRC FE FANP GmbH 300 FE FANP SAS FE DNV Residual Axial Stress, MPa EMC2 200 100 0

-100

-200 316L 508

-300

-400

-500 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Distance from outer surface, mm Figure 17 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots along the center of butter A-13

800 Hoop stress (4.25 mm below outer surface), MPa 600 400 200 ND Measurements 0 FANP DNV FANP GmbH

-200 JRC 316 508 DNV (no PWHT)

EMC2

-400

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 18 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 4.25 mm below OD 350 Axial stress at 4.25 mm from outer surface, MPa 300 250 200 150 100 50 ND Measurements 0

FANP SAS DNV

-50 FANP GmbH JRC

-100 DNV (no PWHT)

EMC2 316L 508

-150

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 19 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 4.25 mm below OD A-14

800 Hoop stress (12.75 mm below outer surface), MPa 600 400 200 0

ND Measurements

-200 FANP DNV FANP GmbH

-400 JRC DNV (no PWHT) 316L 508 EMC2

-600

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 20 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 12.75 mm below OD 500 Axial stress at 12.75 mm from outer surface, MPa 400 300 200 100 0

ND Measurements FANP SAS

-100 DNV FANP GmbH JRC

-200 DNV (no PWHT) 316L 508 EMC2

-300

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 21 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 12.75 mm below OD A-15

600 Hoop stress at 21.25 mm from outer surface, MPa 400 200 0

ND measurements

-200 FE JRC FE FANP GmbH FE FANP SAS

-400 FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT) 316L 508 EMC2

-600

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 22 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 21.25 mm below OD 500 Axial stress at 21.25 mm from outer surface, MPa 400 300 200 100 0

-100

-200 ND measurements FE JRC

-300 FE FANP GmbH 316L 508 FE FANP SAS

-400 FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)

EMC2

-500

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 Distance from from the weld centerline, mm Figure 23 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 21.25 mm below OD A-16

600 Hoop stress at 29.75 mm from outer surface, MPa 316 508 400 200 0

-200 ND measurements FE JRC FE FANP GmbH

-400 FE FANP SAS FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)

EMC2

-600

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 24 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 29.75 mm below OD 600 Axial stress at 29.75 mm from outer surface, MPa 316 508 400 200 0

-200 ND measurements FE JRC FE FANP GmbH

-400 FE FANP SAS FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)

EMC2

-600

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 25 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 29.75 mm below OD A-17

600 Hoop stress at 38.25 mm from outer surface, MPa 400 200 0

-200 ND measurements FE JRC FE FANP GmbH

-400 FE FANP SAS 316 508 FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)

EMC2

-600

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 26 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 38.25 mm below OD 600 ND measurements Axial stress at 38.25 mm from outer surface, MPa FE JRC 400 FE FANP GmbH FE FANP SAS FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)

EMC2 200 0

-200

-400 316 508

-600

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 27 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 38.25 mm below OD A-18

600 ND measurements Hoop stress at 46.75 mm from outer surface, MPa FE JRC FE FANP GmbH 400 FE FANP SAS FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)

EMC2 200 0

-200

-400 316L 508

-600

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 28 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 46.75 mm below OD 600 ND measurements Axial stress at 46.75 mm from outer surface, MPa FE JRC FE FANP GmbH 400 FE FANP SAS FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)

EMC2 200 0

-200

-400 316L 508

-600

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 29 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 46.75 mm below OD A-19

600 FE JRC FE FANP SAS Hoop stress at 51 mm from outer surface, MPa 400 FE DNV FE FANP GmbH FE DNV (No PWHT) 200 EMC2 0

-200

-400

-600 316L 508

-800

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 Distance from from the weld centerline, mm Figure 30 Comparison of various residual hoop stress plots at 51 mm (ID) below OD 600 FE JRC FE FANP GmbH Axial stress at 51 mm from outer surface, MPa FE FANP SAS 400 FE DNV FE DNV (No PWHT)

EMC2 200 0

-200

-400 316L 508

-600

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 Distance from the weld centerline, mm Figure 31 Comparison of various residual axial stress plots at 51 mm (ID) below OD A-20

Appendix B - Margin and Leak Rate Results from Emc2 Confirmatory Analyses B-1

18 2.8 Leak - Emc2 16 Leak - DEI 2.6 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO Margin - Emc2 14 2.4 Margin - DEI 12 2.2 Leak rate, gpm 10 2 8 1.8 6 1.6 4 Phase I - Relief - 1.4 No safety factors applied 2 1.2 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Time after first leakage, months Figure 1 Margin and leak rate results for the Case P1 7 4 Leak Margin 3.5 6

Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 3

5 2.5 Leak rate, gpm 4

2 3

1.5 2 Case 1 No safety factors applied 1 1

0.5 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Time after first leakage, months Figure 2 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 1 B-2

10 4 Leak 9

Margin 3.5 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 8

7 3

Leak rate, gpm 6

5 2.5 Case 3 No safety factors 4

2 3

2 1.5 1

0 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Time after first leakage, months Figure 3 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 3 18 2.4 DEI leak 16 Emc2 leak 2.2 Emc2 Margin Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 14 DEI Margin 2

12 Leak rate, gpm 10 1.8 8

1.6 6 Relief - Case 6 No safety factors applied 1.4 4

1.2 2

0 1 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 Time after first leakage, months Figure 4 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 6 B-3

9 2.2 8 Leak Margin 2 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 7

6 1.8 Leak rate, gpm 5

1.6 4

3 Case 6-3 1.4 No safety factors applied 2

1.2 1

0 1 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 Time after first leakage, months Figure 5 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 6-3 30 2.2 Emc2 Leak DEI Leak 2 25 Emc2 Margin 1.8 DEI Margin Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 1.6 20 1.4 Leak rate, gpm 1.2 15 1

0.8 10 Case 6-4 No safety factors applied 0.6 5 0.4 0.2 0 0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 Time after first leakage, months Figure 6 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 6-4 B-4

12 4.5 Leak Margin 4 10 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 3.5 8 3 Leak rate, gpm 2.5 6

2 4 1.5 1

Case 9 2 No safety factors applied 0.5 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Time after first leakage, months Figure 7 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 9 16 4.5 Leak 14 Margin 4 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 3.5 12 3

10 Leak rate, gpm 2.5 8

2 6 Case 9-1 No safety factors applied 1.5 4

1 2 0.5 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Time after first leakage, months Figure 8 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 9-1 B-5

15 4.5 Leak 14 Margin 4 13 12 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 3.5 11 10 3 Leak rate, gpm 9

2.5 8

7 2

6 Case 10 5 No safety factors applied 1.5 4

1 3

2 0.5 1

0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Time after first leakage, months Figure 9 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 10 70 1.6 Leak rate 60 Margin 1.5 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 1.4 50 1.3 Leak rate, gpm 40 Case 17 DEI WRS- Type 8 with SS weld 1.2 No safety factors applied 30 1.1 20 1

10 0.9 0 0.8 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 Time after first leakage, months Figure 10 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 17-4 B-6

30 1.6 Leak rate Margin Margin with modified flow stress 25 1.5 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 20 1.4 Leak rate, gpm 15 1.3 10 1.2 Case 17-10 No safety factors applied 5 1.1 0 1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 Time after first leakage, months Figure 11 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 17-10 40 1.4 Emc2 Leak rate DEI Leak rate 35 Emc2 Margin 1.3 DEI Margin Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 30 1.2 25 Leak rate, gpm 20 1.1 15 1

10 0.9 5

Case 17 DEI WRS- Short ID repair Type 8 without SS weld 0 0.8 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 Time after first leakage, months Figure 12 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 17-11 B-7

14 1.4 Leak rate Margin Margin with modified flow stress 12 1.35 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 1.3 10 1.25 Leak rate, gpm Case 17-12 8 No safety factors applied 1.2 6

1.15 4

1.1 2

1.05 0 1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Time after first leakage, months Figure 13 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 17-12 70 1.8 Leak rate Margin 1.6 60 Margin on Critical Crack Size at NO 1.4 50 1.2 Leak rate, gpm 40 1

30 0.8 Case 19-1 No safety factors applied 0.6 20 0.4 10 0.2 0 0 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 Time after first leakage, months Figure 14 Margin and leak rate results for the Case 19-1 B-8